| 1 | // Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements. | 
|---|
| 2 | // The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license. | 
|---|
| 3 | // See the LICENSE file in the project root for more information. | 
|---|
| 4 | // | 
|---|
| 5 | // File: methodtable.cpp | 
|---|
| 6 | // | 
|---|
| 7 |  | 
|---|
| 8 | #include "common.h" | 
|---|
| 9 |  | 
|---|
| 10 | #include "clsload.hpp" | 
|---|
| 11 | #include "method.hpp" | 
|---|
| 12 | #include "class.h" | 
|---|
| 13 | #include "classcompat.h" | 
|---|
| 14 | #include "object.h" | 
|---|
| 15 | #include "field.h" | 
|---|
| 16 | #include "util.hpp" | 
|---|
| 17 | #include "excep.h" | 
|---|
| 18 | #include "siginfo.hpp" | 
|---|
| 19 | #include "threads.h" | 
|---|
| 20 | #include "stublink.h" | 
|---|
| 21 | #include "ecall.h" | 
|---|
| 22 | #include "dllimport.h" | 
|---|
| 23 | #include "gcdesc.h" | 
|---|
| 24 | #include "jitinterface.h" | 
|---|
| 25 | #include "eeconfig.h" | 
|---|
| 26 | #include "log.h" | 
|---|
| 27 | #include "fieldmarshaler.h" | 
|---|
| 28 | #include "cgensys.h" | 
|---|
| 29 | #include "gcheaputilities.h" | 
|---|
| 30 | #include "dbginterface.h" | 
|---|
| 31 | #include "comdelegate.h" | 
|---|
| 32 | #include "eventtrace.h" | 
|---|
| 33 | #include "fieldmarshaler.h" | 
|---|
| 34 |  | 
|---|
| 35 |  | 
|---|
| 36 | #include "eeprofinterfaces.h" | 
|---|
| 37 | #include "dllimportcallback.h" | 
|---|
| 38 | #include "listlock.h" | 
|---|
| 39 | #include "methodimpl.h" | 
|---|
| 40 | #include "guidfromname.h" | 
|---|
| 41 | #include "stackprobe.h" | 
|---|
| 42 | #include "encee.h" | 
|---|
| 43 | #include "encee.h" | 
|---|
| 44 | #include "comsynchronizable.h" | 
|---|
| 45 | #include "customattribute.h" | 
|---|
| 46 | #include "virtualcallstub.h" | 
|---|
| 47 | #include "contractimpl.h" | 
|---|
| 48 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 49 | #include "zapsig.h" | 
|---|
| 50 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 51 |  | 
|---|
| 52 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 53 | #include "comcallablewrapper.h" | 
|---|
| 54 | #include "clrtocomcall.h" | 
|---|
| 55 | #include "runtimecallablewrapper.h" | 
|---|
| 56 | #include "winrttypenameconverter.h" | 
|---|
| 57 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 58 |  | 
|---|
| 59 | #include "typeequivalencehash.hpp" | 
|---|
| 60 |  | 
|---|
| 61 | #include "generics.h" | 
|---|
| 62 | #include "genericdict.h" | 
|---|
| 63 | #include "typestring.h" | 
|---|
| 64 | #include "typedesc.h" | 
|---|
| 65 | #include "array.h" | 
|---|
| 66 |  | 
|---|
| 67 | #ifdef FEATURE_INTERPRETER | 
|---|
| 68 | #include "interpreter.h" | 
|---|
| 69 | #endif // FEATURE_INTERPRETER | 
|---|
| 70 |  | 
|---|
| 71 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 72 |  | 
|---|
| 73 | // Typedef for string comparition functions. | 
|---|
| 74 | typedef int (__cdecl *UTF8StringCompareFuncPtr)(const char *, const char *); | 
|---|
| 75 |  | 
|---|
| 76 | MethodDataCache *MethodTable::s_pMethodDataCache = NULL; | 
|---|
| 77 | BOOL MethodTable::s_fUseMethodDataCache = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 78 | BOOL MethodTable::s_fUseParentMethodData = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 79 |  | 
|---|
| 80 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 81 | extern unsigned g_dupMethods; | 
|---|
| 82 | #endif | 
|---|
| 83 |  | 
|---|
| 84 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 85 |  | 
|---|
| 86 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 87 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 88 | class MethodDataCache | 
|---|
| 89 | { | 
|---|
| 90 | typedef MethodTable::MethodData MethodData; | 
|---|
| 91 |  | 
|---|
| 92 | public:    // Ctor. Allocates cEntries entries. Throws. | 
|---|
| 93 | static UINT32 GetObjectSize(UINT32 cEntries); | 
|---|
| 94 | MethodDataCache(UINT32 cEntries); | 
|---|
| 95 |  | 
|---|
| 96 | MethodData *Find(MethodTable *pMT); | 
|---|
| 97 | MethodData *Find(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 98 | void Insert(MethodData *pMData); | 
|---|
| 99 | void Clear(); | 
|---|
| 100 |  | 
|---|
| 101 | protected: | 
|---|
| 102 | // This describes each entry in the cache. | 
|---|
| 103 | struct Entry | 
|---|
| 104 | { | 
|---|
| 105 | MethodData *m_pMData; | 
|---|
| 106 | UINT32      m_iTimestamp; | 
|---|
| 107 | }; | 
|---|
| 108 |  | 
|---|
| 109 | MethodData *FindHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl, UINT32 idx); | 
|---|
| 110 |  | 
|---|
| 111 | inline UINT32 GetNextTimestamp() | 
|---|
| 112 | { return ++m_iCurTimestamp; } | 
|---|
| 113 |  | 
|---|
| 114 | inline UINT32 NumEntries() | 
|---|
| 115 | { LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; return m_cEntries; } | 
|---|
| 116 |  | 
|---|
| 117 | inline void TouchEntry(UINT32 i) | 
|---|
| 118 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; m_iLastTouched = i; GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp = GetNextTimestamp(); } | 
|---|
| 119 |  | 
|---|
| 120 | inline UINT32 GetLastTouchedEntryIndex() | 
|---|
| 121 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; return m_iLastTouched; } | 
|---|
| 122 |  | 
|---|
| 123 | // The end of this object contains an array of Entry | 
|---|
| 124 | inline Entry *GetEntryData() | 
|---|
| 125 | { LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; return (Entry *)(this + 1); } | 
|---|
| 126 |  | 
|---|
| 127 | inline Entry *GetEntry(UINT32 i) | 
|---|
| 128 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; return GetEntryData() + i; } | 
|---|
| 129 |  | 
|---|
| 130 | private: | 
|---|
| 131 | // This serializes access to the cache | 
|---|
| 132 | SimpleRWLock    m_lock; | 
|---|
| 133 |  | 
|---|
| 134 | // This allows ageing of entries to decide which to punt when | 
|---|
| 135 | // inserting a new entry. | 
|---|
| 136 | UINT32 m_iCurTimestamp; | 
|---|
| 137 |  | 
|---|
| 138 | // The number of entries in the cache | 
|---|
| 139 | UINT32 m_cEntries; | 
|---|
| 140 | UINT32 m_iLastTouched; | 
|---|
| 141 |  | 
|---|
| 142 | #ifdef _WIN64 | 
|---|
| 143 | UINT32 pad;      // insures that we are a multiple of 8-bytes | 
|---|
| 144 | #endif | 
|---|
| 145 | };  // class MethodDataCache | 
|---|
| 146 |  | 
|---|
| 147 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 148 | UINT32 MethodDataCache::GetObjectSize(UINT32 cEntries) | 
|---|
| 149 | { | 
|---|
| 150 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 151 | return sizeof(MethodDataCache) + (sizeof(Entry) * cEntries); | 
|---|
| 152 | } | 
|---|
| 153 |  | 
|---|
| 154 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 155 | MethodDataCache::MethodDataCache(UINT32 cEntries) | 
|---|
| 156 | : m_lock(COOPERATIVE_OR_PREEMPTIVE, LOCK_TYPE_DEFAULT), | 
|---|
| 157 | m_iCurTimestamp(0), | 
|---|
| 158 | m_cEntries(cEntries), | 
|---|
| 159 | m_iLastTouched(0) | 
|---|
| 160 | { | 
|---|
| 161 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 162 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), cEntries * sizeof(Entry)); | 
|---|
| 163 | } | 
|---|
| 164 |  | 
|---|
| 165 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 166 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::FindHelper( | 
|---|
| 167 | MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl, UINT32 idx) | 
|---|
| 168 | { | 
|---|
| 169 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 170 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 171 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 172 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 173 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 174 |  | 
|---|
| 175 | MethodData *pEntry = GetEntry(idx)->m_pMData; | 
|---|
| 176 | if (pEntry != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 177 | MethodTable *pMTDeclEntry = pEntry->GetDeclMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 178 | MethodTable *pMTImplEntry = pEntry->GetImplMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 179 | if (pMTDeclEntry == pMTDecl && pMTImplEntry == pMTImpl) { | 
|---|
| 180 | return pEntry; | 
|---|
| 181 | } | 
|---|
| 182 | else if (pMTDecl == pMTImpl) { | 
|---|
| 183 | if (pMTDeclEntry == pMTDecl) { | 
|---|
| 184 | return pEntry->GetDeclMethodData(); | 
|---|
| 185 | } | 
|---|
| 186 | if (pMTImplEntry == pMTDecl) { | 
|---|
| 187 | return pEntry->GetImplMethodData(); | 
|---|
| 188 | } | 
|---|
| 189 | } | 
|---|
| 190 | } | 
|---|
| 191 |  | 
|---|
| 192 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 193 | } | 
|---|
| 194 |  | 
|---|
| 195 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 196 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::Find(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 197 | { | 
|---|
| 198 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 199 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 200 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 201 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 202 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 203 |  | 
|---|
| 204 | #ifdef LOGGING | 
|---|
| 205 | g_sdStats.m_cCacheLookups++; | 
|---|
| 206 | #endif | 
|---|
| 207 |  | 
|---|
| 208 | SimpleReadLockHolder lh(&m_lock); | 
|---|
| 209 |  | 
|---|
| 210 | // Check the last touched entry. | 
|---|
| 211 | MethodData *pEntry = FindHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, GetLastTouchedEntryIndex()); | 
|---|
| 212 |  | 
|---|
| 213 | // Now search the entire cache. | 
|---|
| 214 | if (pEntry == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 215 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { | 
|---|
| 216 | pEntry = FindHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, i); | 
|---|
| 217 | if (pEntry != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 218 | TouchEntry(i); | 
|---|
| 219 | break; | 
|---|
| 220 | } | 
|---|
| 221 | } | 
|---|
| 222 | } | 
|---|
| 223 |  | 
|---|
| 224 | if (pEntry != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 225 | pEntry->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 226 | } | 
|---|
| 227 |  | 
|---|
| 228 | #ifdef LOGGING | 
|---|
| 229 | else { | 
|---|
| 230 | // Failure to find the entry in the cache. | 
|---|
| 231 | g_sdStats.m_cCacheMisses++; | 
|---|
| 232 | } | 
|---|
| 233 | #endif // LOGGING | 
|---|
| 234 |  | 
|---|
| 235 | return pEntry; | 
|---|
| 236 | } | 
|---|
| 237 |  | 
|---|
| 238 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 239 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::Find(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 240 | { | 
|---|
| 241 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 242 | return Find(pMT, pMT); | 
|---|
| 243 | } | 
|---|
| 244 |  | 
|---|
| 245 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 246 | void MethodDataCache::Insert(MethodData *pMData) | 
|---|
| 247 | { | 
|---|
| 248 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 249 | NOTHROW; // for now, because it does not yet resize. | 
|---|
| 250 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 251 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 252 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 253 |  | 
|---|
| 254 | SimpleWriteLockHolder hLock(&m_lock); | 
|---|
| 255 |  | 
|---|
| 256 | UINT32 iMin = UINT32_MAX; | 
|---|
| 257 | UINT32 idxMin = UINT32_MAX; | 
|---|
| 258 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { | 
|---|
| 259 | if (GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp < iMin) { | 
|---|
| 260 | idxMin = i; | 
|---|
| 261 | iMin = GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp; | 
|---|
| 262 | } | 
|---|
| 263 | } | 
|---|
| 264 | Entry *pEntry = GetEntry(idxMin); | 
|---|
| 265 | if (pEntry->m_pMData != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 266 | pEntry->m_pMData->Release(); | 
|---|
| 267 | } | 
|---|
| 268 | pMData->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 269 | pEntry->m_pMData = pMData; | 
|---|
| 270 | pEntry->m_iTimestamp = GetNextTimestamp(); | 
|---|
| 271 | } | 
|---|
| 272 |  | 
|---|
| 273 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 274 | void MethodDataCache::Clear() | 
|---|
| 275 | { | 
|---|
| 276 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 277 | NOTHROW; // for now, because it does not yet resize. | 
|---|
| 278 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 279 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 280 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 281 |  | 
|---|
| 282 | // Taking the lock here is just a precaution. Really, the runtime | 
|---|
| 283 | // should be suspended because this is called while unloading an | 
|---|
| 284 | // AppDomain at the SysSuspendEE stage. But, if someone calls it | 
|---|
| 285 | // outside of that context, we should be extra cautious. | 
|---|
| 286 | SimpleWriteLockHolder lh(&m_lock); | 
|---|
| 287 |  | 
|---|
| 288 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { | 
|---|
| 289 | Entry *pEntry = GetEntry(i); | 
|---|
| 290 | if (pEntry->m_pMData != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 291 | pEntry->m_pMData->Release(); | 
|---|
| 292 | } | 
|---|
| 293 | } | 
|---|
| 294 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), NumEntries() * sizeof(Entry)); | 
|---|
| 295 | m_iCurTimestamp = 0; | 
|---|
| 296 | }   // MethodDataCache::Clear | 
|---|
| 297 |  | 
|---|
| 298 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 299 |  | 
|---|
| 300 |  | 
|---|
| 301 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 302 | // | 
|---|
| 303 | // Initialize the offsets of multipurpose slots at compile time using template metaprogramming | 
|---|
| 304 | // | 
|---|
| 305 |  | 
|---|
| 306 | template<int N> | 
|---|
| 307 | struct CountBitsAtCompileTime | 
|---|
| 308 | { | 
|---|
| 309 | enum { value = (N & 1) + CountBitsAtCompileTime<(N >> 1)>::value }; | 
|---|
| 310 | }; | 
|---|
| 311 |  | 
|---|
| 312 | template<> | 
|---|
| 313 | struct CountBitsAtCompileTime<0> | 
|---|
| 314 | { | 
|---|
| 315 | enum { value = 0 }; | 
|---|
| 316 | }; | 
|---|
| 317 |  | 
|---|
| 318 | // "mask" is mask of used slots. | 
|---|
| 319 | template<int mask> | 
|---|
| 320 | struct MethodTable::MultipurposeSlotOffset | 
|---|
| 321 | { | 
|---|
| 322 | // This is raw index of the slot assigned on first come first served basis | 
|---|
| 323 | enum { raw = CountBitsAtCompileTime<mask>::value }; | 
|---|
| 324 |  | 
|---|
| 325 | // This is actual index of the slot. It is equal to raw index except for the case | 
|---|
| 326 | // where the first fixed slot is not used, but the second one is. The first fixed | 
|---|
| 327 | // slot has to be assigned instead of the second one in this case. This assumes that | 
|---|
| 328 | // there are exactly two fixed slots. | 
|---|
| 329 | enum { index = (((mask & 3) == 2) && (raw == 1)) ? 0 : raw }; | 
|---|
| 330 |  | 
|---|
| 331 | // Offset of slot | 
|---|
| 332 | enum { slotOffset = (index == 0) ? offsetof(MethodTable, m_pMultipurposeSlot1) : | 
|---|
| 333 | (index == 1) ? offsetof(MethodTable, m_pMultipurposeSlot2) : | 
|---|
| 334 | (sizeof(MethodTable) + index * sizeof(TADDR) - 2 * sizeof(TADDR)) }; | 
|---|
| 335 |  | 
|---|
| 336 | // Size of methodtable with overflow slots. It is used to compute start offset of optional members. | 
|---|
| 337 | enum { totalSize = (slotOffset >= sizeof(MethodTable)) ? slotOffset : sizeof(MethodTable) }; | 
|---|
| 338 | }; | 
|---|
| 339 |  | 
|---|
| 340 | // | 
|---|
| 341 | // These macros recursively expand to create 2^N values for the offset arrays | 
|---|
| 342 | // | 
|---|
| 343 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET  (mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET  (mask | 0x01) | 
|---|
| 344 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask | 0x02) | 
|---|
| 345 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask | 0x04) | 
|---|
| 346 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask | 0x08) | 
|---|
| 347 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_5(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask | 0x10) | 
|---|
| 348 |  | 
|---|
| 349 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET(mask) MultipurposeSlotOffset<mask>::slotOffset, | 
|---|
| 350 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets[] = { | 
|---|
| 351 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(0) | 
|---|
| 352 | }; | 
|---|
| 353 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_NonVirtualSlotsOffsets[] = { | 
|---|
| 354 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(0) | 
|---|
| 355 | }; | 
|---|
| 356 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_ModuleOverrideOffsets[] = { | 
|---|
| 357 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(0) | 
|---|
| 358 | }; | 
|---|
| 359 | #undef MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET | 
|---|
| 360 |  | 
|---|
| 361 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET(mask) MultipurposeSlotOffset<mask>::totalSize, | 
|---|
| 362 | const BYTE MethodTable::[] = { | 
|---|
| 363 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_5(0) | 
|---|
| 364 | }; | 
|---|
| 365 | #undef MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET | 
|---|
| 366 |  | 
|---|
| 367 |  | 
|---|
| 368 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 369 | // Optimization intended for MethodTable::GetModule, MethodTable::GetDispatchMap and MethodTable::GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr | 
|---|
| 370 |  | 
|---|
| 371 | #include <optsmallperfcritical.h> | 
|---|
| 372 |  | 
|---|
| 373 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModule() | 
|---|
| 374 | { | 
|---|
| 375 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 376 |  | 
|---|
| 377 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 378 |  | 
|---|
| 379 | // Fast path for non-generic non-array case | 
|---|
| 380 | if ((m_dwFlags & (enum_flag_HasComponentSize | enum_flag_GenericsMask)) == 0) | 
|---|
| 381 | return GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 382 |  | 
|---|
| 383 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 384 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 385 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 386 |  | 
|---|
| 387 | TADDR pSlot = pMTForModule->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasModuleOverride, c_ModuleOverrideOffsets); | 
|---|
| 388 | return RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); | 
|---|
| 389 | } | 
|---|
| 390 |  | 
|---|
| 391 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 392 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModule_NoLogging() | 
|---|
| 393 | { | 
|---|
| 394 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 395 |  | 
|---|
| 396 | // Fast path for non-generic non-array case | 
|---|
| 397 | if ((m_dwFlags & (enum_flag_HasComponentSize | enum_flag_GenericsMask)) == 0) | 
|---|
| 398 | return GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 399 |  | 
|---|
| 400 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 401 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 402 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 403 |  | 
|---|
| 404 | TADDR pSlot = pMTForModule->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasModuleOverride, c_ModuleOverrideOffsets); | 
|---|
| 405 | return RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); | 
|---|
| 406 | } | 
|---|
| 407 |  | 
|---|
| 408 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 409 | PTR_DispatchMap MethodTable::GetDispatchMap() | 
|---|
| 410 | { | 
|---|
| 411 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 412 |  | 
|---|
| 413 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 414 |  | 
|---|
| 415 | if (!pMT->HasDispatchMapSlot()) | 
|---|
| 416 | { | 
|---|
| 417 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 418 | if (!pMT->HasDispatchMapSlot()) | 
|---|
| 419 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 420 | } | 
|---|
| 421 |  | 
|---|
| 422 | g_IBCLogger.LogDispatchMapAccess(pMT); | 
|---|
| 423 |  | 
|---|
| 424 | TADDR pSlot = pMT->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasDispatchMapSlot, c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets); | 
|---|
| 425 | return RelativePointer<PTR_DispatchMap>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); | 
|---|
| 426 | } | 
|---|
| 427 |  | 
|---|
| 428 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 429 | TADDR MethodTable::GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr() | 
|---|
| 430 | { | 
|---|
| 431 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 432 |  | 
|---|
| 433 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_HasNonVirtualSlots)); | 
|---|
| 434 | return GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasNonVirtualSlots, c_NonVirtualSlotsOffsets); | 
|---|
| 435 | } | 
|---|
| 436 |  | 
|---|
| 437 | #include <optdefault.h> | 
|---|
| 438 |  | 
|---|
| 439 |  | 
|---|
| 440 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 441 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModuleIfLoaded() | 
|---|
| 442 | { | 
|---|
| 443 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 444 | { | 
|---|
| 445 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 446 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 447 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 448 | FORBID_FAULT; | 
|---|
| 449 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 450 | } | 
|---|
| 451 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 452 |  | 
|---|
| 453 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 454 |  | 
|---|
| 455 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 456 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 457 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 458 |  | 
|---|
| 459 | return Module::RestoreModulePointerIfLoaded(pMTForModule->GetModuleOverridePtr(), pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 460 | } | 
|---|
| 461 |  | 
|---|
| 462 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 463 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 464 | void MethodTable::SetModule(Module * pModule) | 
|---|
| 465 | { | 
|---|
| 466 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 467 |  | 
|---|
| 468 | if (HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 469 | { | 
|---|
| 470 | GetModuleOverridePtr()->SetValue(pModule); | 
|---|
| 471 | } | 
|---|
| 472 |  | 
|---|
| 473 | _ASSERTE(GetModule() == pModule); | 
|---|
| 474 | } | 
|---|
| 475 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 476 |  | 
|---|
| 477 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 478 | BOOL MethodTable::ValidateWithPossibleAV() | 
|---|
| 479 | { | 
|---|
| 480 | CANNOT_HAVE_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 481 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 482 |  | 
|---|
| 483 | // MethodTables have the canonicalization property below. | 
|---|
| 484 | // i.e. canonicalize, and canonicalize again, and check the result are | 
|---|
| 485 | // the same.  This is a property that holds for every single valid object in | 
|---|
| 486 | // the system, but which should hold for very few other addresses. | 
|---|
| 487 |  | 
|---|
| 488 | // For non-generic classes, we can rely on comparing | 
|---|
| 489 | //    object->methodtable->class->methodtable | 
|---|
| 490 | // to | 
|---|
| 491 | //    object->methodtable | 
|---|
| 492 | // | 
|---|
| 493 | //  However, for generic instantiation this does not work. There we must | 
|---|
| 494 | //  compare | 
|---|
| 495 | // | 
|---|
| 496 | //    object->methodtable->class->methodtable->class | 
|---|
| 497 | // to | 
|---|
| 498 | //    object->methodtable->class | 
|---|
| 499 | // | 
|---|
| 500 | // Of course, that's not necessarily enough to verify that the method | 
|---|
| 501 | // table and class are absolutely valid - we rely on type soundness | 
|---|
| 502 | // for that. We need to do more sanity checking to | 
|---|
| 503 | // make sure that our pointer here is in fact a valid object. | 
|---|
| 504 | PTR_EEClass pEEClass = this->GetClassWithPossibleAV(); | 
|---|
| 505 | return ((this == pEEClass->GetMethodTableWithPossibleAV()) || | 
|---|
| 506 | ((HasInstantiation() || IsArray()) && | 
|---|
| 507 | (pEEClass->GetMethodTableWithPossibleAV()->GetClassWithPossibleAV() == pEEClass))); | 
|---|
| 508 | } | 
|---|
| 509 |  | 
|---|
| 510 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 511 |  | 
|---|
| 512 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 513 | BOOL  MethodTable::IsClassInited(AppDomain* pAppDomain /* = NULL */) | 
|---|
| 514 | { | 
|---|
| 515 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 516 |  | 
|---|
| 517 | if (IsClassPreInited()) | 
|---|
| 518 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 519 |  | 
|---|
| 520 | if (IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) | 
|---|
| 521 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 522 |  | 
|---|
| 523 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule; | 
|---|
| 524 | if (pAppDomain == NULL) | 
|---|
| 525 | { | 
|---|
| 526 | pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); | 
|---|
| 527 | } | 
|---|
| 528 | else | 
|---|
| 529 | { | 
|---|
| 530 | pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(pAppDomain); | 
|---|
| 531 | } | 
|---|
| 532 |  | 
|---|
| 533 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule != NULL); | 
|---|
| 534 |  | 
|---|
| 535 | return pLocalModule->IsClassInitialized(this); | 
|---|
| 536 | } | 
|---|
| 537 |  | 
|---|
| 538 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 539 | BOOL  MethodTable::IsInitError() | 
|---|
| 540 | { | 
|---|
| 541 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 542 |  | 
|---|
| 543 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); | 
|---|
| 544 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule != NULL); | 
|---|
| 545 |  | 
|---|
| 546 | return pLocalModule->IsClassInitError(this); | 
|---|
| 547 | } | 
|---|
| 548 |  | 
|---|
| 549 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 550 | // mark the class as having its .cctor run | 
|---|
| 551 | void MethodTable::SetClassInited() | 
|---|
| 552 | { | 
|---|
| 553 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 554 | _ASSERTE(!IsClassPreInited()); | 
|---|
| 555 | GetDomainLocalModule()->SetClassInitialized(this); | 
|---|
| 556 | } | 
|---|
| 557 |  | 
|---|
| 558 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 559 | void MethodTable::SetClassInitError() | 
|---|
| 560 | { | 
|---|
| 561 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 562 | GetDomainLocalModule()->SetClassInitError(this); | 
|---|
| 563 | } | 
|---|
| 564 |  | 
|---|
| 565 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 566 | // mark the class as having been restored. | 
|---|
| 567 | void MethodTable::SetIsRestored() | 
|---|
| 568 | { | 
|---|
| 569 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 570 | { | 
|---|
| 571 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 572 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 573 | } | 
|---|
| 574 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 575 |  | 
|---|
| 576 | PRECONDITION(!IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 577 |  | 
|---|
| 578 | // If functions on this type have already been requested for rejit, then give the rejit | 
|---|
| 579 | // manager a chance to jump-stamp the code we are implicitly restoring. This ensures the | 
|---|
| 580 | // first thread entering the function will jump to the prestub and trigger the | 
|---|
| 581 | // rejit. Note that the PublishMethodTableHolder may take a lock to avoid a rejit race. | 
|---|
| 582 | // See code:ReJitManager::PublishMethodHolder::PublishMethodHolder#PublishCode | 
|---|
| 583 | // for details on the race. | 
|---|
| 584 | // | 
|---|
| 585 | { | 
|---|
| 586 | PublishMethodTableHolder(this); | 
|---|
| 587 | FastInterlockAnd(EnsureWritablePages(&(GetWriteableDataForWrite()->m_dwFlags)), ~MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_Unrestored); | 
|---|
| 588 | } | 
|---|
| 589 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 590 | if (ETW_PROVIDER_ENABLED(MICROSOFT_WINDOWS_DOTNETRUNTIME_PROVIDER)) | 
|---|
| 591 | { | 
|---|
| 592 | ETW::MethodLog::MethodTableRestored(this); | 
|---|
| 593 | } | 
|---|
| 594 | #endif | 
|---|
| 595 | } | 
|---|
| 596 |  | 
|---|
| 597 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 598 | // mark as COM object type (System.__ComObject and types deriving from it) | 
|---|
| 599 | void MethodTable::SetComObjectType() | 
|---|
| 600 | { | 
|---|
| 601 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 602 | SetFlag(enum_flag_ComObject); | 
|---|
| 603 | } | 
|---|
| 604 |  | 
|---|
| 605 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE | 
|---|
| 606 | void MethodTable::SetICastable() | 
|---|
| 607 | { | 
|---|
| 608 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 609 | SetFlag(enum_flag_ICastable); | 
|---|
| 610 | } | 
|---|
| 611 | #endif | 
|---|
| 612 |  | 
|---|
| 613 | BOOL MethodTable::IsICastable() | 
|---|
| 614 | { | 
|---|
| 615 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 616 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE | 
|---|
| 617 | return GetFlag(enum_flag_ICastable); | 
|---|
| 618 | #else | 
|---|
| 619 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 620 | #endif | 
|---|
| 621 | } | 
|---|
| 622 |  | 
|---|
| 623 |  | 
|---|
| 624 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 625 |  | 
|---|
| 626 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 627 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumMethods() | 
|---|
| 628 | { | 
|---|
| 629 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 630 | return GetClass()->GetNumMethods(); | 
|---|
| 631 | } | 
|---|
| 632 |  | 
|---|
| 633 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 634 | PTR_BaseDomain MethodTable::GetDomain() | 
|---|
| 635 | { | 
|---|
| 636 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 637 | return dac_cast<PTR_BaseDomain>(AppDomain::GetCurrentDomain()); | 
|---|
| 638 | } | 
|---|
| 639 |  | 
|---|
| 640 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 641 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameTypeDefAs(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 642 | { | 
|---|
| 643 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 644 |  | 
|---|
| 645 | if (this == pMT) | 
|---|
| 646 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 647 |  | 
|---|
| 648 | // optimize for the negative case where we expect RID mismatch | 
|---|
| 649 | if (GetTypeDefRid() != pMT->GetTypeDefRid()) | 
|---|
| 650 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 651 |  | 
|---|
| 652 | if (GetCanonicalMethodTable() == pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 653 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 654 |  | 
|---|
| 655 | return (GetModule() == pMT->GetModule()); | 
|---|
| 656 | } | 
|---|
| 657 |  | 
|---|
| 658 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 659 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameTypeDefAs_NoLogging(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 660 | { | 
|---|
| 661 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 662 |  | 
|---|
| 663 | if (this == pMT) | 
|---|
| 664 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 665 |  | 
|---|
| 666 | // optimize for the negative case where we expect RID mismatch | 
|---|
| 667 | if (GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging() != pMT->GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging()) | 
|---|
| 668 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 669 |  | 
|---|
| 670 | if (GetCanonicalMethodTable() == pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 671 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 672 |  | 
|---|
| 673 | return (GetModule_NoLogging() == pMT->GetModule_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 674 | } | 
|---|
| 675 |  | 
|---|
| 676 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 677 |  | 
|---|
| 678 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 679 | PTR_MethodTable InterfaceInfo_t::GetApproxMethodTable(Module * pContainingModule) | 
|---|
| 680 | { | 
|---|
| 681 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 682 | { | 
|---|
| 683 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 684 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 685 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 686 | } | 
|---|
| 687 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 688 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 689 | if (m_pMethodTable.IsTagged()) | 
|---|
| 690 | { | 
|---|
| 691 | // Ideally, we would use Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer here. Unfortunately, it is not | 
|---|
| 692 | // possible because of the current type loader architecture that restores types incrementally | 
|---|
| 693 | // even in the NGen case. | 
|---|
| 694 | MethodTable * pItfMT = *(m_pMethodTable.GetValuePtr()); | 
|---|
| 695 |  | 
|---|
| 696 | // Restore the method table, but do not write it back if it has instantiation. We do not want | 
|---|
| 697 | // to write back the approximate instantiations. | 
|---|
| 698 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(&pItfMT, pContainingModule, CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 699 |  | 
|---|
| 700 | if (!pItfMT->HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 701 | { | 
|---|
| 702 | // m_pMethodTable.SetValue() is not used here since we want to update the indirection cell | 
|---|
| 703 | *EnsureWritablePages(m_pMethodTable.GetValuePtr()) = pItfMT; | 
|---|
| 704 | } | 
|---|
| 705 |  | 
|---|
| 706 | return pItfMT; | 
|---|
| 707 | } | 
|---|
| 708 | #endif | 
|---|
| 709 | MethodTable * pItfMT = m_pMethodTable.GetValue(); | 
|---|
| 710 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(TypeHandle(pItfMT), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 711 | return pItfMT; | 
|---|
| 712 | } | 
|---|
| 713 |  | 
|---|
| 714 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 715 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 716 | // get the method desc given the interface method desc | 
|---|
| 717 | /* static */ MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethodAndServer( | 
|---|
| 718 | TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pItfMD, OBJECTREF *pServer) | 
|---|
| 719 | { | 
|---|
| 720 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc*) | 
|---|
| 721 | { | 
|---|
| 722 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 723 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 724 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 725 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pItfMD)); | 
|---|
| 726 | PRECONDITION(pItfMD->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 727 | PRECONDITION(!ownerType.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 728 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasSameTypeDefAs(pItfMD->GetMethodTable())); | 
|---|
| 729 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); | 
|---|
| 730 | } | 
|---|
| 731 | CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 732 | VALIDATEOBJECTREF(*pServer); | 
|---|
| 733 |  | 
|---|
| 734 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 735 | MethodTable * pItfMT =  ownerType.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 736 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pItfMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 737 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 738 |  | 
|---|
| 739 | MethodTable *pServerMT = (*pServer)->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 740 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pServerMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 741 |  | 
|---|
| 742 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE | 
|---|
| 743 | // In case of ICastable, instead of trying to find method implementation in the real object type | 
|---|
| 744 | // we call pObj.GetValueInternal() and call GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod() again with whatever type it returns. | 
|---|
| 745 | // It allows objects that implement ICastable to mimic behavior of other types. | 
|---|
| 746 | if (pServerMT->IsICastable() && | 
|---|
| 747 | !pItfMD->HasMethodInstantiation() && | 
|---|
| 748 | !TypeHandle(pServerMT).CanCastTo(ownerType)) // we need to make sure object doesn't implement this interface in a natural way | 
|---|
| 749 | { | 
|---|
| 750 | GCStress<cfg_any>::MaybeTrigger(); | 
|---|
| 751 |  | 
|---|
| 752 | // Make call to ICastableHelpers.GetImplType(obj, interfaceTypeObj) | 
|---|
| 753 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE(METHOD__ICASTABLEHELPERS__GETIMPLTYPE); | 
|---|
| 754 |  | 
|---|
| 755 | OBJECTREF ownerManagedType = ownerType.GetManagedClassObject(); //GC triggers | 
|---|
| 756 |  | 
|---|
| 757 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 2); | 
|---|
| 758 | args[ARGNUM_0] = OBJECTREF_TO_ARGHOLDER(*pServer); | 
|---|
| 759 | args[ARGNUM_1] = OBJECTREF_TO_ARGHOLDER(ownerManagedType); | 
|---|
| 760 |  | 
|---|
| 761 | OBJECTREF impTypeObj = NULL; | 
|---|
| 762 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_RETREF(impTypeObj, OBJECTREF, args); | 
|---|
| 763 |  | 
|---|
| 764 | INDEBUG(ownerManagedType = NULL); //ownerManagedType wasn't protected during the call | 
|---|
| 765 | if (impTypeObj == NULL) // GetImplType returns default(RuntimeTypeHandle) | 
|---|
| 766 | { | 
|---|
| 767 | COMPlusThrow(kEntryPointNotFoundException); | 
|---|
| 768 | } | 
|---|
| 769 |  | 
|---|
| 770 | ReflectClassBaseObject* resultTypeObj = ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(impTypeObj)); | 
|---|
| 771 | TypeHandle resulTypeHnd = resultTypeObj->GetType(); | 
|---|
| 772 | MethodTable *pResultMT = resulTypeHnd.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 773 |  | 
|---|
| 774 | RETURN(pResultMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(ownerType, pItfMD, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */)); | 
|---|
| 775 | } | 
|---|
| 776 | #endif | 
|---|
| 777 |  | 
|---|
| 778 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 779 | if (pServerMT->IsComObjectType() && !pItfMD->HasMethodInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 780 | { | 
|---|
| 781 | // interop needs an exact MethodDesc | 
|---|
| 782 | pItfMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( | 
|---|
| 783 | pItfMD, | 
|---|
| 784 | ownerType.GetMethodTable(), | 
|---|
| 785 | FALSE,              // forceBoxedEntryPoint | 
|---|
| 786 | Instantiation(),    // methodInst | 
|---|
| 787 | FALSE,              // allowInstParam | 
|---|
| 788 | TRUE);              // forceRemotableMethod | 
|---|
| 789 |  | 
|---|
| 790 | RETURN(pServerMT->GetMethodDescForComInterfaceMethod(pItfMD, false)); | 
|---|
| 791 | } | 
|---|
| 792 | #endif // !FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 793 |  | 
|---|
| 794 | // Handle pure COM+ types. | 
|---|
| 795 | RETURN (pServerMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(ownerType, pItfMD, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */)); | 
|---|
| 796 | } | 
|---|
| 797 |  | 
|---|
| 798 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 799 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 800 | // get the method desc given the interface method desc on a COM implemented server | 
|---|
| 801 | // (if fNullOk is set then NULL is an allowable return value) | 
|---|
| 802 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForComInterfaceMethod(MethodDesc *pItfMD, bool fNullOk) | 
|---|
| 803 | { | 
|---|
| 804 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc*) | 
|---|
| 805 | { | 
|---|
| 806 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 807 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 808 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 809 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pItfMD)); | 
|---|
| 810 | PRECONDITION(pItfMD->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 811 | PRECONDITION(IsComObjectType()); | 
|---|
| 812 | POSTCONDITION(fNullOk || CheckPointer(RETVAL)); | 
|---|
| 813 | } | 
|---|
| 814 | CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 815 |  | 
|---|
| 816 | MethodTable * pItfMT =  pItfMD->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 817 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pItfMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 818 |  | 
|---|
| 819 | // We now handle __ComObject class that doesn't have Dynamic Interface Map | 
|---|
| 820 | if (!HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 821 | { | 
|---|
| 822 | RETURN(pItfMD); | 
|---|
| 823 | } | 
|---|
| 824 | else | 
|---|
| 825 | { | 
|---|
| 826 | // Now we handle the more complex extensible RCW's. The first thing to do is check | 
|---|
| 827 | // to see if the static definition of the extensible RCW specifies that the class | 
|---|
| 828 | // implements the interface. | 
|---|
| 829 | DWORD slot = (DWORD) -1; | 
|---|
| 830 |  | 
|---|
| 831 | // Calling GetTarget here instead of FindDispatchImpl gives us caching functionality to increase speed. | 
|---|
| 832 | PCODE tgt = VirtualCallStubManager::GetTarget( | 
|---|
| 833 | pItfMT->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetDispatchToken(pItfMT->GetTypeID(), pItfMD->GetSlot()), this, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */); | 
|---|
| 834 |  | 
|---|
| 835 | if (tgt != NULL) | 
|---|
| 836 | { | 
|---|
| 837 | RETURN(MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(tgt)); | 
|---|
| 838 | } | 
|---|
| 839 |  | 
|---|
| 840 | // The interface is not in the static class definition so we need to look at the | 
|---|
| 841 | // dynamic interfaces. | 
|---|
| 842 | else if (FindDynamicallyAddedInterface(pItfMT)) | 
|---|
| 843 | { | 
|---|
| 844 | // This interface was added to the class dynamically so it is implemented | 
|---|
| 845 | // by the COM object. We treat this dynamically added interfaces the same | 
|---|
| 846 | // way we treat COM objects. That is by using the interface vtable. | 
|---|
| 847 | RETURN(pItfMD); | 
|---|
| 848 | } | 
|---|
| 849 | else | 
|---|
| 850 | { | 
|---|
| 851 | RETURN(NULL); | 
|---|
| 852 | } | 
|---|
| 853 | } | 
|---|
| 854 | } | 
|---|
| 855 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 856 |  | 
|---|
| 857 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 858 |  | 
|---|
| 859 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 860 | // | 
|---|
| 861 | MethodTable* CreateMinimalMethodTable(Module* pContainingModule, | 
|---|
| 862 | LoaderHeap* pCreationHeap, | 
|---|
| 863 | AllocMemTracker* pamTracker) | 
|---|
| 864 | { | 
|---|
| 865 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 866 | { | 
|---|
| 867 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 868 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 869 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 870 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); | 
|---|
| 871 | } | 
|---|
| 872 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 873 |  | 
|---|
| 874 | EEClass* pClass = EEClass::CreateMinimalClass(pCreationHeap, pamTracker); | 
|---|
| 875 |  | 
|---|
| 876 | LOG((LF_BCL, LL_INFO100, "Level2 - Creating MethodTable {0x%p}...\n", pClass)); | 
|---|
| 877 |  | 
|---|
| 878 | MethodTable* pMT = (MethodTable *)(void *)pamTracker->Track(pCreationHeap->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(MethodTable)))); | 
|---|
| 879 |  | 
|---|
| 880 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled | 
|---|
| 881 | // memset(pMT, 0, sizeof(MethodTable)); | 
|---|
| 882 |  | 
|---|
| 883 | // Allocate the private data block ("private" during runtime in the ngen'ed case). | 
|---|
| 884 | BYTE* pMTWriteableData = (BYTE *) | 
|---|
| 885 | pamTracker->Track(pCreationHeap->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData)))); | 
|---|
| 886 | pMT->SetWriteableData((PTR_MethodTableWriteableData)pMTWriteableData); | 
|---|
| 887 |  | 
|---|
| 888 | // | 
|---|
| 889 | // Set up the EEClass | 
|---|
| 890 | // | 
|---|
| 891 | pClass->SetMethodTable(pMT); // in the EEClass set the pointer to this MethodTable | 
|---|
| 892 | pClass->SetAttrClass(tdPublic | tdSealed); | 
|---|
| 893 |  | 
|---|
| 894 | // | 
|---|
| 895 | // Set up the MethodTable | 
|---|
| 896 | // | 
|---|
| 897 | // Does not need parent. Note that MethodTable for COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN does not have parent either, | 
|---|
| 898 | // so the system has to be wired for dealing with no parent anyway. | 
|---|
| 899 | pMT->SetParentMethodTable(NULL); | 
|---|
| 900 | pMT->SetClass(pClass); | 
|---|
| 901 | pMT->SetLoaderModule(pContainingModule); | 
|---|
| 902 | pMT->SetLoaderAllocator(pContainingModule->GetLoaderAllocator()); | 
|---|
| 903 | pMT->SetInternalCorElementType(ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS); | 
|---|
| 904 | pMT->SetBaseSize(OBJECT_BASESIZE); | 
|---|
| 905 |  | 
|---|
| 906 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 907 | pClass->SetDebugClassName( "dynamicClass"); | 
|---|
| 908 | pMT->SetDebugClassName( "dynamicClass"); | 
|---|
| 909 | #endif | 
|---|
| 910 |  | 
|---|
| 911 | LOG((LF_BCL, LL_INFO10, "Level1 - MethodTable created {0x%p}\n", pClass)); | 
|---|
| 912 |  | 
|---|
| 913 | return pMT; | 
|---|
| 914 | } | 
|---|
| 915 |  | 
|---|
| 916 |  | 
|---|
| 917 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 918 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 919 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 920 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::GetObjCreateDelegate() | 
|---|
| 921 | { | 
|---|
| 922 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 923 | { | 
|---|
| 924 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 925 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 926 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 927 | } | 
|---|
| 928 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 929 | _ASSERT(!IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 930 | if (GetOHDelegate()) | 
|---|
| 931 | return ObjectFromHandle(GetOHDelegate()); | 
|---|
| 932 | else | 
|---|
| 933 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 934 | } | 
|---|
| 935 |  | 
|---|
| 936 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 937 | void MethodTable::SetObjCreateDelegate(OBJECTREF orDelegate) | 
|---|
| 938 | { | 
|---|
| 939 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 940 | { | 
|---|
| 941 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 942 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 943 | THROWS; // From CreateHandle | 
|---|
| 944 | } | 
|---|
| 945 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 946 |  | 
|---|
| 947 | if (GetOHDelegate()) | 
|---|
| 948 | StoreObjectInHandle(GetOHDelegate(), orDelegate); | 
|---|
| 949 | else | 
|---|
| 950 | SetOHDelegate (GetAppDomain()->CreateHandle(orDelegate)); | 
|---|
| 951 | } | 
|---|
| 952 | #endif //CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 953 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 954 |  | 
|---|
| 955 |  | 
|---|
| 956 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 957 | void MethodTable::SetInterfaceMap(WORD wNumInterfaces, InterfaceInfo_t* iMap) | 
|---|
| 958 | { | 
|---|
| 959 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 960 | if (wNumInterfaces == 0) | 
|---|
| 961 | { | 
|---|
| 962 | _ASSERTE(!HasInterfaceMap()); | 
|---|
| 963 | return; | 
|---|
| 964 | } | 
|---|
| 965 |  | 
|---|
| 966 | m_wNumInterfaces = wNumInterfaces; | 
|---|
| 967 |  | 
|---|
| 968 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IS_ALIGNED(iMap, sizeof(void*))); | 
|---|
| 969 | m_pInterfaceMap.SetValue(iMap); | 
|---|
| 970 | } | 
|---|
| 971 |  | 
|---|
| 972 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 973 | // Called after GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize above to setup a new MethodTable with the additional memory to track | 
|---|
| 974 | // extra interface info. If there are a non-zero number of interfaces implemented on this class but | 
|---|
| 975 | // GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize() returned zero, this call must still be made (with a NULL argument). | 
|---|
| 976 | void MethodTable::InitializeExtraInterfaceInfo(PVOID pInfo) | 
|---|
| 977 | { | 
|---|
| 978 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 979 |  | 
|---|
| 980 | // Check that memory was allocated or not allocated in the right scenarios. | 
|---|
| 981 | _ASSERTE(((pInfo == NULL) && (GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()) == 0)) || | 
|---|
| 982 | ((pInfo != NULL) && (GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()) != 0))); | 
|---|
| 983 |  | 
|---|
| 984 | // This call is a no-op if we don't require extra interface info (in which case a buffer should never have | 
|---|
| 985 | // been allocated). | 
|---|
| 986 | if (!HasExtraInterfaceInfo()) | 
|---|
| 987 | { | 
|---|
| 988 | _ASSERTE(pInfo == NULL); | 
|---|
| 989 | return; | 
|---|
| 990 | } | 
|---|
| 991 |  | 
|---|
| 992 | // Get pointer to optional slot that holds either a small inlined bitmap of flags or the pointer to a | 
|---|
| 993 | // larger bitmap. | 
|---|
| 994 | PTR_TADDR pInfoSlot = GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 995 |  | 
|---|
| 996 | // In either case, data inlined or held in an external buffer, the correct thing to do is to write pInfo | 
|---|
| 997 | // to the slot. In the inlined case we wish to set all flags to their default value (zero, false) and | 
|---|
| 998 | // writing NULL does that. Otherwise we simply want to dump the buffer pointer directly into the slot (no | 
|---|
| 999 | // need for a discriminator bit, we can always infer which format we're using based on the interface | 
|---|
| 1000 | // count). | 
|---|
| 1001 | *pInfoSlot = (TADDR)pInfo; | 
|---|
| 1002 |  | 
|---|
| 1003 | // There shouldn't be any need for further initialization in the buffered case since loader heap | 
|---|
| 1004 | // allocation zeroes data. | 
|---|
| 1005 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1006 | if (pInfo != NULL) | 
|---|
| 1007 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()); i++) | 
|---|
| 1008 | _ASSERTE(*((BYTE*)pInfo + i) == 0); | 
|---|
| 1009 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1010 | } | 
|---|
| 1011 |  | 
|---|
| 1012 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 1013 | // Ngen support. | 
|---|
| 1014 | void MethodTable::SaveExtraInterfaceInfo(DataImage *pImage) | 
|---|
| 1015 | { | 
|---|
| 1016 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1017 |  | 
|---|
| 1018 | // No extra data to save if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is either no data or | 
|---|
| 1019 | // it all fits into the optional members inline. | 
|---|
| 1020 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1021 | return; | 
|---|
| 1022 |  | 
|---|
| 1023 | pImage->StoreStructure((LPVOID)*GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(), | 
|---|
| 1024 | GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()), | 
|---|
| 1025 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); | 
|---|
| 1026 | } | 
|---|
| 1027 |  | 
|---|
| 1028 | void MethodTable::FixupExtraInterfaceInfo(DataImage *pImage) | 
|---|
| 1029 | { | 
|---|
| 1030 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1031 |  | 
|---|
| 1032 | // No pointer to extra data to fixup if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is | 
|---|
| 1033 | // either no data or it all fits into the optional members inline. | 
|---|
| 1034 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1035 | return; | 
|---|
| 1036 |  | 
|---|
| 1037 | pImage->FixupPointerField(this, (BYTE*)GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr() - (BYTE*)this); | 
|---|
| 1038 | } | 
|---|
| 1039 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 1040 |  | 
|---|
| 1041 | // Define a macro that generates a mask for a given bit in a TADDR correctly on either 32 or 64 bit platforms. | 
|---|
| 1042 | #ifdef _WIN64 | 
|---|
| 1043 | #define SELECT_TADDR_BIT(_index) (1ULL << (_index)) | 
|---|
| 1044 | #else | 
|---|
| 1045 | #define SELECT_TADDR_BIT(_index) (1U << (_index)) | 
|---|
| 1046 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1047 |  | 
|---|
| 1048 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1049 | // For the given interface in the map (specified via map index) mark the interface as declared explicitly on | 
|---|
| 1050 | // this class. This is not legal for dynamically added interfaces (as used by RCWs). | 
|---|
| 1051 | void MethodTable::SetInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(DWORD index) | 
|---|
| 1052 | { | 
|---|
| 1053 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1054 |  | 
|---|
| 1055 | _ASSERTE(HasExtraInterfaceInfo()); | 
|---|
| 1056 | _ASSERTE(index < GetNumInterfaces()); | 
|---|
| 1057 |  | 
|---|
| 1058 | // Get address of optional slot for extra info. | 
|---|
| 1059 | PTR_TADDR pInfoSlot = GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 1060 |  | 
|---|
| 1061 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1062 | { | 
|---|
| 1063 | // Bitmap of flags is stored inline in the optional slot. | 
|---|
| 1064 | *pInfoSlot |= SELECT_TADDR_BIT(index); | 
|---|
| 1065 | } | 
|---|
| 1066 | else | 
|---|
| 1067 | { | 
|---|
| 1068 | // Slot points to a buffer containing a larger bitmap. | 
|---|
| 1069 | TADDR *pBitmap = (PTR_TADDR)*pInfoSlot; | 
|---|
| 1070 |  | 
|---|
| 1071 | DWORD idxTaddr = index / (sizeof(TADDR) * 8);   // Select TADDR in array that covers the target bit | 
|---|
| 1072 | DWORD idxInTaddr = index % (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); | 
|---|
| 1073 | TADDR bitmask = SELECT_TADDR_BIT(idxInTaddr); | 
|---|
| 1074 |  | 
|---|
| 1075 | pBitmap[idxTaddr] |= bitmask; | 
|---|
| 1076 | _ASSERTE((pBitmap[idxTaddr] & bitmask) == bitmask); | 
|---|
| 1077 | } | 
|---|
| 1078 | } | 
|---|
| 1079 |  | 
|---|
| 1080 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1081 | // For the given interface return true if the interface was declared explicitly on this class. | 
|---|
| 1082 | bool MethodTable::IsInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(DWORD index) | 
|---|
| 1083 | { | 
|---|
| 1084 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1085 |  | 
|---|
| 1086 | _ASSERTE(HasExtraInterfaceInfo()); | 
|---|
| 1087 |  | 
|---|
| 1088 | // Dynamic interfaces are always marked as not DeclaredOnClass (I don't know why but this is how the code | 
|---|
| 1089 | // was originally authored). | 
|---|
| 1090 | if (index >= GetNumInterfaces()) | 
|---|
| 1091 | { | 
|---|
| 1092 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 1093 | _ASSERTE(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); | 
|---|
| 1094 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 1095 | return false; | 
|---|
| 1096 | } | 
|---|
| 1097 |  | 
|---|
| 1098 | // Get data from the optional extra info slot. | 
|---|
| 1099 | TADDR taddrInfo = *GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 1100 |  | 
|---|
| 1101 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1102 | { | 
|---|
| 1103 | // Bitmap of flags is stored directly in the value. | 
|---|
| 1104 | return (taddrInfo & SELECT_TADDR_BIT(index)) != 0; | 
|---|
| 1105 | } | 
|---|
| 1106 | else | 
|---|
| 1107 | { | 
|---|
| 1108 | // Slot points to a buffer containing a larger bitmap. | 
|---|
| 1109 | TADDR *pBitmap = (PTR_TADDR)taddrInfo; | 
|---|
| 1110 |  | 
|---|
| 1111 | DWORD idxTaddr = index / (sizeof(TADDR) * 8);   // Select TADDR in array that covers the target bit | 
|---|
| 1112 | DWORD idxInTaddr = index % (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); | 
|---|
| 1113 | TADDR bitmask = SELECT_TADDR_BIT(idxInTaddr); | 
|---|
| 1114 |  | 
|---|
| 1115 | return (pBitmap[idxTaddr] & bitmask) != 0; | 
|---|
| 1116 | } | 
|---|
| 1117 | } | 
|---|
| 1118 |  | 
|---|
| 1119 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 1120 |  | 
|---|
| 1121 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1122 | PTR_InterfaceInfo MethodTable::GetDynamicallyAddedInterfaceMap() | 
|---|
| 1123 | { | 
|---|
| 1124 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1125 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); | 
|---|
| 1126 |  | 
|---|
| 1127 | return GetInterfaceMap() + GetNumInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 1128 | } | 
|---|
| 1129 |  | 
|---|
| 1130 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1131 | unsigned MethodTable::GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces() | 
|---|
| 1132 | { | 
|---|
| 1133 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1134 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); | 
|---|
| 1135 |  | 
|---|
| 1136 | PTR_InterfaceInfo pInterfaces = GetInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 1137 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pInterfaces != NULL); | 
|---|
| 1138 | return (unsigned)*(dac_cast<PTR_SIZE_T>(pInterfaces) - 1); | 
|---|
| 1139 | } | 
|---|
| 1140 |  | 
|---|
| 1141 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1142 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDynamicallyAddedInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) | 
|---|
| 1143 | { | 
|---|
| 1144 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1145 |  | 
|---|
| 1146 | _ASSERTE(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1147 | _ASSERTE(HasDynamicInterfaceMap());     // This should never be called on for a type that is not an extensible RCW. | 
|---|
| 1148 |  | 
|---|
| 1149 | unsigned cDynInterfaces = GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 1150 | InterfaceInfo_t *pDynItfMap = GetDynamicallyAddedInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 1151 |  | 
|---|
| 1152 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cDynInterfaces; i++) | 
|---|
| 1153 | { | 
|---|
| 1154 | if (pDynItfMap[i].GetMethodTable() == pInterface) | 
|---|
| 1155 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1156 | } | 
|---|
| 1157 |  | 
|---|
| 1158 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1159 | } | 
|---|
| 1160 |  | 
|---|
| 1161 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1162 | void MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface(MethodTable *pItfMT) | 
|---|
| 1163 | { | 
|---|
| 1164 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1165 | { | 
|---|
| 1166 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1167 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 1168 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1169 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1170 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap());    // This should never be called on for a type that is not an extensible RCW. | 
|---|
| 1171 | } | 
|---|
| 1172 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1173 |  | 
|---|
| 1174 | unsigned NumDynAddedInterfaces = GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 1175 | unsigned TotalNumInterfaces = GetNumInterfaces() + NumDynAddedInterfaces; | 
|---|
| 1176 |  | 
|---|
| 1177 | InterfaceInfo_t *pNewItfMap = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1178 | S_SIZE_T AllocSize =  (S_SIZE_T(S_UINT32(TotalNumInterfaces) + S_UINT32(1)) * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(InterfaceInfo_t))) + S_SIZE_T(sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); | 
|---|
| 1179 | if (AllocSize.IsOverflow()) | 
|---|
| 1180 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); | 
|---|
| 1181 |  | 
|---|
| 1182 | // Allocate the new interface table adding one for the new interface and one | 
|---|
| 1183 | // more for the dummy slot before the start of the table.. | 
|---|
| 1184 | pNewItfMap = (InterfaceInfo_t*)(void*)GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(AllocSize); | 
|---|
| 1185 |  | 
|---|
| 1186 | pNewItfMap = (InterfaceInfo_t*)(((BYTE *)pNewItfMap) + sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); | 
|---|
| 1187 |  | 
|---|
| 1188 | // Copy the old map into the new one. | 
|---|
| 1189 | if (TotalNumInterfaces > 0) { | 
|---|
| 1190 | InterfaceInfo_t *pInterfaceMap = GetInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 1191 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pInterfaceMap != NULL); | 
|---|
| 1192 |  | 
|---|
| 1193 | for (unsigned index = 0; index < TotalNumInterfaces; ++index) | 
|---|
| 1194 | { | 
|---|
| 1195 | InterfaceInfo_t *pIntInfo = (InterfaceInfo_t *) (pNewItfMap + index); | 
|---|
| 1196 | pIntInfo->SetMethodTable((pInterfaceMap + index)->GetMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 1197 | } | 
|---|
| 1198 | } | 
|---|
| 1199 |  | 
|---|
| 1200 | // Add the new interface at the end of the map. | 
|---|
| 1201 | pNewItfMap[TotalNumInterfaces].SetMethodTable(pItfMT); | 
|---|
| 1202 |  | 
|---|
| 1203 | // Update the count of dynamically added interfaces. | 
|---|
| 1204 | *(((DWORD_PTR *)pNewItfMap) - 1) = NumDynAddedInterfaces + 1; | 
|---|
| 1205 |  | 
|---|
| 1206 | // Switch the old interface map with the new one. | 
|---|
| 1207 | EnsureWritablePages(&m_pInterfaceMap); | 
|---|
| 1208 | m_pInterfaceMap.SetValueVolatile(pNewItfMap); | 
|---|
| 1209 |  | 
|---|
| 1210 | // Log the fact that we leaked the interface vtable map. | 
|---|
| 1211 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1212 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_EVERYTHING, | 
|---|
| 1213 | "Extensible RCW %s being cast to interface %s caused an interface vtable map leak", | 
|---|
| 1214 | GetClass()->GetDebugClassName(), pItfMT->GetClass()->m_szDebugClassName)); | 
|---|
| 1215 | #else // !_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1216 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_EVERYTHING, | 
|---|
| 1217 | "Extensible RCW being cast to an interface caused an interface vtable map leak")); | 
|---|
| 1218 | #endif // !_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1219 | } // MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface | 
|---|
| 1220 |  | 
|---|
| 1221 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 1222 |  | 
|---|
| 1223 | void MethodTable::SetupGenericsStaticsInfo(FieldDesc* pStaticFieldDescs) | 
|---|
| 1224 | { | 
|---|
| 1225 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1226 | { | 
|---|
| 1227 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1228 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1229 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1230 | } | 
|---|
| 1231 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1232 |  | 
|---|
| 1233 | // No need to generate IDs for open types.  Indeed since we don't save them | 
|---|
| 1234 | // in the NGEN image it would be actively incorrect to do so.  However | 
|---|
| 1235 | // we still leave the optional member in the MethodTable holding the value -1 for the ID. | 
|---|
| 1236 |  | 
|---|
| 1237 | GenericsStaticsInfo *pInfo = GetGenericsStaticsInfo(); | 
|---|
| 1238 | if (!ContainsGenericVariables() && !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) | 
|---|
| 1239 | { | 
|---|
| 1240 | Module * pModuleForStatics = GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 1241 |  | 
|---|
| 1242 | pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = pModuleForStatics->AllocateDynamicEntry(this); | 
|---|
| 1243 | } | 
|---|
| 1244 | else | 
|---|
| 1245 | { | 
|---|
| 1246 | pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = (SIZE_T)-1; | 
|---|
| 1247 | } | 
|---|
| 1248 |  | 
|---|
| 1249 | pInfo->m_pFieldDescs.SetValueMaybeNull(pStaticFieldDescs); | 
|---|
| 1250 | } | 
|---|
| 1251 |  | 
|---|
| 1252 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 1253 |  | 
|---|
| 1254 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1255 | // Calculate how many bytes of storage will be required to track additional information for interfaces. This | 
|---|
| 1256 | // will be zero if there are no interfaces, but can also be zero for small numbers of interfaces as well, and | 
|---|
| 1257 | // callers should be ready to handle this. | 
|---|
| 1258 | /* static */ SIZE_T MethodTable::(DWORD cInterfaces) | 
|---|
| 1259 | { | 
|---|
| 1260 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1261 |  | 
|---|
| 1262 | // For small numbers of interfaces we can record the info in the TADDR of the optional member itself (use | 
|---|
| 1263 | // the TADDR as a bitmap). | 
|---|
| 1264 | if (cInterfaces <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1265 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 1266 |  | 
|---|
| 1267 | // Otherwise we'll cause an array of TADDRs to be allocated (use TADDRs since the heap space allocated | 
|---|
| 1268 | // will almost certainly need to be TADDR aligned anyway). | 
|---|
| 1269 | return ALIGN_UP(cInterfaces, sizeof(TADDR) * 8) / 8; | 
|---|
| 1270 | } | 
|---|
| 1271 |  | 
|---|
| 1272 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 1273 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1274 | void MethodTable::() | 
|---|
| 1275 | { | 
|---|
| 1276 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 1277 |  | 
|---|
| 1278 | // No extra data to enum if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is either no data or | 
|---|
| 1279 | // it all fits into the optional members inline. | 
|---|
| 1280 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) | 
|---|
| 1281 | return; | 
|---|
| 1282 |  | 
|---|
| 1283 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(*GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(), GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces())); | 
|---|
| 1284 | } | 
|---|
| 1285 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 1286 |  | 
|---|
| 1287 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1288 | Module* MethodTable::GetModuleForStatics() | 
|---|
| 1289 | { | 
|---|
| 1290 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1291 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 1292 |  | 
|---|
| 1293 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 1294 |  | 
|---|
| 1295 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 1296 | { | 
|---|
| 1297 | DWORD dwDynamicClassDomainID; | 
|---|
| 1298 | return GetGenericsStaticsModuleAndID(&dwDynamicClassDomainID); | 
|---|
| 1299 | } | 
|---|
| 1300 | else | 
|---|
| 1301 | { | 
|---|
| 1302 | return GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 1303 | } | 
|---|
| 1304 | } | 
|---|
| 1305 |  | 
|---|
| 1306 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1307 | DWORD  MethodTable::GetModuleDynamicEntryID() | 
|---|
| 1308 | { | 
|---|
| 1309 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1310 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 1311 |  | 
|---|
| 1312 | _ASSERTE(IsDynamicStatics() && "Only memory reflection emit types and generics can have a dynamic ID"); | 
|---|
| 1313 |  | 
|---|
| 1314 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 1315 | { | 
|---|
| 1316 | DWORD dwDynamicClassDomainID; | 
|---|
| 1317 | GetGenericsStaticsModuleAndID(&dwDynamicClassDomainID); | 
|---|
| 1318 | return dwDynamicClassDomainID; | 
|---|
| 1319 | } | 
|---|
| 1320 | else | 
|---|
| 1321 | { | 
|---|
| 1322 | return GetClass()->GetModuleDynamicID(); | 
|---|
| 1323 | } | 
|---|
| 1324 | } | 
|---|
| 1325 |  | 
|---|
| 1326 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 1327 |  | 
|---|
| 1328 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 1329 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1330 | // Equivalence based on Guid and TypeIdentifier attributes to support the "no-PIA" feature. | 
|---|
| 1331 | BOOL MethodTable::IsEquivalentTo_Worker(MethodTable *pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(TypeHandlePairList *pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 1332 | { | 
|---|
| 1333 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1334 | { | 
|---|
| 1335 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1336 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1337 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1338 | SO_TOLERANT; // we are called from MethodTable::CanCastToClass | 
|---|
| 1339 | } | 
|---|
| 1340 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1341 |  | 
|---|
| 1342 | _ASSERTE(HasTypeEquivalence() && pOtherMT->HasTypeEquivalence()); | 
|---|
| 1343 |  | 
|---|
| 1344 |  | 
|---|
| 1345 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1346 | if (TypeHandlePairList::Exists(pVisited, TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT))) | 
|---|
| 1347 | { | 
|---|
| 1348 | _ASSERTE(! "We are in the process of comparing these types already. That should never happen!"); | 
|---|
| 1349 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1350 | } | 
|---|
| 1351 | TypeHandlePairList newVisited(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT), pVisited); | 
|---|
| 1352 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1353 |  | 
|---|
| 1354 |  | 
|---|
| 1355 | if (HasInstantiation() != pOtherMT->HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 1356 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1357 |  | 
|---|
| 1358 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 1359 | { | 
|---|
| 1360 | if (!pOtherMT->IsArray() || GetRank() != pOtherMT->GetRank()) | 
|---|
| 1361 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1362 |  | 
|---|
| 1363 | // arrays of structures have their own unshared MTs and will take this path | 
|---|
| 1364 | return (GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle().IsEquivalentTo(pOtherMT->GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle() COMMA_INDEBUG(&newVisited))); | 
|---|
| 1365 | } | 
|---|
| 1366 |  | 
|---|
| 1367 | BOOL bResult = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1368 |  | 
|---|
| 1369 | BEGIN_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE(GetThread()); | 
|---|
| 1370 | bResult = IsEquivalentTo_WorkerInner(pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(&newVisited)); | 
|---|
| 1371 | END_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE; | 
|---|
| 1372 |  | 
|---|
| 1373 | return bResult; | 
|---|
| 1374 | } | 
|---|
| 1375 |  | 
|---|
| 1376 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1377 | // Type equivalence - SO intolerant part. | 
|---|
| 1378 | BOOL MethodTable::IsEquivalentTo_WorkerInner(MethodTable *pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(TypeHandlePairList *pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 1379 | { | 
|---|
| 1380 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1381 | { | 
|---|
| 1382 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1383 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1384 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1385 | SO_INTOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 1386 | LOADS_TYPE(CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); | 
|---|
| 1387 | } | 
|---|
| 1388 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1389 |  | 
|---|
| 1390 | TypeEquivalenceHashTable *typeHashTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1391 | AppDomain *pDomain = GetAppDomain(); | 
|---|
| 1392 | if (pDomain != NULL) | 
|---|
| 1393 | { | 
|---|
| 1394 | typeHashTable = pDomain->GetTypeEquivalenceCache(); | 
|---|
| 1395 | TypeEquivalenceHashTable::EquivalenceMatch match = typeHashTable->CheckEquivalence(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT)); | 
|---|
| 1396 | switch (match) | 
|---|
| 1397 | { | 
|---|
| 1398 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::Match: | 
|---|
| 1399 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1400 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::NoMatch: | 
|---|
| 1401 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1402 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::MatchUnknown: | 
|---|
| 1403 | break; | 
|---|
| 1404 | default: | 
|---|
| 1405 | _ASSERTE(FALSE); | 
|---|
| 1406 | break; | 
|---|
| 1407 | } | 
|---|
| 1408 | } | 
|---|
| 1409 |  | 
|---|
| 1410 | BOOL fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1411 |  | 
|---|
| 1412 | // Check if type is generic | 
|---|
| 1413 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 1414 | { | 
|---|
| 1415 | // Limit variance on generics only to interfaces | 
|---|
| 1416 | if (!IsInterface() || !pOtherMT->IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 1417 | { | 
|---|
| 1418 | fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1419 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1420 | } | 
|---|
| 1421 |  | 
|---|
| 1422 | // check whether the instantiations are equivalent | 
|---|
| 1423 | Instantiation inst1 = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 1424 | Instantiation inst2 = pOtherMT->GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 1425 |  | 
|---|
| 1426 | // Verify generic argument count | 
|---|
| 1427 | if (inst1.GetNumArgs() != inst2.GetNumArgs()) | 
|---|
| 1428 | { | 
|---|
| 1429 | fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1430 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1431 | } | 
|---|
| 1432 |  | 
|---|
| 1433 | // Verify each generic argument type | 
|---|
| 1434 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst1.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 1435 | { | 
|---|
| 1436 | if (!inst1[i].IsEquivalentTo(inst2[i] COMMA_INDEBUG(pVisited))) | 
|---|
| 1437 | { | 
|---|
| 1438 | fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1439 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1440 | } | 
|---|
| 1441 | } | 
|---|
| 1442 |  | 
|---|
| 1443 | if (GetTypeDefRid() == pOtherMT->GetTypeDefRid() && GetModule() == pOtherMT->GetModule()) | 
|---|
| 1444 | { | 
|---|
| 1445 | // it's OK to declare the MTs equivalent at this point; the cases we care | 
|---|
| 1446 | // about are IList<IFoo> and IList<IBar> where IFoo and IBar are equivalent | 
|---|
| 1447 | fEquivalent = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1448 | } | 
|---|
| 1449 | else | 
|---|
| 1450 | { | 
|---|
| 1451 | fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1452 | } | 
|---|
| 1453 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1454 | } | 
|---|
| 1455 |  | 
|---|
| 1456 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 1457 | { | 
|---|
| 1458 | if (!pOtherMT->IsArray() || GetRank() != pOtherMT->GetRank()) | 
|---|
| 1459 | { | 
|---|
| 1460 | fEquivalent = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1461 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1462 | } | 
|---|
| 1463 |  | 
|---|
| 1464 | // arrays of structures have their own unshared MTs and will take this path | 
|---|
| 1465 | TypeHandle elementType1 = GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(); | 
|---|
| 1466 | TypeHandle elementType2 = pOtherMT->GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(); | 
|---|
| 1467 | fEquivalent = elementType1.IsEquivalentTo(elementType2 COMMA_INDEBUG(pVisited)); | 
|---|
| 1468 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; | 
|---|
| 1469 | } | 
|---|
| 1470 |  | 
|---|
| 1471 | fEquivalent = CompareTypeDefsForEquivalence(GetCl(), pOtherMT->GetCl(), GetModule(), pOtherMT->GetModule(), NULL); | 
|---|
| 1472 |  | 
|---|
| 1473 | EquivalenceCalculated: | 
|---|
| 1474 | // Record equivalence matches if a table exists | 
|---|
| 1475 | if (typeHashTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 1476 | { | 
|---|
| 1477 | // Collectible type results will not get cached. | 
|---|
| 1478 | if ((!Collectible() && !pOtherMT->Collectible())) | 
|---|
| 1479 | { | 
|---|
| 1480 | auto match = fEquivalent ? TypeEquivalenceHashTable::Match : TypeEquivalenceHashTable::NoMatch; | 
|---|
| 1481 | typeHashTable->RecordEquivalence(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT), match); | 
|---|
| 1482 | } | 
|---|
| 1483 | } | 
|---|
| 1484 |  | 
|---|
| 1485 | return fEquivalent; | 
|---|
| 1486 | } | 
|---|
| 1487 | #endif // FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 1488 |  | 
|---|
| 1489 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1490 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToInterface(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 1491 | { | 
|---|
| 1492 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1493 | { | 
|---|
| 1494 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1495 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1496 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1497 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1498 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1499 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 1500 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1501 | } | 
|---|
| 1502 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1503 |  | 
|---|
| 1504 | if (!pTargetMT->HasVariance()) | 
|---|
| 1505 | { | 
|---|
| 1506 | if (HasTypeEquivalence() || pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 1507 | { | 
|---|
| 1508 | if (IsInterface() && IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) | 
|---|
| 1509 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1510 |  | 
|---|
| 1511 | return ImplementsEquivalentInterface(pTargetMT); | 
|---|
| 1512 | } | 
|---|
| 1513 |  | 
|---|
| 1514 | return CanCastToNonVariantInterface(pTargetMT); | 
|---|
| 1515 | } | 
|---|
| 1516 | else | 
|---|
| 1517 | { | 
|---|
| 1518 | if (CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 1519 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1520 |  | 
|---|
| 1521 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 1522 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 1523 | { | 
|---|
| 1524 | if (it.GetInterface()->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 1525 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1526 | } | 
|---|
| 1527 | } | 
|---|
| 1528 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1529 | } | 
|---|
| 1530 |  | 
|---|
| 1531 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1532 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 1533 | { | 
|---|
| 1534 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1535 | { | 
|---|
| 1536 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1537 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1538 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1539 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1540 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1541 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->HasVariance()); | 
|---|
| 1542 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface() || pTargetMT->IsDelegate()); | 
|---|
| 1543 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1544 | } | 
|---|
| 1545 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1546 |  | 
|---|
| 1547 | BOOL returnValue = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1548 |  | 
|---|
| 1549 | EEClass *pClass = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1550 |  | 
|---|
| 1551 | TypeHandlePairList pairList(this, pTargetMT, pVisited); | 
|---|
| 1552 |  | 
|---|
| 1553 | if (TypeHandlePairList::Exists(pVisited, this, pTargetMT)) | 
|---|
| 1554 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1555 |  | 
|---|
| 1556 | if (GetTypeDefRid() != pTargetMT->GetTypeDefRid() || GetModule() != pTargetMT->GetModule()) | 
|---|
| 1557 | { | 
|---|
| 1558 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1559 | } | 
|---|
| 1560 |  | 
|---|
| 1561 | { | 
|---|
| 1562 | pClass = pTargetMT->GetClass(); | 
|---|
| 1563 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 1564 | Instantiation targetInst = pTargetMT->GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 1565 |  | 
|---|
| 1566 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 1567 | { | 
|---|
| 1568 | TypeHandle thArg = inst[i]; | 
|---|
| 1569 | TypeHandle thTargetArg = targetInst[i]; | 
|---|
| 1570 |  | 
|---|
| 1571 | // If argument types are not equivalent, test them for compatibility | 
|---|
| 1572 | // in accordance with the the variance annotation | 
|---|
| 1573 | if (!thArg.IsEquivalentTo(thTargetArg)) | 
|---|
| 1574 | { | 
|---|
| 1575 | switch (pClass->GetVarianceOfTypeParameter(i)) | 
|---|
| 1576 | { | 
|---|
| 1577 | case gpCovariant : | 
|---|
| 1578 | if (!thArg.IsBoxedAndCanCastTo(thTargetArg, &pairList)) | 
|---|
| 1579 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1580 | break; | 
|---|
| 1581 |  | 
|---|
| 1582 | case gpContravariant : | 
|---|
| 1583 | if (!thTargetArg.IsBoxedAndCanCastTo(thArg, &pairList)) | 
|---|
| 1584 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1585 | break; | 
|---|
| 1586 |  | 
|---|
| 1587 | case gpNonVariant : | 
|---|
| 1588 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1589 |  | 
|---|
| 1590 | default : | 
|---|
| 1591 | _ASSERTE(! "Illegal variance annotation"); | 
|---|
| 1592 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 1593 | } | 
|---|
| 1594 | } | 
|---|
| 1595 | } | 
|---|
| 1596 | } | 
|---|
| 1597 |  | 
|---|
| 1598 | returnValue = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1599 |  | 
|---|
| 1600 | Exit: | 
|---|
| 1601 |  | 
|---|
| 1602 | return returnValue; | 
|---|
| 1603 | } | 
|---|
| 1604 |  | 
|---|
| 1605 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1606 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToClass(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 1607 | { | 
|---|
| 1608 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1609 | { | 
|---|
| 1610 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1611 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1612 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1613 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1614 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1615 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 1616 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 1617 | } | 
|---|
| 1618 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1619 |  | 
|---|
| 1620 | MethodTable *pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 1621 |  | 
|---|
| 1622 | // If the target type has variant type parameters, we take a slower path | 
|---|
| 1623 | if (pTargetMT->HasVariance()) | 
|---|
| 1624 | { | 
|---|
| 1625 | // At present, we support variance only on delegates and interfaces | 
|---|
| 1626 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pTargetMT->IsDelegate()); | 
|---|
| 1627 |  | 
|---|
| 1628 | // First chase inheritance hierarchy until we hit a class that only differs in its instantiation | 
|---|
| 1629 | do { | 
|---|
| 1630 | // Cheap check for equivalence | 
|---|
| 1631 | if (pMT->IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) | 
|---|
| 1632 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1633 |  | 
|---|
| 1634 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); | 
|---|
| 1635 |  | 
|---|
| 1636 | if (pMT->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 1637 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1638 |  | 
|---|
| 1639 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 1640 | } while (pMT); | 
|---|
| 1641 | } | 
|---|
| 1642 |  | 
|---|
| 1643 | // If there are no variant type parameters, just chase the hierarchy | 
|---|
| 1644 | else | 
|---|
| 1645 | { | 
|---|
| 1646 | do { | 
|---|
| 1647 | if (pMT->IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) | 
|---|
| 1648 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1649 |  | 
|---|
| 1650 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); | 
|---|
| 1651 |  | 
|---|
| 1652 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 1653 | } while (pMT); | 
|---|
| 1654 | } | 
|---|
| 1655 |  | 
|---|
| 1656 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1657 | } | 
|---|
| 1658 |  | 
|---|
| 1659 | #include <optsmallperfcritical.h> | 
|---|
| 1660 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1661 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToNonVariantInterface(MethodTable *pTargetMT) | 
|---|
| 1662 | { | 
|---|
| 1663 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1664 | { | 
|---|
| 1665 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 1666 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 1667 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1668 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1669 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 1670 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1671 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 1672 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->HasVariance()); | 
|---|
| 1673 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1674 | } | 
|---|
| 1675 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1676 |  | 
|---|
| 1677 | // Check to see if the current class is for the interface passed in. | 
|---|
| 1678 | if (this == pTargetMT) | 
|---|
| 1679 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1680 |  | 
|---|
| 1681 | // Check to see if the static class definition indicates we implement the interface. | 
|---|
| 1682 | return ImplementsInterfaceInline(pTargetMT); | 
|---|
| 1683 | } | 
|---|
| 1684 |  | 
|---|
| 1685 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1686 | TypeHandle::CastResult MethodTable::CanCastToInterfaceNoGC(MethodTable *pTargetMT) | 
|---|
| 1687 | { | 
|---|
| 1688 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1689 | { | 
|---|
| 1690 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 1691 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 1692 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1693 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1694 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 1695 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1696 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 1697 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 1698 | } | 
|---|
| 1699 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1700 |  | 
|---|
| 1701 | if (!pTargetMT->HasVariance() && !IsArray() && !HasTypeEquivalence() && !pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 1702 | { | 
|---|
| 1703 | return CanCastToNonVariantInterface(pTargetMT) ? TypeHandle::CanCast : TypeHandle::CannotCast; | 
|---|
| 1704 | } | 
|---|
| 1705 | else | 
|---|
| 1706 | { | 
|---|
| 1707 | // We're conservative on variant interfaces and types with equivalence | 
|---|
| 1708 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; | 
|---|
| 1709 | } | 
|---|
| 1710 | } | 
|---|
| 1711 |  | 
|---|
| 1712 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 1713 | TypeHandle::CastResult MethodTable::CanCastToClassNoGC(MethodTable *pTargetMT) | 
|---|
| 1714 | { | 
|---|
| 1715 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1716 | { | 
|---|
| 1717 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 1718 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 1719 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1720 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 1721 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 1722 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); | 
|---|
| 1723 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 1724 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 1725 | } | 
|---|
| 1726 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 1727 |  | 
|---|
| 1728 | // We're conservative on variant classes | 
|---|
| 1729 | if (pTargetMT->HasVariance() || g_IBCLogger.InstrEnabled()) | 
|---|
| 1730 | { | 
|---|
| 1731 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; | 
|---|
| 1732 | } | 
|---|
| 1733 |  | 
|---|
| 1734 | // Type equivalence needs the slow path | 
|---|
| 1735 | if (HasTypeEquivalence() || pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 1736 | { | 
|---|
| 1737 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; | 
|---|
| 1738 | } | 
|---|
| 1739 |  | 
|---|
| 1740 | // If there are no variant type parameters, just chase the hierarchy | 
|---|
| 1741 | else | 
|---|
| 1742 | { | 
|---|
| 1743 | PTR_VOID pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 1744 |  | 
|---|
| 1745 | do { | 
|---|
| 1746 | if (pMT == pTargetMT) | 
|---|
| 1747 | return TypeHandle::CanCast; | 
|---|
| 1748 |  | 
|---|
| 1749 | pMT = MethodTable::GetParentMethodTableOrIndirection(pMT); | 
|---|
| 1750 | } while (pMT); | 
|---|
| 1751 | } | 
|---|
| 1752 |  | 
|---|
| 1753 | return TypeHandle::CannotCast; | 
|---|
| 1754 | } | 
|---|
| 1755 | #include <optdefault.h> | 
|---|
| 1756 |  | 
|---|
| 1757 | BOOL | 
|---|
| 1758 | MethodTable::IsExternallyVisible() | 
|---|
| 1759 | { | 
|---|
| 1760 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1761 | { | 
|---|
| 1762 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 1763 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 1764 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1765 | SO_INTOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 1766 | } | 
|---|
| 1767 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1768 |  | 
|---|
| 1769 | BOOL bIsVisible = IsTypeDefExternallyVisible(GetCl(), GetModule(), GetClass()->GetAttrClass()); | 
|---|
| 1770 |  | 
|---|
| 1771 | if (bIsVisible && HasInstantiation() && !IsGenericTypeDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 1772 | { | 
|---|
| 1773 | for (COUNT_T i = 0; i < GetNumGenericArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 1774 | { | 
|---|
| 1775 | if (!GetInstantiation()[i].IsExternallyVisible()) | 
|---|
| 1776 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1777 | } | 
|---|
| 1778 | } | 
|---|
| 1779 |  | 
|---|
| 1780 | return bIsVisible; | 
|---|
| 1781 | } // MethodTable::IsExternallyVisible | 
|---|
| 1782 |  | 
|---|
| 1783 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 1784 |  | 
|---|
| 1785 | BOOL MethodTable::CanShareVtableChunksFrom(MethodTable *pTargetMT, Module *pCurrentLoaderModule, Module *pCurrentPreferredZapModule) | 
|---|
| 1786 | { | 
|---|
| 1787 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1788 |  | 
|---|
| 1789 | // These constraints come from two places: | 
|---|
| 1790 | //   1. A non-zapped MT cannot share with a zapped MT since it may result in SetSlot() on a read-only slot | 
|---|
| 1791 | //   2. Zapping this MT in MethodTable::Save cannot "unshare" something we decide to share now | 
|---|
| 1792 | // | 
|---|
| 1793 | // We could fix both of these and allow non-zapped MTs to share chunks fully by doing the following | 
|---|
| 1794 | //   1. Fix the few dangerous callers of SetSlot to first check whether the chunk itself is zapped | 
|---|
| 1795 | //        (see MethodTableBuilder::CopyExactParentSlots, or we could use ExecutionManager::FindZapModule) | 
|---|
| 1796 | //   2. Have this function return FALSE if IsCompilationProcess and rely on MethodTable::Save to do all sharing for the NGen case | 
|---|
| 1797 |  | 
|---|
| 1798 | return !pTargetMT->IsZapped() && | 
|---|
| 1799 | pTargetMT->GetLoaderModule() == pCurrentLoaderModule && | 
|---|
| 1800 | pCurrentLoaderModule == pCurrentPreferredZapModule && | 
|---|
| 1801 | pCurrentPreferredZapModule == Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(pTargetMT); | 
|---|
| 1802 | } | 
|---|
| 1803 |  | 
|---|
| 1804 | #else | 
|---|
| 1805 |  | 
|---|
| 1806 | BOOL MethodTable::CanShareVtableChunksFrom(MethodTable *pTargetMT, Module *pCurrentLoaderModule) | 
|---|
| 1807 | { | 
|---|
| 1808 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 1809 |  | 
|---|
| 1810 | return pTargetMT->GetLoaderModule() == pCurrentLoaderModule; | 
|---|
| 1811 | } | 
|---|
| 1812 |  | 
|---|
| 1813 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1814 |  | 
|---|
| 1815 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1816 |  | 
|---|
| 1817 | void | 
|---|
| 1818 | MethodTable::DebugDumpVtable(LPCUTF8 szClassName, BOOL fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1819 | { | 
|---|
| 1820 | //diag functions shouldn't affect normal behavior | 
|---|
| 1821 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1822 | { | 
|---|
| 1823 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 1824 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1825 | } | 
|---|
| 1826 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1827 |  | 
|---|
| 1828 | CQuickBytes qb; | 
|---|
| 1829 | const size_t cchBuff = MAX_CLASSNAME_LENGTH + 30; | 
|---|
| 1830 | LPWSTR buff = fDebug ? (LPWSTR) qb.AllocNoThrow(cchBuff * sizeof(WCHAR)) : NULL; | 
|---|
| 1831 |  | 
|---|
| 1832 | if ((buff == NULL) && fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1833 | { | 
|---|
| 1834 | WszOutputDebugString(W( "OOM when dumping VTable - falling back to logging")); | 
|---|
| 1835 | fDebug = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1836 | } | 
|---|
| 1837 |  | 
|---|
| 1838 | if (fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1839 | { | 
|---|
| 1840 | swprintf_s(buff, cchBuff, W( "Vtable (with interface dupes) for '%S':\n"), szClassName); | 
|---|
| 1841 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1842 | swprintf_s(&buff[wcslen(buff)], cchBuff - wcslen(buff) , W( "  Total duplicate slots = %d\n"), g_dupMethods); | 
|---|
| 1843 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1844 | WszOutputDebugString(buff); | 
|---|
| 1845 | } | 
|---|
| 1846 | else | 
|---|
| 1847 | { | 
|---|
| 1848 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1849 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "Vtable (with interface dupes) for '%s':\n", szClassName)); | 
|---|
| 1850 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "  Total duplicate slots = %d\n", g_dupMethods)); | 
|---|
| 1851 | } | 
|---|
| 1852 |  | 
|---|
| 1853 | HRESULT hr; | 
|---|
| 1854 | EX_TRY | 
|---|
| 1855 | { | 
|---|
| 1856 | MethodIterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 1857 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 1858 | { | 
|---|
| 1859 | MethodDesc *pMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 1860 | LPCUTF8     pszName = pMD->GetName((USHORT) it.GetSlotNumber()); | 
|---|
| 1861 | DWORD       dwAttrs = pMD->GetAttrs(); | 
|---|
| 1862 |  | 
|---|
| 1863 | if (fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1864 | { | 
|---|
| 1865 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClass(); | 
|---|
| 1866 | LPCUTF8 name = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClass(pMD->GetMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 1867 | swprintf_s(buff, cchBuff, | 
|---|
| 1868 | W( "  slot %2d: %S::%S%S  0x%p (slot = %2d)\n"), | 
|---|
| 1869 | it.GetSlotNumber(), | 
|---|
| 1870 | name, | 
|---|
| 1871 | pszName, | 
|---|
| 1872 | IsMdFinal(dwAttrs) ? " (final)": "", | 
|---|
| 1873 | pMD->GetMethodEntryPoint(), | 
|---|
| 1874 | pMD->GetSlot() | 
|---|
| 1875 | ); | 
|---|
| 1876 | WszOutputDebugString(buff); | 
|---|
| 1877 | } | 
|---|
| 1878 | else | 
|---|
| 1879 | { | 
|---|
| 1880 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1881 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, | 
|---|
| 1882 | "  slot %2d: %s::%s%s  0x%p (slot = %2d)\n", | 
|---|
| 1883 | it.GetSlotNumber(), | 
|---|
| 1884 | pMD->GetClass()->GetDebugClassName(), | 
|---|
| 1885 | pszName, | 
|---|
| 1886 | IsMdFinal(dwAttrs) ? " (final)": "", | 
|---|
| 1887 | pMD->GetMethodEntryPoint(), | 
|---|
| 1888 | pMD->GetSlot() | 
|---|
| 1889 | )); | 
|---|
| 1890 | } | 
|---|
| 1891 | if (it.GetSlotNumber() == (DWORD)(GetNumMethods()-1)) | 
|---|
| 1892 | { | 
|---|
| 1893 | if (fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1894 | { | 
|---|
| 1895 | WszOutputDebugString(W( "  <-- vtable ends here\n")); | 
|---|
| 1896 | } | 
|---|
| 1897 | else | 
|---|
| 1898 | { | 
|---|
| 1899 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1900 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "  <-- vtable ends here\n")); | 
|---|
| 1901 | } | 
|---|
| 1902 | } | 
|---|
| 1903 | } | 
|---|
| 1904 | } | 
|---|
| 1905 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); | 
|---|
| 1906 |  | 
|---|
| 1907 | if (fDebug) | 
|---|
| 1908 | { | 
|---|
| 1909 | WszOutputDebugString(W( "\n")); | 
|---|
| 1910 | } | 
|---|
| 1911 | else | 
|---|
| 1912 | { | 
|---|
| 1913 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1914 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "\n")); | 
|---|
| 1915 | } | 
|---|
| 1916 | } // MethodTable::DebugDumpVtable | 
|---|
| 1917 |  | 
|---|
| 1918 | void | 
|---|
| 1919 | MethodTable::Debug_DumpInterfaceMap( | 
|---|
| 1920 | LPCSTR szInterfaceMapPrefix) | 
|---|
| 1921 | { | 
|---|
| 1922 | // Diagnostic functions shouldn't affect normal behavior | 
|---|
| 1923 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 1924 | { | 
|---|
| 1925 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 1926 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 1927 | } | 
|---|
| 1928 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 1929 |  | 
|---|
| 1930 | if (GetNumInterfaces() == 0) | 
|---|
| 1931 | {   // There are no interfaces, no point in printing interface map info | 
|---|
| 1932 | return; | 
|---|
| 1933 | } | 
|---|
| 1934 |  | 
|---|
| 1935 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1936 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, | 
|---|
| 1937 | "%s Interface Map for '%s':\n", | 
|---|
| 1938 | szInterfaceMapPrefix, | 
|---|
| 1939 | GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 1940 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, | 
|---|
| 1941 | "  Number of interfaces = %d\n", | 
|---|
| 1942 | GetNumInterfaces())); | 
|---|
| 1943 |  | 
|---|
| 1944 | HRESULT hr; | 
|---|
| 1945 | EX_TRY | 
|---|
| 1946 | { | 
|---|
| 1947 | InterfaceMapIterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 1948 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 1949 | { | 
|---|
| 1950 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT = it.GetInterface(); | 
|---|
| 1951 |  | 
|---|
| 1952 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1953 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, | 
|---|
| 1954 | "  index %2d: %s  0x%p\n", | 
|---|
| 1955 | it.GetIndex(), | 
|---|
| 1956 | pInterfaceMT->GetDebugClassName(), | 
|---|
| 1957 | pInterfaceMT)); | 
|---|
| 1958 | } | 
|---|
| 1959 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1960 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "  <-- interface map ends here\n")); | 
|---|
| 1961 | } | 
|---|
| 1962 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); | 
|---|
| 1963 |  | 
|---|
| 1964 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1965 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "\n")); | 
|---|
| 1966 | } // MethodTable::Debug_DumpInterfaceMap | 
|---|
| 1967 |  | 
|---|
| 1968 | void | 
|---|
| 1969 | MethodTable::Debug_DumpDispatchMap() | 
|---|
| 1970 | { | 
|---|
| 1971 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT;   // It's a dev helper, we don't care about contracts | 
|---|
| 1972 |  | 
|---|
| 1973 | if (!HasDispatchMap()) | 
|---|
| 1974 | {   // There is no dipstch map for this type, no point in printing the info | 
|---|
| 1975 | return; | 
|---|
| 1976 | } | 
|---|
| 1977 |  | 
|---|
| 1978 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1979 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "Dispatch Map for '%s':\n", GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 1980 |  | 
|---|
| 1981 | InterfaceInfo_t * pInterfaceMap = GetInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 1982 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 1983 |  | 
|---|
| 1984 | while (it.IsValid()) | 
|---|
| 1985 | { | 
|---|
| 1986 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry = it.Entry(); | 
|---|
| 1987 |  | 
|---|
| 1988 | UINT32 nInterfaceIndex = pEntry->GetTypeID().GetInterfaceNum(); | 
|---|
| 1989 | _ASSERTE(nInterfaceIndex < GetNumInterfaces()); | 
|---|
| 1990 |  | 
|---|
| 1991 | MethodTable * pInterface = pInterfaceMap[nInterfaceIndex].GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 1992 | UINT32 nInterfaceSlotNumber = pEntry->GetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 1993 | UINT32 nImplementationSlotNumber = pEntry->GetTargetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 1994 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 1995 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, | 
|---|
| 1996 | "  Interface %d (%s) slot %d (%s) implemented in slot %d (%s)\n", | 
|---|
| 1997 | nInterfaceIndex, | 
|---|
| 1998 | pInterface->GetDebugClassName(), | 
|---|
| 1999 | nInterfaceSlotNumber, | 
|---|
| 2000 | pInterface->GetMethodDescForSlot(nInterfaceSlotNumber)->GetName(), | 
|---|
| 2001 | nImplementationSlotNumber, | 
|---|
| 2002 | GetMethodDescForSlot(nImplementationSlotNumber)->GetName())); | 
|---|
| 2003 |  | 
|---|
| 2004 | it.Next(); | 
|---|
| 2005 | } | 
|---|
| 2006 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad | 
|---|
| 2007 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "  <-- Dispatch map ends here\n")); | 
|---|
| 2008 | } // MethodTable::Debug_DumpDispatchMap | 
|---|
| 2009 |  | 
|---|
| 2010 | #endif //_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2011 |  | 
|---|
| 2012 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2013 | NOINLINE BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) | 
|---|
| 2014 | { | 
|---|
| 2015 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 2016 | return ImplementsInterfaceInline(pInterface); | 
|---|
| 2017 | } | 
|---|
| 2018 |  | 
|---|
| 2019 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2020 | BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsEquivalentInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) | 
|---|
| 2021 | { | 
|---|
| 2022 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 2023 | { | 
|---|
| 2024 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 2025 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 2026 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 2027 | PRECONDITION(pInterface->IsInterface()); // class we are looking up should be an interface | 
|---|
| 2028 | } | 
|---|
| 2029 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 2030 |  | 
|---|
| 2031 | // look for exact match first (optimize for success) | 
|---|
| 2032 | if (ImplementsInterfaceInline(pInterface)) | 
|---|
| 2033 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2034 |  | 
|---|
| 2035 | if (!pInterface->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 2036 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2037 |  | 
|---|
| 2038 | DWORD numInterfaces = GetNumInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 2039 | if (numInterfaces == 0) | 
|---|
| 2040 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2041 |  | 
|---|
| 2042 | InterfaceInfo_t *pInfo = GetInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 2043 |  | 
|---|
| 2044 | do | 
|---|
| 2045 | { | 
|---|
| 2046 | if (pInfo->GetMethodTable()->IsEquivalentTo(pInterface)) | 
|---|
| 2047 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2048 |  | 
|---|
| 2049 | pInfo++; | 
|---|
| 2050 | } | 
|---|
| 2051 | while (--numInterfaces); | 
|---|
| 2052 |  | 
|---|
| 2053 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2054 | } | 
|---|
| 2055 |  | 
|---|
| 2056 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2057 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 2058 | { | 
|---|
| 2059 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 2060 | { | 
|---|
| 2061 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 2062 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 2063 | PRECONDITION(!pInterfaceMD->HasClassOrMethodInstantiation()); | 
|---|
| 2064 | } | 
|---|
| 2065 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 2066 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 2067 |  | 
|---|
| 2068 | return GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(TypeHandle(pInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable()), pInterfaceMD, throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 2069 | } | 
|---|
| 2070 |  | 
|---|
| 2071 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2072 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 2073 | { | 
|---|
| 2074 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 2075 | { | 
|---|
| 2076 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 2077 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 2078 | PRECONDITION(!ownerType.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 2079 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 2080 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasSameTypeDefAs(pInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable())); | 
|---|
| 2081 | PRECONDITION(IsArray() || ImplementsEquivalentInterface(ownerType.GetMethodTable()) || ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasVariance()); | 
|---|
| 2082 | } | 
|---|
| 2083 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 2084 |  | 
|---|
| 2085 | MethodDesc *pMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 2086 |  | 
|---|
| 2087 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT = ownerType.AsMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 2088 |  | 
|---|
| 2089 | #ifdef CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 2090 | DispatchSlot implSlot(FindDispatchSlot(pInterfaceMT->GetTypeID(), pInterfaceMD->GetSlot(), throwOnConflict)); | 
|---|
| 2091 | if (implSlot.IsNull()) | 
|---|
| 2092 | { | 
|---|
| 2093 | _ASSERTE(!throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 2094 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 2095 | } | 
|---|
| 2096 | PCODE pTgt = implSlot.GetTarget(); | 
|---|
| 2097 | #else | 
|---|
| 2098 | PCODE pTgt = VirtualCallStubManager::GetTarget( | 
|---|
| 2099 | pInterfaceMT->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetDispatchToken(pInterfaceMT->GetTypeID(), pInterfaceMD->GetSlot()), | 
|---|
| 2100 | this, throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 2101 | if (pTgt == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2102 | { | 
|---|
| 2103 | _ASSERTE(!throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 2104 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 2105 | } | 
|---|
| 2106 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2107 | pMD = MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(pTgt); | 
|---|
| 2108 |  | 
|---|
| 2109 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2110 | MethodDesc *pDispSlotMD = FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(ownerType, pInterfaceMD, throwOnConflict).GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 2111 | _ASSERTE(pDispSlotMD == pMD); | 
|---|
| 2112 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2113 |  | 
|---|
| 2114 | pMD->CheckRestore(); | 
|---|
| 2115 |  | 
|---|
| 2116 | return pMD; | 
|---|
| 2117 | } | 
|---|
| 2118 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 2119 |  | 
|---|
| 2120 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2121 | PTR_FieldDesc MethodTable::GetFieldDescByIndex(DWORD fieldIndex) | 
|---|
| 2122 | { | 
|---|
| 2123 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 2124 |  | 
|---|
| 2125 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && | 
|---|
| 2126 | fieldIndex >= GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()) | 
|---|
| 2127 | { | 
|---|
| 2128 | return GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() + (fieldIndex - GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()); | 
|---|
| 2129 | } | 
|---|
| 2130 | else | 
|---|
| 2131 | { | 
|---|
| 2132 | return GetClass()->GetFieldDescList() + fieldIndex; | 
|---|
| 2133 | } | 
|---|
| 2134 | } | 
|---|
| 2135 |  | 
|---|
| 2136 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2137 | DWORD MethodTable::GetIndexForFieldDesc(FieldDesc *pField) | 
|---|
| 2138 | { | 
|---|
| 2139 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 2140 |  | 
|---|
| 2141 | if (pField->IsStatic() && HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 2142 | { | 
|---|
| 2143 | FieldDesc *pStaticFields = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); | 
|---|
| 2144 |  | 
|---|
| 2145 | return GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields() + DWORD(pField - pStaticFields); | 
|---|
| 2146 |  | 
|---|
| 2147 | } | 
|---|
| 2148 | else | 
|---|
| 2149 | { | 
|---|
| 2150 | FieldDesc *pFields = GetClass()->GetFieldDescList(); | 
|---|
| 2151 |  | 
|---|
| 2152 | return DWORD(pField - pFields); | 
|---|
| 2153 | } | 
|---|
| 2154 | } | 
|---|
| 2155 |  | 
|---|
| 2156 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2157 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 2158 | #pragma optimize("t", on) | 
|---|
| 2159 | #endif // _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 2160 | // compute whether the type can be considered to have had its | 
|---|
| 2161 | // static initialization run without doing anything at all, i.e. whether we know | 
|---|
| 2162 | // immediately that the type requires nothing to do for initialization | 
|---|
| 2163 | // | 
|---|
| 2164 | // If a type used as a representiative during JITting is PreInit then | 
|---|
| 2165 | // any types that it may represent within a code-sharing | 
|---|
| 2166 | // group are also PreInit.   For example, if List<object> is PreInit then List<string> | 
|---|
| 2167 | // and List<MyType> are also PreInit.  This is because the dynamicStatics, staticRefHandles | 
|---|
| 2168 | // and hasCCtor are all identical given a head type, and weakening the domainNeutrality | 
|---|
| 2169 | // to DomainSpecific only makes more types PreInit. | 
|---|
| 2170 | BOOL MethodTable::IsClassPreInited() | 
|---|
| 2171 | { | 
|---|
| 2172 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 2173 |  | 
|---|
| 2174 | if (ContainsGenericVariables()) | 
|---|
| 2175 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2176 |  | 
|---|
| 2177 | if (HasClassConstructor()) | 
|---|
| 2178 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2179 |  | 
|---|
| 2180 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) | 
|---|
| 2181 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2182 |  | 
|---|
| 2183 | if (IsDynamicStatics()) | 
|---|
| 2184 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2185 |  | 
|---|
| 2186 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2187 | } | 
|---|
| 2188 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 2189 | #pragma optimize("", on) | 
|---|
| 2190 | #endif // _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 2191 |  | 
|---|
| 2192 | //======================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 2193 |  | 
|---|
| 2194 | #if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI_ITF) | 
|---|
| 2195 |  | 
|---|
| 2196 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && defined(LOGGING) | 
|---|
| 2197 | static | 
|---|
| 2198 | const char* GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(SystemVClassificationType t) | 
|---|
| 2199 | { | 
|---|
| 2200 | switch (t) | 
|---|
| 2201 | { | 
|---|
| 2202 | case SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown:              return "Unknown"; | 
|---|
| 2203 | case SystemVClassificationTypeStruct:               return "Struct"; | 
|---|
| 2204 | case SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass:              return "NoClass"; | 
|---|
| 2205 | case SystemVClassificationTypeMemory:               return "Memory"; | 
|---|
| 2206 | case SystemVClassificationTypeInteger:              return "Integer"; | 
|---|
| 2207 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference:     return "IntegerReference"; | 
|---|
| 2208 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef:         return "IntegerByReference"; | 
|---|
| 2209 | case SystemVClassificationTypeSSE:                  return "SSE"; | 
|---|
| 2210 | case SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference:       return "TypedReference"; | 
|---|
| 2211 | default:                                            return "ERROR"; | 
|---|
| 2212 | } | 
|---|
| 2213 | }; | 
|---|
| 2214 | #endif // _DEBUG && LOGGING | 
|---|
| 2215 |  | 
|---|
| 2216 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. | 
|---|
| 2217 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytes(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, unsigned int nestingLevel, unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, bool useNativeLayout) | 
|---|
| 2218 | { | 
|---|
| 2219 | if (useNativeLayout) | 
|---|
| 2220 | { | 
|---|
| 2221 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2222 | } | 
|---|
| 2223 | else | 
|---|
| 2224 | { | 
|---|
| 2225 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2226 | } | 
|---|
| 2227 | } | 
|---|
| 2228 |  | 
|---|
| 2229 | // If we have a field classification already, but there is a union, we must merge the classification type of the field. Returns the | 
|---|
| 2230 | // new, merged classification type. | 
|---|
| 2231 | /* static */ | 
|---|
| 2232 | static SystemVClassificationType ReClassifyField(SystemVClassificationType originalClassification, SystemVClassificationType newFieldClassification) | 
|---|
| 2233 | { | 
|---|
| 2234 | _ASSERTE((newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2235 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || | 
|---|
| 2236 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || | 
|---|
| 2237 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2238 |  | 
|---|
| 2239 | switch (newFieldClassification) | 
|---|
| 2240 | { | 
|---|
| 2241 | case SystemVClassificationTypeInteger: | 
|---|
| 2242 | // Integer overrides everything; the resulting classification is Integer. Can't merge Integer and IntegerReference. | 
|---|
| 2243 | _ASSERTE((originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2244 | (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2245 |  | 
|---|
| 2246 | return SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2247 |  | 
|---|
| 2248 | case SystemVClassificationTypeSSE: | 
|---|
| 2249 | // If the old and new classifications are both SSE, then the merge is SSE, otherwise it will be integer. Can't merge SSE and IntegerReference. | 
|---|
| 2250 | _ASSERTE((originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2251 | (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2252 |  | 
|---|
| 2253 | if (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE) | 
|---|
| 2254 | { | 
|---|
| 2255 | return SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; | 
|---|
| 2256 | } | 
|---|
| 2257 | else | 
|---|
| 2258 | { | 
|---|
| 2259 | return SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2260 | } | 
|---|
| 2261 |  | 
|---|
| 2262 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference: | 
|---|
| 2263 | // IntegerReference can only merge with IntegerReference. | 
|---|
| 2264 | _ASSERTE(originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference); | 
|---|
| 2265 | return SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference; | 
|---|
| 2266 |  | 
|---|
| 2267 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef: | 
|---|
| 2268 | // IntegerByReference can only merge with IntegerByReference. | 
|---|
| 2269 | _ASSERTE(originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef); | 
|---|
| 2270 | return SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; | 
|---|
| 2271 |  | 
|---|
| 2272 | default: | 
|---|
| 2273 | _ASSERTE(false); // Unexpected type. | 
|---|
| 2274 | return SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown; | 
|---|
| 2275 | } | 
|---|
| 2276 | } | 
|---|
| 2277 |  | 
|---|
| 2278 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. | 
|---|
| 2279 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, | 
|---|
| 2280 | unsigned int nestingLevel, | 
|---|
| 2281 | unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, | 
|---|
| 2282 | bool useNativeLayout) | 
|---|
| 2283 | { | 
|---|
| 2284 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 2285 | { | 
|---|
| 2286 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 2287 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 2288 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 2289 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 2290 | } | 
|---|
| 2291 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 2292 |  | 
|---|
| 2293 | WORD numIntroducedFields = GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields(); | 
|---|
| 2294 |  | 
|---|
| 2295 | // It appears the VM gives a struct with no fields of size 1. | 
|---|
| 2296 | // Don't pass in register such structure. | 
|---|
| 2297 | if (numIntroducedFields == 0) | 
|---|
| 2298 | { | 
|---|
| 2299 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2300 | } | 
|---|
| 2301 |  | 
|---|
| 2302 | // No struct register passing with explicit layout. There may be cases where explicit layout may be still | 
|---|
| 2303 | // eligible for register struct passing, but it is hard to tell the real intent. Make it simple and just | 
|---|
| 2304 | // unconditionally disable register struct passing for explicit layout. | 
|---|
| 2305 | if (GetClass()->HasExplicitFieldOffsetLayout()) | 
|---|
| 2306 | { | 
|---|
| 2307 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout: struct %s has explicit layout; will not be enregistered\n", | 
|---|
| 2308 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 2309 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2310 | } | 
|---|
| 2311 |  | 
|---|
| 2312 | // The SIMD Intrinsic types are meant to be handled specially and should not be passed as struct registers | 
|---|
| 2313 | if (IsIntrinsicType()) | 
|---|
| 2314 | { | 
|---|
| 2315 | LPCUTF8 namespaceName; | 
|---|
| 2316 | LPCUTF8 className = GetFullyQualifiedNameInfo(&namespaceName); | 
|---|
| 2317 |  | 
|---|
| 2318 | if ((strcmp(className, "Vector256`1") == 0) || (strcmp(className, "Vector128`1") == 0) || | 
|---|
| 2319 | (strcmp(className, "Vector64`1") == 0)) | 
|---|
| 2320 | { | 
|---|
| 2321 | assert(strcmp(namespaceName, "System.Runtime.Intrinsics") == 0); | 
|---|
| 2322 |  | 
|---|
| 2323 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout: struct %s is a SIMD intrinsic type; will not be enregistered\n", | 
|---|
| 2324 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 2325 |  | 
|---|
| 2326 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2327 | } | 
|---|
| 2328 | } | 
|---|
| 2329 |  | 
|---|
| 2330 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2331 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** Classify %s (%p), startOffset %d, total struct size %d\n", | 
|---|
| 2332 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName(), this, startOffsetOfStruct, helperPtr->structSize)); | 
|---|
| 2333 | int fieldNum = -1; | 
|---|
| 2334 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2335 |  | 
|---|
| 2336 | FieldDesc *pField = GetApproxFieldDescListRaw(); | 
|---|
| 2337 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + numIntroducedFields; | 
|---|
| 2338 |  | 
|---|
| 2339 | // System types are loaded before others, so ByReference<T> would be loaded before Span<T> or any other type that has a | 
|---|
| 2340 | // ByReference<T> field. ByReference<T> is the first by-ref-like system type to be loaded (see | 
|---|
| 2341 | // SystemDomain::LoadBaseSystemClasses), so if the current method table is marked as by-ref-like and g_pByReferenceClass is | 
|---|
| 2342 | // null, it must be the initial load of ByReference<T>. | 
|---|
| 2343 | bool isThisByReferenceOfT = IsByRefLike() && (g_pByReferenceClass == nullptr || HasSameTypeDefAs(g_pByReferenceClass)); | 
|---|
| 2344 |  | 
|---|
| 2345 | for (; pField < pFieldEnd; pField++) | 
|---|
| 2346 | { | 
|---|
| 2347 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2348 | ++fieldNum; | 
|---|
| 2349 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2350 |  | 
|---|
| 2351 | DWORD fieldOffset = pField->GetOffset(); | 
|---|
| 2352 | unsigned normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; | 
|---|
| 2353 |  | 
|---|
| 2354 | unsigned int fieldSize = pField->GetSize(); | 
|---|
| 2355 | _ASSERTE(fieldSize != (unsigned int)-1); | 
|---|
| 2356 |  | 
|---|
| 2357 | // The field can't span past the end of the struct. | 
|---|
| 2358 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset + fieldSize) > helperPtr->structSize) | 
|---|
| 2359 | { | 
|---|
| 2360 | _ASSERTE(false && "Invalid struct size. The size of fields and overall size don't agree"); | 
|---|
| 2361 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2362 | } | 
|---|
| 2363 |  | 
|---|
| 2364 | CorElementType fieldType = pField->GetFieldType(); | 
|---|
| 2365 |  | 
|---|
| 2366 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 2367 | if (isThisByReferenceOfT) | 
|---|
| 2368 | { | 
|---|
| 2369 | // ByReference<T> is a special type whose single IntPtr field holds a by-ref potentially interior pointer to GC | 
|---|
| 2370 | // memory, so classify its field as such | 
|---|
| 2371 | _ASSERTE(numIntroducedFields == 1); | 
|---|
| 2372 | _ASSERTE(fieldType == CorElementType::ELEMENT_TYPE_I); | 
|---|
| 2373 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; | 
|---|
| 2374 | } | 
|---|
| 2375 | else | 
|---|
| 2376 | { | 
|---|
| 2377 | fieldClassificationType = CorInfoType2UnixAmd64Classification(fieldType); | 
|---|
| 2378 | } | 
|---|
| 2379 |  | 
|---|
| 2380 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2381 | LPCUTF8 fieldName; | 
|---|
| 2382 | pField->GetName_NoThrow(&fieldName); | 
|---|
| 2383 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2384 | if (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeStruct) | 
|---|
| 2385 | { | 
|---|
| 2386 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetApproxFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 2387 | _ASSERTE(!th.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 2388 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = th.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 2389 |  | 
|---|
| 2390 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; | 
|---|
| 2391 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; | 
|---|
| 2392 |  | 
|---|
| 2393 | bool structRet = false; | 
|---|
| 2394 | // If classifying for marshaling/PInvoke and the aggregated struct has a native layout | 
|---|
| 2395 | // use the native classification. If not, continue using the managed layout. | 
|---|
| 2396 | if (useNativeLayout && pFieldMT->HasLayout()) | 
|---|
| 2397 | { | 
|---|
| 2398 | structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2399 | } | 
|---|
| 2400 | else | 
|---|
| 2401 | { | 
|---|
| 2402 | structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2403 | } | 
|---|
| 2404 |  | 
|---|
| 2405 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; | 
|---|
| 2406 |  | 
|---|
| 2407 | if (!structRet) | 
|---|
| 2408 | { | 
|---|
| 2409 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. | 
|---|
| 2410 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2411 | } | 
|---|
| 2412 |  | 
|---|
| 2413 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2414 | } | 
|---|
| 2415 |  | 
|---|
| 2416 | if (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference || | 
|---|
| 2417 | CorInfoType2UnixAmd64Classification(GetClass_NoLogging()->GetInternalCorElementType()) == SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference) | 
|---|
| 2418 | { | 
|---|
| 2419 | // The TypedReference is a very special type. | 
|---|
| 2420 | // In source/metadata it has two fields - Type and Value and both are defined of type IntPtr. | 
|---|
| 2421 | // When the VM creates a layout of the type it changes the type of the Value to ByRef type and the | 
|---|
| 2422 | // type of the Type field is left to IntPtr (TYPE_I internally - native int type.) | 
|---|
| 2423 | // This requires a special treatment of this type. The code below handles the both fields (and this entire type). | 
|---|
| 2424 |  | 
|---|
| 2425 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; i++) | 
|---|
| 2426 | { | 
|---|
| 2427 | fieldSize = 8; | 
|---|
| 2428 | fieldOffset = (i == 0 ? 0 : 8); | 
|---|
| 2429 | normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; | 
|---|
| 2430 | fieldClassificationType = (i == 0 ? SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef : SystemVClassificationTypeInteger); | 
|---|
| 2431 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldSize) != 0) | 
|---|
| 2432 | { | 
|---|
| 2433 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects | 
|---|
| 2434 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. | 
|---|
| 2435 |  | 
|---|
| 2436 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n", | 
|---|
| 2437 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldNum, (i == 0 ? "Value": "Type"), fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize)); | 
|---|
| 2438 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2439 | } | 
|---|
| 2440 |  | 
|---|
| 2441 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2442 |  | 
|---|
| 2443 | // Set the data for a new field. | 
|---|
| 2444 |  | 
|---|
| 2445 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. | 
|---|
| 2446 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); | 
|---|
| 2447 |  | 
|---|
| 2448 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. | 
|---|
| 2449 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2450 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || | 
|---|
| 2451 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || | 
|---|
| 2452 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2453 |  | 
|---|
| 2454 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 2455 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldSize; | 
|---|
| 2456 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2457 |  | 
|---|
| 2458 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*s**** Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n", | 
|---|
| 2459 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, (i == 0 ? "Value": "Type"), fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, | 
|---|
| 2460 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), | 
|---|
| 2461 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); | 
|---|
| 2462 |  | 
|---|
| 2463 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; | 
|---|
| 2464 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2465 | ++fieldNum; | 
|---|
| 2466 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2467 | } | 
|---|
| 2468 |  | 
|---|
| 2469 | // Both fields of the special TypedReference struct are handled. | 
|---|
| 2470 | pField = pFieldEnd; | 
|---|
| 2471 |  | 
|---|
| 2472 | // Done classifying the System.TypedReference struct fields. | 
|---|
| 2473 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2474 | } | 
|---|
| 2475 |  | 
|---|
| 2476 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldSize) != 0) | 
|---|
| 2477 | { | 
|---|
| 2478 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects | 
|---|
| 2479 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. | 
|---|
| 2480 |  | 
|---|
| 2481 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n", | 
|---|
| 2482 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize)); | 
|---|
| 2483 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2484 | } | 
|---|
| 2485 |  | 
|---|
| 2486 | if ((int)normalizedFieldOffset <= helperPtr->largestFieldOffset) | 
|---|
| 2487 | { | 
|---|
| 2488 | // Find the field corresponding to this offset and update the size if needed. | 
|---|
| 2489 | // We assume that either it matches the offset of a previously seen field, or | 
|---|
| 2490 | // it is an out-of-order offset (the VM does give us structs in non-increasing | 
|---|
| 2491 | // offset order sometimes) that doesn't overlap any other field. | 
|---|
| 2492 |  | 
|---|
| 2493 | // REVIEW: will the offset ever match a previously seen field offset for cases that are NOT ExplicitLayout? | 
|---|
| 2494 | // If not, we can get rid of this loop, and just assume the offset is from an out-of-order field. We wouldn't | 
|---|
| 2495 | // need to maintain largestFieldOffset, either, since we would then assume all fields are unique. We could | 
|---|
| 2496 | // also get rid of ReClassifyField(). | 
|---|
| 2497 | int i; | 
|---|
| 2498 | for (i = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField - 1; i >= 0; i--) | 
|---|
| 2499 | { | 
|---|
| 2500 | if (helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] == normalizedFieldOffset) | 
|---|
| 2501 | { | 
|---|
| 2502 | if (fieldSize > helperPtr->fieldSizes[i]) | 
|---|
| 2503 | { | 
|---|
| 2504 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[i] = fieldSize; | 
|---|
| 2505 | } | 
|---|
| 2506 |  | 
|---|
| 2507 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i] = ReClassifyField(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i], fieldClassificationType); | 
|---|
| 2508 |  | 
|---|
| 2509 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, union with uniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, reclassified field to %s\n", | 
|---|
| 2510 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, i, | 
|---|
| 2511 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), | 
|---|
| 2512 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i]))); | 
|---|
| 2513 |  | 
|---|
| 2514 | break; | 
|---|
| 2515 | } | 
|---|
| 2516 | // Make sure the field doesn't start in the middle of another field. | 
|---|
| 2517 | _ASSERTE((normalizedFieldOffset <  helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]) || | 
|---|
| 2518 | (normalizedFieldOffset >= helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] + helperPtr->fieldSizes[i])); | 
|---|
| 2519 | } | 
|---|
| 2520 |  | 
|---|
| 2521 | if (i >= 0) | 
|---|
| 2522 | { | 
|---|
| 2523 | // The proper size of the union set of fields has been set above; continue to the next field. | 
|---|
| 2524 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2525 | } | 
|---|
| 2526 | } | 
|---|
| 2527 | else | 
|---|
| 2528 | { | 
|---|
| 2529 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2530 | } | 
|---|
| 2531 |  | 
|---|
| 2532 | // Set the data for a new field. | 
|---|
| 2533 |  | 
|---|
| 2534 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. | 
|---|
| 2535 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); | 
|---|
| 2536 |  | 
|---|
| 2537 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. | 
|---|
| 2538 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2539 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || | 
|---|
| 2540 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || | 
|---|
| 2541 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2542 |  | 
|---|
| 2543 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 2544 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldSize; | 
|---|
| 2545 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2546 |  | 
|---|
| 2547 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*s**** Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n", | 
|---|
| 2548 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, | 
|---|
| 2549 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), | 
|---|
| 2550 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); | 
|---|
| 2551 |  | 
|---|
| 2552 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField < SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); | 
|---|
| 2553 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; | 
|---|
| 2554 | } // end per-field for loop | 
|---|
| 2555 |  | 
|---|
| 2556 | AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(helperPtr, nestingLevel); | 
|---|
| 2557 |  | 
|---|
| 2558 | return true; | 
|---|
| 2559 | } | 
|---|
| 2560 |  | 
|---|
| 2561 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. | 
|---|
| 2562 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, | 
|---|
| 2563 | unsigned int nestingLevel, | 
|---|
| 2564 | unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, | 
|---|
| 2565 | bool useNativeLayout) | 
|---|
| 2566 | { | 
|---|
| 2567 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 2568 | { | 
|---|
| 2569 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 2570 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 2571 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 2572 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 2573 | } | 
|---|
| 2574 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 2575 |  | 
|---|
| 2576 | // Should be in this method only doing a native layout classification. | 
|---|
| 2577 | _ASSERTE(useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2578 |  | 
|---|
| 2579 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 2580 | // No register classification for this case. | 
|---|
| 2581 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2582 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 2583 |  | 
|---|
| 2584 | if (!HasLayout()) | 
|---|
| 2585 | { | 
|---|
| 2586 | // If there is no native layout for this struct use the managed layout instead. | 
|---|
| 2587 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2588 | } | 
|---|
| 2589 |  | 
|---|
| 2590 | const FieldMarshaler *pFieldMarshaler = GetLayoutInfo()->GetFieldMarshalers(); | 
|---|
| 2591 | UINT  numIntroducedFields = GetLayoutInfo()->GetNumCTMFields(); | 
|---|
| 2592 |  | 
|---|
| 2593 | // No fields. | 
|---|
| 2594 | if (numIntroducedFields == 0) | 
|---|
| 2595 | { | 
|---|
| 2596 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2597 | } | 
|---|
| 2598 |  | 
|---|
| 2599 | // No struct register passing with explicit layout. There may be cases where explicit layout may be still | 
|---|
| 2600 | // eligible for register struct passing, but it is hard to tell the real intent. Make it simple and just | 
|---|
| 2601 | // unconditionally disable register struct passing for explicit layout. | 
|---|
| 2602 | if (GetClass()->HasExplicitFieldOffsetLayout()) | 
|---|
| 2603 | { | 
|---|
| 2604 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout: struct %s has explicit layout; will not be enregistered\n", | 
|---|
| 2605 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 2606 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2607 | } | 
|---|
| 2608 |  | 
|---|
| 2609 | // The SIMD Intrinsic types are meant to be handled specially and should not be passed as struct registers | 
|---|
| 2610 | if (IsIntrinsicType()) | 
|---|
| 2611 | { | 
|---|
| 2612 | LPCUTF8 namespaceName; | 
|---|
| 2613 | LPCUTF8 className = GetFullyQualifiedNameInfo(&namespaceName); | 
|---|
| 2614 |  | 
|---|
| 2615 | if ((strcmp(className, "Vector256`1") == 0) || (strcmp(className, "Vector128`1") == 0) || | 
|---|
| 2616 | (strcmp(className, "Vector64`1") == 0)) | 
|---|
| 2617 | { | 
|---|
| 2618 | assert(strcmp(namespaceName, "System.Runtime.Intrinsics") == 0); | 
|---|
| 2619 |  | 
|---|
| 2620 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout: struct %s is a SIMD intrinsic type; will not be enregistered\n", | 
|---|
| 2621 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 2622 |  | 
|---|
| 2623 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2624 | } | 
|---|
| 2625 | } | 
|---|
| 2626 |  | 
|---|
| 2627 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2628 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** Classify for native struct %s (%p), startOffset %d, total struct size %d\n", | 
|---|
| 2629 | nestingLevel * 5, "", this->GetDebugClassName(), this, startOffsetOfStruct, helperPtr->structSize)); | 
|---|
| 2630 | int fieldNum = -1; | 
|---|
| 2631 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2632 |  | 
|---|
| 2633 | while (numIntroducedFields--) | 
|---|
| 2634 | { | 
|---|
| 2635 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2636 | ++fieldNum; | 
|---|
| 2637 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2638 |  | 
|---|
| 2639 | FieldDesc *pField = pFieldMarshaler->GetFieldDesc(); | 
|---|
| 2640 | CorElementType fieldType = pField->GetFieldType(); | 
|---|
| 2641 |  | 
|---|
| 2642 | // Invalid field type. | 
|---|
| 2643 | if (fieldType == ELEMENT_TYPE_END) | 
|---|
| 2644 | { | 
|---|
| 2645 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2646 | } | 
|---|
| 2647 |  | 
|---|
| 2648 | DWORD fieldOffset = pFieldMarshaler->GetExternalOffset(); | 
|---|
| 2649 | unsigned normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; | 
|---|
| 2650 |  | 
|---|
| 2651 | unsigned int fieldNativeSize = pFieldMarshaler->NativeSize(); | 
|---|
| 2652 | if (fieldNativeSize > SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) | 
|---|
| 2653 | { | 
|---|
| 2654 | // Pass on stack in this case. | 
|---|
| 2655 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2656 | } | 
|---|
| 2657 |  | 
|---|
| 2658 | _ASSERTE(fieldNativeSize != (unsigned int)-1); | 
|---|
| 2659 |  | 
|---|
| 2660 | // The field can't span past the end of the struct. | 
|---|
| 2661 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset + fieldNativeSize) > helperPtr->structSize) | 
|---|
| 2662 | { | 
|---|
| 2663 | _ASSERTE(false && "Invalid native struct size. The size of fields and overall size don't agree"); | 
|---|
| 2664 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2665 | } | 
|---|
| 2666 |  | 
|---|
| 2667 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown; | 
|---|
| 2668 |  | 
|---|
| 2669 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2670 | LPCUTF8 fieldName; | 
|---|
| 2671 | pField->GetName_NoThrow(&fieldName); | 
|---|
| 2672 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2673 |  | 
|---|
| 2674 | // Some NStruct Field Types have extra information and require special handling | 
|---|
| 2675 | NStructFieldType cls = pFieldMarshaler->GetNStructFieldType(); | 
|---|
| 2676 | if (cls == NFT_FIXEDCHARARRAYANSI) | 
|---|
| 2677 | { | 
|---|
| 2678 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2679 | } | 
|---|
| 2680 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDARRAY) | 
|---|
| 2681 | { | 
|---|
| 2682 | VARTYPE vtElement = ((FieldMarshaler_FixedArray*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetElementVT(); | 
|---|
| 2683 | switch (vtElement) | 
|---|
| 2684 | { | 
|---|
| 2685 | case VT_EMPTY: | 
|---|
| 2686 | case VT_NULL: | 
|---|
| 2687 | case VT_BOOL: | 
|---|
| 2688 | case VT_I1: | 
|---|
| 2689 | case VT_I2: | 
|---|
| 2690 | case VT_I4: | 
|---|
| 2691 | case VT_I8: | 
|---|
| 2692 | case VT_UI1: | 
|---|
| 2693 | case VT_UI2: | 
|---|
| 2694 | case VT_UI4: | 
|---|
| 2695 | case VT_UI8: | 
|---|
| 2696 | case VT_PTR: | 
|---|
| 2697 | case VT_INT: | 
|---|
| 2698 | case VT_UINT: | 
|---|
| 2699 | case VT_LPSTR: | 
|---|
| 2700 | case VT_LPWSTR: | 
|---|
| 2701 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2702 | break; | 
|---|
| 2703 | case VT_R4: | 
|---|
| 2704 | case VT_R8: | 
|---|
| 2705 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; | 
|---|
| 2706 | break; | 
|---|
| 2707 | case VT_DECIMAL: | 
|---|
| 2708 | case VT_DATE: | 
|---|
| 2709 | case VT_BSTR: | 
|---|
| 2710 | case VT_UNKNOWN: | 
|---|
| 2711 | case VT_DISPATCH: | 
|---|
| 2712 | case VT_SAFEARRAY: | 
|---|
| 2713 | case VT_ERROR: | 
|---|
| 2714 | case VT_HRESULT: | 
|---|
| 2715 | case VT_CARRAY: | 
|---|
| 2716 | case VT_USERDEFINED: | 
|---|
| 2717 | case VT_RECORD: | 
|---|
| 2718 | case VT_FILETIME: | 
|---|
| 2719 | case VT_BLOB: | 
|---|
| 2720 | case VT_STREAM: | 
|---|
| 2721 | case VT_STORAGE: | 
|---|
| 2722 | case VT_STREAMED_OBJECT: | 
|---|
| 2723 | case VT_STORED_OBJECT: | 
|---|
| 2724 | case VT_BLOB_OBJECT: | 
|---|
| 2725 | case VT_CF: | 
|---|
| 2726 | case VT_CLSID: | 
|---|
| 2727 | default: | 
|---|
| 2728 | // Not supported. | 
|---|
| 2729 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2730 | } | 
|---|
| 2731 | } | 
|---|
| 2732 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2733 | else if (cls == NFT_INTERFACE) | 
|---|
| 2734 | { | 
|---|
| 2735 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. | 
|---|
| 2736 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR."); | 
|---|
| 2737 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2738 | } | 
|---|
| 2739 | #ifdef FEATURE_CLASSIC_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2740 | else if (cls == NFT_SAFEARRAY) | 
|---|
| 2741 | { | 
|---|
| 2742 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. | 
|---|
| 2743 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR."); | 
|---|
| 2744 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2745 | } | 
|---|
| 2746 | #endif // FEATURE_CLASSIC_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2747 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2748 | else if (cls == NFT_NESTEDLAYOUTCLASS) | 
|---|
| 2749 | { | 
|---|
| 2750 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = ((FieldMarshaler_NestedLayoutClass*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 2751 |  | 
|---|
| 2752 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; | 
|---|
| 2753 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; | 
|---|
| 2754 | bool structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2755 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; | 
|---|
| 2756 |  | 
|---|
| 2757 | if (!structRet) | 
|---|
| 2758 | { | 
|---|
| 2759 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. | 
|---|
| 2760 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2761 | } | 
|---|
| 2762 |  | 
|---|
| 2763 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2764 | } | 
|---|
| 2765 | else if (cls == NFT_NESTEDVALUECLASS) | 
|---|
| 2766 | { | 
|---|
| 2767 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = ((FieldMarshaler_NestedValueClass*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 2768 |  | 
|---|
| 2769 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; | 
|---|
| 2770 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; | 
|---|
| 2771 | bool structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); | 
|---|
| 2772 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; | 
|---|
| 2773 |  | 
|---|
| 2774 | if (!structRet) | 
|---|
| 2775 | { | 
|---|
| 2776 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. | 
|---|
| 2777 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2778 | } | 
|---|
| 2779 |  | 
|---|
| 2780 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2781 | } | 
|---|
| 2782 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY1) | 
|---|
| 2783 | { | 
|---|
| 2784 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy1. | 
|---|
| 2785 | switch (fieldType) | 
|---|
| 2786 | { | 
|---|
| 2787 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I1: | 
|---|
| 2788 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2789 | break; | 
|---|
| 2790 |  | 
|---|
| 2791 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U1: | 
|---|
| 2792 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2793 | break; | 
|---|
| 2794 |  | 
|---|
| 2795 | default: | 
|---|
| 2796 | // Invalid entry. | 
|---|
| 2797 | return false; // Pass on stack. | 
|---|
| 2798 | } | 
|---|
| 2799 | } | 
|---|
| 2800 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY2) | 
|---|
| 2801 | { | 
|---|
| 2802 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy2. | 
|---|
| 2803 | switch (fieldType) | 
|---|
| 2804 | { | 
|---|
| 2805 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CHAR: | 
|---|
| 2806 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I2: | 
|---|
| 2807 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U2: | 
|---|
| 2808 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2809 | break; | 
|---|
| 2810 |  | 
|---|
| 2811 | default: | 
|---|
| 2812 | // Invalid entry. | 
|---|
| 2813 | return false; // Pass on stack. | 
|---|
| 2814 | } | 
|---|
| 2815 | } | 
|---|
| 2816 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY4) | 
|---|
| 2817 | { | 
|---|
| 2818 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy4. | 
|---|
| 2819 | switch (fieldType) | 
|---|
| 2820 | { | 
|---|
| 2821 | // At this point, ELEMENT_TYPE_I must be 4 bytes long.  Same for ELEMENT_TYPE_U. | 
|---|
| 2822 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I: | 
|---|
| 2823 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I4: | 
|---|
| 2824 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U: | 
|---|
| 2825 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U4: | 
|---|
| 2826 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_PTR: | 
|---|
| 2827 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2828 | break; | 
|---|
| 2829 |  | 
|---|
| 2830 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R4: | 
|---|
| 2831 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; | 
|---|
| 2832 | break; | 
|---|
| 2833 |  | 
|---|
| 2834 | default: | 
|---|
| 2835 | // Invalid entry. | 
|---|
| 2836 | return false; // Pass on stack. | 
|---|
| 2837 | } | 
|---|
| 2838 | } | 
|---|
| 2839 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY8) | 
|---|
| 2840 | { | 
|---|
| 2841 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy8. | 
|---|
| 2842 | switch (fieldType) | 
|---|
| 2843 | { | 
|---|
| 2844 | // At this point, ELEMENT_TYPE_I must be 8 bytes long.  Same for ELEMENT_TYPE_U. | 
|---|
| 2845 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I: | 
|---|
| 2846 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I8: | 
|---|
| 2847 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U: | 
|---|
| 2848 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U8: | 
|---|
| 2849 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_PTR: | 
|---|
| 2850 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2851 | break; | 
|---|
| 2852 |  | 
|---|
| 2853 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R8: | 
|---|
| 2854 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; | 
|---|
| 2855 | break; | 
|---|
| 2856 |  | 
|---|
| 2857 | default: | 
|---|
| 2858 | // Invalid entry. | 
|---|
| 2859 | return false; // Pass on stack. | 
|---|
| 2860 | } | 
|---|
| 2861 | } | 
|---|
| 2862 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDSTRINGUNI) | 
|---|
| 2863 | { | 
|---|
| 2864 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2865 | } | 
|---|
| 2866 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDSTRINGANSI) | 
|---|
| 2867 | { | 
|---|
| 2868 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2869 | } | 
|---|
| 2870 | else | 
|---|
| 2871 | { | 
|---|
| 2872 | // All other NStruct Field Types which do not require special handling. | 
|---|
| 2873 | switch (cls) | 
|---|
| 2874 | { | 
|---|
| 2875 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2876 | case NFT_HSTRING: | 
|---|
| 2877 | case NFT_VARIANT: | 
|---|
| 2878 | case NFT_VARIANTBOOL: | 
|---|
| 2879 | case NFT_CURRENCY: | 
|---|
| 2880 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. | 
|---|
| 2881 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR."); | 
|---|
| 2882 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2883 | #endif  // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 2884 | case NFT_STRINGUNI: | 
|---|
| 2885 | case NFT_STRINGANSI: | 
|---|
| 2886 | case NFT_ANSICHAR: | 
|---|
| 2887 | case NFT_STRINGUTF8: | 
|---|
| 2888 | case NFT_WINBOOL: | 
|---|
| 2889 | case NFT_CBOOL: | 
|---|
| 2890 | case NFT_DELEGATE: | 
|---|
| 2891 | case NFT_SAFEHANDLE: | 
|---|
| 2892 | case NFT_CRITICALHANDLE: | 
|---|
| 2893 | case NFT_BSTR: | 
|---|
| 2894 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 2895 | break; | 
|---|
| 2896 |  | 
|---|
| 2897 | // It's not clear what the right behavior for NTF_DECIMAL and NTF_DATE is | 
|---|
| 2898 | // But those two types would only make sense on windows. We can revisit this later | 
|---|
| 2899 | case NFT_DECIMAL: | 
|---|
| 2900 | case NFT_DATE: | 
|---|
| 2901 | case NFT_ILLEGAL: | 
|---|
| 2902 | default: | 
|---|
| 2903 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2904 | } | 
|---|
| 2905 | } | 
|---|
| 2906 |  | 
|---|
| 2907 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldNativeSize) != 0) | 
|---|
| 2908 | { | 
|---|
| 2909 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects | 
|---|
| 2910 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. | 
|---|
| 2911 |  | 
|---|
| 2912 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*sxxxx Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), native size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n", | 
|---|
| 2913 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize)); | 
|---|
| 2914 | return false; | 
|---|
| 2915 | } | 
|---|
| 2916 |  | 
|---|
| 2917 | if ((int)normalizedFieldOffset <= helperPtr->largestFieldOffset) | 
|---|
| 2918 | { | 
|---|
| 2919 | // Find the field corresponding to this offset and update the size if needed. | 
|---|
| 2920 | // We assume that either it matches the offset of a previously seen field, or | 
|---|
| 2921 | // it is an out-of-order offset (the VM does give us structs in non-increasing | 
|---|
| 2922 | // offset order sometimes) that doesn't overlap any other field. | 
|---|
| 2923 |  | 
|---|
| 2924 | int i; | 
|---|
| 2925 | for (i = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField - 1; i >= 0; i--) | 
|---|
| 2926 | { | 
|---|
| 2927 | if (helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] == normalizedFieldOffset) | 
|---|
| 2928 | { | 
|---|
| 2929 | if (fieldNativeSize > helperPtr->fieldSizes[i]) | 
|---|
| 2930 | { | 
|---|
| 2931 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[i] = fieldNativeSize; | 
|---|
| 2932 | } | 
|---|
| 2933 |  | 
|---|
| 2934 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i] = ReClassifyField(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i], fieldClassificationType); | 
|---|
| 2935 |  | 
|---|
| 2936 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*sxxxx Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), native size %d, union with uniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, reclassified field to %s\n", | 
|---|
| 2937 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize, i, | 
|---|
| 2938 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), | 
|---|
| 2939 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i]))); | 
|---|
| 2940 |  | 
|---|
| 2941 | break; | 
|---|
| 2942 | } | 
|---|
| 2943 | // Make sure the field doesn't start in the middle of another field. | 
|---|
| 2944 | _ASSERTE((normalizedFieldOffset <  helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]) || | 
|---|
| 2945 | (normalizedFieldOffset >= helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] + helperPtr->fieldSizes[i])); | 
|---|
| 2946 | } | 
|---|
| 2947 |  | 
|---|
| 2948 | if (i >= 0) | 
|---|
| 2949 | { | 
|---|
| 2950 | // The proper size of the union set of fields has been set above; continue to the next field. | 
|---|
| 2951 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2952 | } | 
|---|
| 2953 | } | 
|---|
| 2954 | else | 
|---|
| 2955 | { | 
|---|
| 2956 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2957 | } | 
|---|
| 2958 |  | 
|---|
| 2959 | // Set the data for a new field. | 
|---|
| 2960 |  | 
|---|
| 2961 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. | 
|---|
| 2962 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); | 
|---|
| 2963 |  | 
|---|
| 2964 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. | 
|---|
| 2965 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 2966 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || | 
|---|
| 2967 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || | 
|---|
| 2968 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); | 
|---|
| 2969 |  | 
|---|
| 2970 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 2971 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldNativeSize; | 
|---|
| 2972 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 2973 |  | 
|---|
| 2974 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     %*s**** Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n", | 
|---|
| 2975 | nestingLevel * 5, "", fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, | 
|---|
| 2976 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), | 
|---|
| 2977 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); | 
|---|
| 2978 |  | 
|---|
| 2979 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField < SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); | 
|---|
| 2980 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; | 
|---|
| 2981 | ((BYTE*&)pFieldMarshaler) += MAXFIELDMARSHALERSIZE; | 
|---|
| 2982 | } // end per-field for loop | 
|---|
| 2983 |  | 
|---|
| 2984 | AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(helperPtr, nestingLevel); | 
|---|
| 2985 |  | 
|---|
| 2986 | return true; | 
|---|
| 2987 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 2988 | } | 
|---|
| 2989 |  | 
|---|
| 2990 | // Assigns the classification types to the array with eightbyte types. | 
|---|
| 2991 | void  MethodTable::AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, unsigned int nestingLevel) const | 
|---|
| 2992 | { | 
|---|
| 2993 | static const size_t CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS = CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS * SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES; | 
|---|
| 2994 | static_assert_no_msg(CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS == SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); | 
|---|
| 2995 |  | 
|---|
| 2996 | if (!helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct) | 
|---|
| 2997 | { | 
|---|
| 2998 | _ASSERTE(nestingLevel == 0); | 
|---|
| 2999 |  | 
|---|
| 3000 | int largestFieldOffset = helperPtr->largestFieldOffset; | 
|---|
| 3001 | _ASSERTE(largestFieldOffset != -1); | 
|---|
| 3002 |  | 
|---|
| 3003 | // We're at the top level of the recursion, and we're done looking at the fields. | 
|---|
| 3004 | // Now sort the fields by offset and set the output data. | 
|---|
| 3005 |  | 
|---|
| 3006 | int sortedFieldOrder[CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS]; | 
|---|
| 3007 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS; i++) | 
|---|
| 3008 | { | 
|---|
| 3009 | sortedFieldOrder[i] = -1; | 
|---|
| 3010 | } | 
|---|
| 3011 |  | 
|---|
| 3012 | unsigned numFields = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField; | 
|---|
| 3013 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < numFields; i++) | 
|---|
| 3014 | { | 
|---|
| 3015 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] < CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); | 
|---|
| 3016 | _ASSERTE(sortedFieldOrder[helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]] == -1); // we haven't seen this field offset yet. | 
|---|
| 3017 | sortedFieldOrder[helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]] = i; | 
|---|
| 3018 | } | 
|---|
| 3019 |  | 
|---|
| 3020 | // Calculate the eightbytes and their types. | 
|---|
| 3021 | unsigned int accumulatedSizeForEightByte = 0; | 
|---|
| 3022 | unsigned int currentEightByteOffset = 0; | 
|---|
| 3023 | unsigned int currentEightByte = 0; | 
|---|
| 3024 |  | 
|---|
| 3025 | int lastFieldOrdinal = sortedFieldOrder[largestFieldOffset]; | 
|---|
| 3026 | unsigned int offsetAfterLastFieldByte = largestFieldOffset + helperPtr->fieldSizes[lastFieldOrdinal]; | 
|---|
| 3027 | SystemVClassificationType lastFieldClassification = helperPtr->fieldClassifications[lastFieldOrdinal]; | 
|---|
| 3028 |  | 
|---|
| 3029 | unsigned offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 3030 | for (unsigned fieldSize = 0; offset < helperPtr->structSize; offset += fieldSize) | 
|---|
| 3031 | { | 
|---|
| 3032 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 3033 |  | 
|---|
| 3034 | int ordinal = sortedFieldOrder[offset]; | 
|---|
| 3035 | if (ordinal == -1) | 
|---|
| 3036 | { | 
|---|
| 3037 | // If there is no field that starts as this offset, treat its contents as padding. | 
|---|
| 3038 | // Any padding that follows the last field receives the same classification as the | 
|---|
| 3039 | // last field; padding between fields receives the NO_CLASS classification as per | 
|---|
| 3040 | // the SysV ABI spec. | 
|---|
| 3041 | fieldSize = 1; | 
|---|
| 3042 | fieldClassificationType = offset < offsetAfterLastFieldByte ? SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass : lastFieldClassification; | 
|---|
| 3043 | } | 
|---|
| 3044 | else | 
|---|
| 3045 | { | 
|---|
| 3046 | fieldSize = helperPtr->fieldSizes[ordinal]; | 
|---|
| 3047 | _ASSERTE(fieldSize > 0 && fieldSize <= SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES); | 
|---|
| 3048 |  | 
|---|
| 3049 | fieldClassificationType = helperPtr->fieldClassifications[ordinal]; | 
|---|
| 3050 | _ASSERTE(fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeMemory && fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown); | 
|---|
| 3051 | } | 
|---|
| 3052 |  | 
|---|
| 3053 | if (helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == fieldClassificationType) | 
|---|
| 3054 | { | 
|---|
| 3055 | // Do nothing. The eight-byte already has this classification. | 
|---|
| 3056 | } | 
|---|
| 3057 | else if (helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass) | 
|---|
| 3058 | { | 
|---|
| 3059 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = fieldClassificationType; | 
|---|
| 3060 | } | 
|---|
| 3061 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || | 
|---|
| 3062 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger)) | 
|---|
| 3063 | { | 
|---|
| 3064 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) && | 
|---|
| 3065 | (fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef)); | 
|---|
| 3066 |  | 
|---|
| 3067 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; | 
|---|
| 3068 | } | 
|---|
| 3069 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || | 
|---|
| 3070 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference)) | 
|---|
| 3071 | { | 
|---|
| 3072 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference; | 
|---|
| 3073 | } | 
|---|
| 3074 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || | 
|---|
| 3075 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef)) | 
|---|
| 3076 | { | 
|---|
| 3077 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; | 
|---|
| 3078 | } | 
|---|
| 3079 | else | 
|---|
| 3080 | { | 
|---|
| 3081 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; | 
|---|
| 3082 | } | 
|---|
| 3083 |  | 
|---|
| 3084 | accumulatedSizeForEightByte += fieldSize; | 
|---|
| 3085 | if (accumulatedSizeForEightByte == SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) | 
|---|
| 3086 | { | 
|---|
| 3087 | // Save data for this eightbyte. | 
|---|
| 3088 | helperPtr->eightByteSizes[currentEightByte] = SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES; | 
|---|
| 3089 | helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[currentEightByte] = currentEightByteOffset; | 
|---|
| 3090 |  | 
|---|
| 3091 | // Set up for next eightbyte. | 
|---|
| 3092 | currentEightByte++; | 
|---|
| 3093 | _ASSERTE(currentEightByte <= CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); | 
|---|
| 3094 |  | 
|---|
| 3095 | currentEightByteOffset = offset + fieldSize; | 
|---|
| 3096 | accumulatedSizeForEightByte = 0; | 
|---|
| 3097 | } | 
|---|
| 3098 |  | 
|---|
| 3099 | _ASSERTE(accumulatedSizeForEightByte < SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES); | 
|---|
| 3100 | } | 
|---|
| 3101 |  | 
|---|
| 3102 | // Handle structs that end in the middle of an eightbyte. | 
|---|
| 3103 | if (accumulatedSizeForEightByte > 0 && accumulatedSizeForEightByte < SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) | 
|---|
| 3104 | { | 
|---|
| 3105 | _ASSERTE((helperPtr->structSize % SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) != 0); | 
|---|
| 3106 |  | 
|---|
| 3107 | helperPtr->eightByteSizes[currentEightByte] = accumulatedSizeForEightByte; | 
|---|
| 3108 | helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[currentEightByte] = currentEightByteOffset; | 
|---|
| 3109 | currentEightByte++; | 
|---|
| 3110 | } | 
|---|
| 3111 |  | 
|---|
| 3112 | helperPtr->eightByteCount = currentEightByte; | 
|---|
| 3113 |  | 
|---|
| 3114 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->eightByteCount <= CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); | 
|---|
| 3115 |  | 
|---|
| 3116 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3117 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     ----\n")); | 
|---|
| 3118 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     **** Number EightBytes: %d\n", helperPtr->eightByteCount)); | 
|---|
| 3119 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < helperPtr->eightByteCount; i++) | 
|---|
| 3120 | { | 
|---|
| 3121 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "     **** eightByte %d -- classType: %s, eightByteOffset: %d, eightByteSize: %d\n", | 
|---|
| 3122 | i, GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[i]), helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[i], helperPtr->eightByteSizes[i])); | 
|---|
| 3123 | } | 
|---|
| 3124 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3125 | } | 
|---|
| 3126 | } | 
|---|
| 3127 |  | 
|---|
| 3128 | #endif // defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI_ITF) | 
|---|
| 3129 |  | 
|---|
| 3130 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 3131 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3132 | void MethodTable::AllocateRegularStaticBoxes() | 
|---|
| 3133 | { | 
|---|
| 3134 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3135 | { | 
|---|
| 3136 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3137 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3138 | PRECONDITION(!ContainsGenericVariables()); | 
|---|
| 3139 | PRECONDITION(HasBoxedRegularStatics()); | 
|---|
| 3140 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 3141 | } | 
|---|
| 3142 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3143 |  | 
|---|
| 3144 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Instantiating static handles for %s\n", GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 3145 |  | 
|---|
| 3146 | GCX_COOP(); | 
|---|
| 3147 |  | 
|---|
| 3148 | PTR_BYTE pStaticBase = GetGCStaticsBasePointer(); | 
|---|
| 3149 |  | 
|---|
| 3150 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR(pStaticBase); | 
|---|
| 3151 |  | 
|---|
| 3152 | // In ngened case, we have cached array with boxed statics MTs. In JITed case, we have just the FieldDescs | 
|---|
| 3153 | ClassCtorInfoEntry *pClassCtorInfoEntry = GetClassCtorInfoIfExists(); | 
|---|
| 3154 | if (pClassCtorInfoEntry != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3155 | { | 
|---|
| 3156 | OBJECTREF* pStaticSlots = (OBJECTREF*)(pStaticBase + pClassCtorInfoEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset); | 
|---|
| 3157 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR(pStaticSlots); | 
|---|
| 3158 |  | 
|---|
| 3159 | ArrayDPTR(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable>) ppMTs = GetLoaderModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo()-> | 
|---|
| 3160 | GetGCStaticMTs(pClassCtorInfoEntry->firstBoxedStaticMTIndex); | 
|---|
| 3161 |  | 
|---|
| 3162 | DWORD numBoxedStatics = pClassCtorInfoEntry->numBoxedStatics; | 
|---|
| 3163 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numBoxedStatics; i++) | 
|---|
| 3164 | { | 
|---|
| 3165 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 3166 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer(&(ppMTs[i]), GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 3167 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3168 | MethodTable *pFieldMT = ppMTs[i].GetValue(); | 
|---|
| 3169 |  | 
|---|
| 3170 | _ASSERTE(pFieldMT); | 
|---|
| 3171 |  | 
|---|
| 3172 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tInstantiating static of type %s\n", pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 3173 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateStaticBox(pFieldMT, pClassCtorInfoEntry->hasFixedAddressVTStatics); | 
|---|
| 3174 |  | 
|---|
| 3175 | SetObjectReference( &(pStaticSlots[i]), obj, GetAppDomain() ); | 
|---|
| 3176 | } | 
|---|
| 3177 | GCPROTECT_END(); | 
|---|
| 3178 | } | 
|---|
| 3179 | else | 
|---|
| 3180 | { | 
|---|
| 3181 | // We should never take this codepath in zapped images. | 
|---|
| 3182 | _ASSERTE(!IsZapped()); | 
|---|
| 3183 |  | 
|---|
| 3184 | FieldDesc *pField = HasGenericsStaticsInfo() ? | 
|---|
| 3185 | GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() : (GetApproxFieldDescListRaw() + GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()); | 
|---|
| 3186 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + GetNumStaticFields(); | 
|---|
| 3187 |  | 
|---|
| 3188 | while (pField < pFieldEnd) | 
|---|
| 3189 | { | 
|---|
| 3190 | _ASSERTE(pField->IsStatic()); | 
|---|
| 3191 |  | 
|---|
| 3192 | if (!pField->IsSpecialStatic() && pField->IsByValue()) | 
|---|
| 3193 | { | 
|---|
| 3194 | TypeHandle  th = pField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 3195 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = th.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 3196 |  | 
|---|
| 3197 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tInstantiating static of type %s\n", pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 3198 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateStaticBox(pFieldMT, HasFixedAddressVTStatics()); | 
|---|
| 3199 |  | 
|---|
| 3200 | SetObjectReference( (OBJECTREF*)(pStaticBase + pField->GetOffset()), obj, GetAppDomain() ); | 
|---|
| 3201 | } | 
|---|
| 3202 |  | 
|---|
| 3203 | pField++; | 
|---|
| 3204 | } | 
|---|
| 3205 | } | 
|---|
| 3206 | GCPROTECT_END(); | 
|---|
| 3207 | } | 
|---|
| 3208 |  | 
|---|
| 3209 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3210 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::AllocateStaticBox(MethodTable* pFieldMT, BOOL fPinned, OBJECTHANDLE* pHandle) | 
|---|
| 3211 | { | 
|---|
| 3212 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3213 | { | 
|---|
| 3214 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3215 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3216 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 3217 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3218 | } | 
|---|
| 3219 |  | 
|---|
| 3220 | _ASSERTE(pFieldMT->IsValueType()); | 
|---|
| 3221 |  | 
|---|
| 3222 | // Activate any dependent modules if necessary | 
|---|
| 3223 | pFieldMT->EnsureInstanceActive(); | 
|---|
| 3224 |  | 
|---|
| 3225 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateObject(pFieldMT); | 
|---|
| 3226 |  | 
|---|
| 3227 | // Pin the object if necessary | 
|---|
| 3228 | if (fPinned) | 
|---|
| 3229 | { | 
|---|
| 3230 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tSTATICS:Pinning static (VT fixed address attribute) of type %s\n", pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 3231 | OBJECTHANDLE oh = GetAppDomain()->CreatePinningHandle(obj); | 
|---|
| 3232 | if (pHandle) | 
|---|
| 3233 | { | 
|---|
| 3234 | *pHandle = oh; | 
|---|
| 3235 | } | 
|---|
| 3236 | } | 
|---|
| 3237 | else | 
|---|
| 3238 | { | 
|---|
| 3239 | if (pHandle) | 
|---|
| 3240 | { | 
|---|
| 3241 | *pHandle = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3242 | } | 
|---|
| 3243 | } | 
|---|
| 3244 |  | 
|---|
| 3245 | return obj; | 
|---|
| 3246 | } | 
|---|
| 3247 |  | 
|---|
| 3248 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3249 | BOOL MethodTable::RunClassInitEx(OBJECTREF *pThrowable) | 
|---|
| 3250 | { | 
|---|
| 3251 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3252 | { | 
|---|
| 3253 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3254 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3255 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3256 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 3257 | PRECONDITION(IsProtectedByGCFrame(pThrowable)); | 
|---|
| 3258 | } | 
|---|
| 3259 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3260 |  | 
|---|
| 3261 | // A somewhat unusual function, can both return throwable and throw. | 
|---|
| 3262 | // The difference is, we throw on restartable operations and just return throwable | 
|---|
| 3263 | // on exceptions fatal for the .cctor | 
|---|
| 3264 | // (Of course in the latter case the caller is supposed to throw pThrowable) | 
|---|
| 3265 | // Doing the opposite ( i.e. throwing on fatal and returning on nonfatal) | 
|---|
| 3266 | // would be more intuitive but it's more convenient the way it is | 
|---|
| 3267 |  | 
|---|
| 3268 | BOOL fRet = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 3269 |  | 
|---|
| 3270 | // During the <clinit>, this thread must not be asynchronously | 
|---|
| 3271 | // stopped or interrupted.  That would leave the class unavailable | 
|---|
| 3272 | // and is therefore a security hole.  We don't have to worry about | 
|---|
| 3273 | // multithreading, since we only manipulate the current thread's count. | 
|---|
| 3274 | ThreadPreventAsyncHolder preventAsync; | 
|---|
| 3275 |  | 
|---|
| 3276 | // If the static initialiser throws an exception that it doesn't catch, it has failed | 
|---|
| 3277 | EX_TRY | 
|---|
| 3278 | { | 
|---|
| 3279 | // Activate our module if necessary | 
|---|
| 3280 | EnsureInstanceActive(); | 
|---|
| 3281 |  | 
|---|
| 3282 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO1000, "RunClassInit: Calling class contructor for type %pT\n", this); | 
|---|
| 3283 |  | 
|---|
| 3284 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 3285 |  | 
|---|
| 3286 | // Call the code method without touching MethodDesc if possible | 
|---|
| 3287 | PCODE pCctorCode = pCanonMT->GetSlot(pCanonMT->GetClassConstructorSlot()); | 
|---|
| 3288 |  | 
|---|
| 3289 | if (pCanonMT->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) | 
|---|
| 3290 | { | 
|---|
| 3291 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(pCctorCode); | 
|---|
| 3292 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 1); | 
|---|
| 3293 | args[ARGNUM_0] = PTR_TO_ARGHOLDER(this); | 
|---|
| 3294 | CATCH_HANDLER_FOUND_NOTIFICATION_CALLSITE; | 
|---|
| 3295 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); | 
|---|
| 3296 | } | 
|---|
| 3297 | else | 
|---|
| 3298 | { | 
|---|
| 3299 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(pCctorCode); | 
|---|
| 3300 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 0); | 
|---|
| 3301 | CATCH_HANDLER_FOUND_NOTIFICATION_CALLSITE; | 
|---|
| 3302 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); | 
|---|
| 3303 | } | 
|---|
| 3304 |  | 
|---|
| 3305 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "RunClassInit: Returned Successfully from class contructor for type %pT\n", this); | 
|---|
| 3306 |  | 
|---|
| 3307 | fRet = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 3308 | } | 
|---|
| 3309 | EX_CATCH | 
|---|
| 3310 | { | 
|---|
| 3311 | // Exception set by parent | 
|---|
| 3312 | // <TODO>@TODO: We should make this an ExceptionInInitializerError if the exception thrown is not | 
|---|
| 3313 | // a subclass of Error</TODO> | 
|---|
| 3314 | *pThrowable = GET_THROWABLE(); | 
|---|
| 3315 | _ASSERTE(fRet == FALSE); | 
|---|
| 3316 |  | 
|---|
| 3317 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3318 | // If active thread state does not have a CorruptionSeverity set for the exception, | 
|---|
| 3319 | // then set one up based upon the current exception code and/or the throwable. | 
|---|
| 3320 | // | 
|---|
| 3321 | // When can we be here and current exception tracker may not have corruption severity set? | 
|---|
| 3322 | // Incase of SO in managed code, SO is never seen by CLR's exception handler for managed code | 
|---|
| 3323 | // and if this happens in cctor, we can end up here without the corruption severity set. | 
|---|
| 3324 | Thread *pThread = GetThread(); | 
|---|
| 3325 | _ASSERTE(pThread != NULL); | 
|---|
| 3326 | ThreadExceptionState *pCurTES = pThread->GetExceptionState(); | 
|---|
| 3327 | _ASSERTE(pCurTES != NULL); | 
|---|
| 3328 | if (pCurTES->GetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity() == NotSet) | 
|---|
| 3329 | { | 
|---|
| 3330 | if (CEHelper::IsProcessCorruptedStateException(GetCurrentExceptionCode()) || | 
|---|
| 3331 | CEHelper::IsProcessCorruptedStateException(*pThrowable)) | 
|---|
| 3332 | { | 
|---|
| 3333 | // Process Corrupting | 
|---|
| 3334 | pCurTES->SetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(ProcessCorrupting); | 
|---|
| 3335 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception treated as ProcessCorrupting.\n")); | 
|---|
| 3336 | } | 
|---|
| 3337 | else | 
|---|
| 3338 | { | 
|---|
| 3339 | // Not Corrupting | 
|---|
| 3340 | pCurTES->SetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(NotCorrupting); | 
|---|
| 3341 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception treated as non-corrupting.\n")); | 
|---|
| 3342 | } | 
|---|
| 3343 | } | 
|---|
| 3344 | else | 
|---|
| 3345 | { | 
|---|
| 3346 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception already has corruption severity set.\n")); | 
|---|
| 3347 | } | 
|---|
| 3348 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3349 | } | 
|---|
| 3350 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) | 
|---|
| 3351 |  | 
|---|
| 3352 | return fRet; | 
|---|
| 3353 | } | 
|---|
| 3354 |  | 
|---|
| 3355 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3356 | void MethodTable::DoRunClassInitThrowing() | 
|---|
| 3357 | { | 
|---|
| 3358 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3359 | { | 
|---|
| 3360 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3361 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3362 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 3363 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 3364 | } | 
|---|
| 3365 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3366 |  | 
|---|
| 3367 | GCX_COOP(); | 
|---|
| 3368 |  | 
|---|
| 3369 | // This is a fairly aggressive policy. Merely asking that the class be initialized is grounds for kicking you out. | 
|---|
| 3370 | // Alternately, we could simply NOP out the class initialization. Since the aggressive policy is also the more secure | 
|---|
| 3371 | // policy, keep this unless it proves intractable to remove all premature classinits in the system. | 
|---|
| 3372 | EnsureActive(); | 
|---|
| 3373 |  | 
|---|
| 3374 | Thread *pThread; | 
|---|
| 3375 | pThread = GetThread(); | 
|---|
| 3376 | _ASSERTE(pThread); | 
|---|
| 3377 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE_FOR(pThread, 8); | 
|---|
| 3378 |  | 
|---|
| 3379 | AppDomain *pDomain = GetAppDomain(); | 
|---|
| 3380 |  | 
|---|
| 3381 | HRESULT hrResult = E_FAIL; | 
|---|
| 3382 | const char *description; | 
|---|
| 3383 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "DoRunClassInit: Request to init %pT in appdomain %p\n", this, pDomain); | 
|---|
| 3384 |  | 
|---|
| 3385 | // | 
|---|
| 3386 | // Take the global lock | 
|---|
| 3387 | // | 
|---|
| 3388 |  | 
|---|
| 3389 | ListLock *_pLock = pDomain->GetClassInitLock(); | 
|---|
| 3390 |  | 
|---|
| 3391 | ListLockHolder pInitLock(_pLock); | 
|---|
| 3392 |  | 
|---|
| 3393 | // Check again | 
|---|
| 3394 | if (IsClassInited()) | 
|---|
| 3395 | goto Exit; | 
|---|
| 3396 |  | 
|---|
| 3397 | // | 
|---|
| 3398 | // Handle cases where the .cctor has already tried to run but failed. | 
|---|
| 3399 | // | 
|---|
| 3400 |  | 
|---|
| 3401 |  | 
|---|
| 3402 | if (IsInitError()) | 
|---|
| 3403 | { | 
|---|
| 3404 | // Some error occurred trying to init this class | 
|---|
| 3405 | ListLockEntry*     pEntry= (ListLockEntry *) _pLock->Find(this); | 
|---|
| 3406 | _ASSERTE(pEntry!=NULL); | 
|---|
| 3407 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator == (GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator())); | 
|---|
| 3408 |  | 
|---|
| 3409 | // If this isn't a TypeInitializationException, then its creation failed | 
|---|
| 3410 | // somehow previously, so we should make one last attempt to create it. If | 
|---|
| 3411 | // that fails, just throw the exception that was originally thrown. | 
|---|
| 3412 | // Primarily, this deals with the problem that the exception is a | 
|---|
| 3413 | // ThreadAbortException, because this must be executing on a different | 
|---|
| 3414 | // thread. If in fact this thread is also aborting, then rethrowing the | 
|---|
| 3415 | // other thread's exception will not do any worse. | 
|---|
| 3416 |  | 
|---|
| 3417 | // If we need to create the type init exception object, we'll need to | 
|---|
| 3418 | // GC protect these, so might as well create the structure now. | 
|---|
| 3419 | struct _gc { | 
|---|
| 3420 | OBJECTREF pInitException; | 
|---|
| 3421 | OBJECTREF pNewInitException; | 
|---|
| 3422 | OBJECTREF pThrowable; | 
|---|
| 3423 | } gc; | 
|---|
| 3424 |  | 
|---|
| 3425 | gc.pInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException); | 
|---|
| 3426 | gc.pNewInitException = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3427 | gc.pThrowable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3428 |  | 
|---|
| 3429 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(gc); | 
|---|
| 3430 |  | 
|---|
| 3431 | // We need to release this lock because CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject and fetching the TypeLoad exception can cause | 
|---|
| 3432 | // managed code to re-enter into this codepath, causing a locking order violation. | 
|---|
| 3433 | pInitLock.Release(); | 
|---|
| 3434 |  | 
|---|
| 3435 | if (MscorlibBinder::GetException(kTypeInitializationException) != gc.pInitException->GetMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 3436 | { | 
|---|
| 3437 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassWOnStack(); | 
|---|
| 3438 | LPCWSTR wszName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); | 
|---|
| 3439 |  | 
|---|
| 3440 | CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject(wszName, &gc.pInitException, &gc.pNewInitException, &gc.pThrowable); | 
|---|
| 3441 |  | 
|---|
| 3442 | LOADERHANDLE hOrigInitException = pEntry->m_hInitException; | 
|---|
| 3443 | if (!CLRException::IsPreallocatedExceptionObject(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(hOrigInitException))) | 
|---|
| 3444 | { | 
|---|
| 3445 | // Now put the new init exception in the handle. If another thread beat us (because we released the | 
|---|
| 3446 | // lock above), then we'll just let the extra init exception object get collected later. | 
|---|
| 3447 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->CompareExchangeValueInHandle(pEntry->m_hInitException, gc.pNewInitException, gc.pInitException); | 
|---|
| 3448 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3449 | // if the stored exception is a preallocated one we cannot store the new Exception object in it. | 
|---|
| 3450 | // we'll attempt to create a new handle for the new TypeInitializationException object | 
|---|
| 3451 | LOADERHANDLE hNewInitException = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3452 | // CreateHandle can throw due to OOM. We need to catch this so that we make sure to set the | 
|---|
| 3453 | // init error. Whatever exception was thrown will be rethrown below, so no worries. | 
|---|
| 3454 | EX_TRY { | 
|---|
| 3455 | hNewInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(gc.pNewInitException); | 
|---|
| 3456 | } EX_CATCH { | 
|---|
| 3457 | // If we failed to create the handle we'll just leave the originally alloc'd one in place. | 
|---|
| 3458 | } EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); | 
|---|
| 3459 |  | 
|---|
| 3460 | // if two threads are racing to set m_hInitException, clear the handle created by the loser | 
|---|
| 3461 | if (hNewInitException != NULL && | 
|---|
| 3462 | InterlockedCompareExchangeT((&pEntry->m_hInitException), hNewInitException, hOrigInitException) != hOrigInitException) | 
|---|
| 3463 | { | 
|---|
| 3464 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->FreeHandle(hNewInitException); | 
|---|
| 3465 | } | 
|---|
| 3466 | } | 
|---|
| 3467 | } | 
|---|
| 3468 | else { | 
|---|
| 3469 | gc.pThrowable = gc.pInitException; | 
|---|
| 3470 | } | 
|---|
| 3471 |  | 
|---|
| 3472 | GCPROTECT_END(); | 
|---|
| 3473 |  | 
|---|
| 3474 | // Throw the saved exception. Since we may be rethrowing a previously cached exception, must clear the stack trace first. | 
|---|
| 3475 | // Rethrowing a previously cached exception is distasteful but is required for appcompat with Everett. | 
|---|
| 3476 | // | 
|---|
| 3477 | // (The IsException() is probably more appropriate as an assert but as this isn't a heavily tested code path, | 
|---|
| 3478 | // I prefer to be defensive here.) | 
|---|
| 3479 | if (IsException(gc.pThrowable->GetMethodTable())) | 
|---|
| 3480 | { | 
|---|
| 3481 | ((EXCEPTIONREF)(gc.pThrowable))->ClearStackTraceForThrow(); | 
|---|
| 3482 | } | 
|---|
| 3483 |  | 
|---|
| 3484 | // <FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS> | 
|---|
| 3485 | // Specify the corruption severity to be used to raise this exception in COMPlusThrow below. | 
|---|
| 3486 | // This will ensure that when the exception is seen by the managed code personality routine, | 
|---|
| 3487 | // it will setup the correct corruption severity in the exception tracker. | 
|---|
| 3488 | // </FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS> | 
|---|
| 3489 |  | 
|---|
| 3490 | COMPlusThrow(gc.pThrowable | 
|---|
| 3491 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3492 | , pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity | 
|---|
| 3493 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3494 | ); | 
|---|
| 3495 | } | 
|---|
| 3496 |  | 
|---|
| 3497 | description = ".cctor lock"; | 
|---|
| 3498 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3499 | description = GetDebugClassName(); | 
|---|
| 3500 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3501 |  | 
|---|
| 3502 | // Take the lock | 
|---|
| 3503 | { | 
|---|
| 3504 | //nontrivial holder, might take a lock in destructor | 
|---|
| 3505 | ListLockEntryHolder pEntry(ListLockEntry::Find(pInitLock, this, description)); | 
|---|
| 3506 |  | 
|---|
| 3507 | ListLockEntryLockHolder pLock(pEntry, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 3508 |  | 
|---|
| 3509 | // We have a list entry, we can release the global lock now | 
|---|
| 3510 | pInitLock.Release(); | 
|---|
| 3511 |  | 
|---|
| 3512 | if (pLock.DeadlockAwareAcquire()) | 
|---|
| 3513 | { | 
|---|
| 3514 | if (pEntry->m_hrResultCode == S_FALSE) | 
|---|
| 3515 | { | 
|---|
| 3516 | if (!NingenEnabled()) | 
|---|
| 3517 | { | 
|---|
| 3518 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) | 
|---|
| 3519 | { | 
|---|
| 3520 | // First, instantiate any objects needed for value type statics | 
|---|
| 3521 | AllocateRegularStaticBoxes(); | 
|---|
| 3522 | } | 
|---|
| 3523 |  | 
|---|
| 3524 | // Nobody has run the .cctor yet | 
|---|
| 3525 | if (HasClassConstructor()) | 
|---|
| 3526 | { | 
|---|
| 3527 | struct _gc { | 
|---|
| 3528 | OBJECTREF pInnerException; | 
|---|
| 3529 | OBJECTREF pInitException; | 
|---|
| 3530 | OBJECTREF pThrowable; | 
|---|
| 3531 | } gc; | 
|---|
| 3532 | gc.pInnerException = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3533 | gc.pInitException = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3534 | gc.pThrowable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3535 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(gc); | 
|---|
| 3536 |  | 
|---|
| 3537 | if (!RunClassInitEx(&gc.pInnerException)) | 
|---|
| 3538 | { | 
|---|
| 3539 | // The .cctor failed and we want to store the exception that resulted | 
|---|
| 3540 | // in the entry. Increment the ref count to keep the entry alive for | 
|---|
| 3541 | // subsequent attempts to run the .cctor. | 
|---|
| 3542 | pEntry->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 3543 | // For collectible types, register the entry for cleanup. | 
|---|
| 3544 | if (GetLoaderAllocator()->IsCollectible()) | 
|---|
| 3545 | { | 
|---|
| 3546 | GetLoaderAllocator()->RegisterFailedTypeInitForCleanup(pEntry); | 
|---|
| 3547 | } | 
|---|
| 3548 |  | 
|---|
| 3549 | _ASSERTE(g_pThreadAbortExceptionClass == MscorlibBinder::GetException(kThreadAbortException)); | 
|---|
| 3550 |  | 
|---|
| 3551 | if(gc.pInnerException->GetMethodTable() == g_pThreadAbortExceptionClass) | 
|---|
| 3552 | { | 
|---|
| 3553 | gc.pThrowable = gc.pInnerException; | 
|---|
| 3554 | gc.pInitException = gc.pInnerException; | 
|---|
| 3555 | gc.pInnerException = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3556 | } | 
|---|
| 3557 | else | 
|---|
| 3558 | { | 
|---|
| 3559 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassWOnStack(); | 
|---|
| 3560 | LPCWSTR wszName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); | 
|---|
| 3561 |  | 
|---|
| 3562 | // Note that this may not succeed due to problems creating the exception | 
|---|
| 3563 | // object. On failure, it will first try to | 
|---|
| 3564 | CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject( | 
|---|
| 3565 | wszName, &gc.pInnerException, &gc.pInitException, &gc.pThrowable); | 
|---|
| 3566 | } | 
|---|
| 3567 |  | 
|---|
| 3568 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator = GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator(); | 
|---|
| 3569 |  | 
|---|
| 3570 | // CreateHandle can throw due to OOM. We need to catch this so that we make sure to set the | 
|---|
| 3571 | // init error. Whatever exception was thrown will be rethrown below, so no worries. | 
|---|
| 3572 | EX_TRY { | 
|---|
| 3573 | // Save the exception object, and return to caller as well. | 
|---|
| 3574 | pEntry->m_hInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(gc.pInitException); | 
|---|
| 3575 | } EX_CATCH { | 
|---|
| 3576 | // If we failed to create the handle (due to OOM), we'll just store the preallocated OOM | 
|---|
| 3577 | // handle here instead. | 
|---|
| 3578 | pEntry->m_hInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(CLRException::GetPreallocatedOutOfMemoryException()); | 
|---|
| 3579 | } EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); | 
|---|
| 3580 |  | 
|---|
| 3581 | pEntry->m_hrResultCode = E_FAIL; | 
|---|
| 3582 | SetClassInitError(); | 
|---|
| 3583 |  | 
|---|
| 3584 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3585 | // Save the corruption severity of the exception so that if the type system | 
|---|
| 3586 | // attempts to pick it up from its cache list and throw again, it should | 
|---|
| 3587 | // treat the exception as corrupting, if applicable. | 
|---|
| 3588 | pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity = pThread->GetExceptionState()->GetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(); | 
|---|
| 3589 |  | 
|---|
| 3590 | // We should be having a valid corruption severity at this point | 
|---|
| 3591 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity != NotSet); | 
|---|
| 3592 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3593 |  | 
|---|
| 3594 | COMPlusThrow(gc.pThrowable | 
|---|
| 3595 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3596 | , pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity | 
|---|
| 3597 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS | 
|---|
| 3598 | ); | 
|---|
| 3599 | } | 
|---|
| 3600 |  | 
|---|
| 3601 | GCPROTECT_END(); | 
|---|
| 3602 | } | 
|---|
| 3603 | } | 
|---|
| 3604 |  | 
|---|
| 3605 | pEntry->m_hrResultCode = S_OK; | 
|---|
| 3606 |  | 
|---|
| 3607 | // Set the initialization flags in the DLS and on domain-specific types. | 
|---|
| 3608 | // Note we also set the flag for dynamic statics, which use the DynamicStatics part | 
|---|
| 3609 | // of the DLS irrespective of whether the type is domain neutral or not. | 
|---|
| 3610 | SetClassInited(); | 
|---|
| 3611 |  | 
|---|
| 3612 | } | 
|---|
| 3613 | else | 
|---|
| 3614 | { | 
|---|
| 3615 | // Use previous result | 
|---|
| 3616 |  | 
|---|
| 3617 | hrResult = pEntry->m_hrResultCode; | 
|---|
| 3618 | if(FAILED(hrResult)) | 
|---|
| 3619 | { | 
|---|
| 3620 | // An exception may have occurred in the cctor. DoRunClassInit() should return FALSE in that | 
|---|
| 3621 | // case. | 
|---|
| 3622 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_hInitException); | 
|---|
| 3623 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator == (GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator())); | 
|---|
| 3624 | _ASSERTE(IsInitError()); | 
|---|
| 3625 |  | 
|---|
| 3626 | // Throw the saved exception. Since we are rethrowing a previously cached exception, must clear the stack trace first. | 
|---|
| 3627 | // Rethrowing a previously cached exception is distasteful but is required for appcompat with Everett. | 
|---|
| 3628 | // | 
|---|
| 3629 | // (The IsException() is probably more appropriate as an assert but as this isn't a heavily tested code path, | 
|---|
| 3630 | // I prefer to be defensive here.) | 
|---|
| 3631 | if (IsException(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)->GetMethodTable())) | 
|---|
| 3632 | { | 
|---|
| 3633 | ((EXCEPTIONREF)(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)))->ClearStackTraceForThrow(); | 
|---|
| 3634 | } | 
|---|
| 3635 | COMPlusThrow(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)); | 
|---|
| 3636 | } | 
|---|
| 3637 | } | 
|---|
| 3638 | } | 
|---|
| 3639 | } | 
|---|
| 3640 |  | 
|---|
| 3641 | // | 
|---|
| 3642 | // Notify any entries waiting on the current entry and wait for the required entries. | 
|---|
| 3643 | // | 
|---|
| 3644 |  | 
|---|
| 3645 | // We need to take the global lock before we play with the list of entries. | 
|---|
| 3646 |  | 
|---|
| 3647 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "DoRunClassInit: returning SUCCESS for init %pT in appdomain %p\n", this, pDomain); | 
|---|
| 3648 | // No need to set pThrowable in case of error it will already have been set. | 
|---|
| 3649 |  | 
|---|
| 3650 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 3651 | Exit: | 
|---|
| 3652 | ; | 
|---|
| 3653 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; | 
|---|
| 3654 | } | 
|---|
| 3655 |  | 
|---|
| 3656 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3657 | void MethodTable::CheckRunClassInitThrowing() | 
|---|
| 3658 | { | 
|---|
| 3659 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3660 | { | 
|---|
| 3661 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3662 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3663 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 3664 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); | 
|---|
| 3665 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 3666 | } | 
|---|
| 3667 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3668 |  | 
|---|
| 3669 | {   // Debug-only code causes SO volation, so add exception. | 
|---|
| 3670 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(SOToleranceViolation); | 
|---|
| 3671 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckActivated()); | 
|---|
| 3672 | } | 
|---|
| 3673 |  | 
|---|
| 3674 | // To find GC hole easier... | 
|---|
| 3675 | TRIGGERSGC(); | 
|---|
| 3676 |  | 
|---|
| 3677 | if (IsClassPreInited()) | 
|---|
| 3678 | return; | 
|---|
| 3679 |  | 
|---|
| 3680 | // Don't initialize shared generic instantiations (e.g. MyClass<__Canon>) | 
|---|
| 3681 | if (IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) | 
|---|
| 3682 | return; | 
|---|
| 3683 |  | 
|---|
| 3684 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); | 
|---|
| 3685 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule); | 
|---|
| 3686 |  | 
|---|
| 3687 | DWORD iClassIndex = GetClassIndex(); | 
|---|
| 3688 |  | 
|---|
| 3689 | // Check to see if we have already run the .cctor for this class. | 
|---|
| 3690 | if (!pLocalModule->IsClassAllocated(this, iClassIndex)) | 
|---|
| 3691 | pLocalModule->PopulateClass(this); | 
|---|
| 3692 |  | 
|---|
| 3693 | if (!pLocalModule->IsClassInitialized(this, iClassIndex)) | 
|---|
| 3694 | DoRunClassInitThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 3695 | } | 
|---|
| 3696 |  | 
|---|
| 3697 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3698 | void MethodTable::CheckRunClassInitAsIfConstructingThrowing() | 
|---|
| 3699 | { | 
|---|
| 3700 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3701 | { | 
|---|
| 3702 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3703 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3704 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 3705 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 3706 | } | 
|---|
| 3707 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3708 | if (HasPreciseInitCctors()) | 
|---|
| 3709 | { | 
|---|
| 3710 | MethodTable *pMTCur = this; | 
|---|
| 3711 | while (pMTCur != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3712 | { | 
|---|
| 3713 | if (!pMTCur->GetClass()->IsBeforeFieldInit()) | 
|---|
| 3714 | pMTCur->CheckRunClassInitThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 3715 |  | 
|---|
| 3716 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 3717 | } | 
|---|
| 3718 | } | 
|---|
| 3719 | } | 
|---|
| 3720 |  | 
|---|
| 3721 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3722 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::Allocate() | 
|---|
| 3723 | { | 
|---|
| 3724 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3725 | { | 
|---|
| 3726 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3727 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3728 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3729 | } | 
|---|
| 3730 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3731 |  | 
|---|
| 3732 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 3733 |  | 
|---|
| 3734 | EnsureInstanceActive(); | 
|---|
| 3735 |  | 
|---|
| 3736 | if (HasPreciseInitCctors()) | 
|---|
| 3737 | { | 
|---|
| 3738 | CheckRunClassInitAsIfConstructingThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 3739 | } | 
|---|
| 3740 |  | 
|---|
| 3741 | return AllocateObject(this); | 
|---|
| 3742 | } | 
|---|
| 3743 |  | 
|---|
| 3744 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3745 | // box 'data' creating a new object and return it.  This routine understands the special | 
|---|
| 3746 | // handling needed for Nullable values. | 
|---|
| 3747 | // see code:Nullable#NullableVerification | 
|---|
| 3748 |  | 
|---|
| 3749 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::Box(void* data) | 
|---|
| 3750 | { | 
|---|
| 3751 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3752 | { | 
|---|
| 3753 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3754 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3755 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3756 | PRECONDITION(IsValueType()); | 
|---|
| 3757 | } | 
|---|
| 3758 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3759 |  | 
|---|
| 3760 | OBJECTREF ref; | 
|---|
| 3761 |  | 
|---|
| 3762 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR (data); | 
|---|
| 3763 |  | 
|---|
| 3764 | if (IsByRefLike()) | 
|---|
| 3765 | { | 
|---|
| 3766 | // We should never box a type that contains stack pointers. | 
|---|
| 3767 | COMPlusThrow(kInvalidOperationException, W( "InvalidOperation_TypeCannotBeBoxed")); | 
|---|
| 3768 | } | 
|---|
| 3769 |  | 
|---|
| 3770 | ref = FastBox(&data); | 
|---|
| 3771 | GCPROTECT_END (); | 
|---|
| 3772 | return ref; | 
|---|
| 3773 | } | 
|---|
| 3774 |  | 
|---|
| 3775 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::FastBox(void** data) | 
|---|
| 3776 | { | 
|---|
| 3777 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3778 | { | 
|---|
| 3779 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3780 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3781 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3782 | PRECONDITION(IsValueType()); | 
|---|
| 3783 | } | 
|---|
| 3784 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3785 |  | 
|---|
| 3786 | // See code:Nullable#NullableArchitecture for more | 
|---|
| 3787 | if (IsNullable()) | 
|---|
| 3788 | return Nullable::Box(*data, this); | 
|---|
| 3789 |  | 
|---|
| 3790 | OBJECTREF ref = Allocate(); | 
|---|
| 3791 | CopyValueClass(ref->UnBox(), *data, this, ref->GetAppDomain()); | 
|---|
| 3792 | return ref; | 
|---|
| 3793 | } | 
|---|
| 3794 |  | 
|---|
| 3795 | #if _TARGET_X86_ || _TARGET_AMD64_ | 
|---|
| 3796 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3797 | static void FastCallFinalize(Object *obj, PCODE funcPtr, BOOL fCriticalCall) | 
|---|
| 3798 | { | 
|---|
| 3799 | STATIC_CONTRACT_THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3800 | STATIC_CONTRACT_GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3801 | STATIC_CONTRACT_MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3802 | STATIC_CONTRACT_SO_INTOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 3803 |  | 
|---|
| 3804 | BEGIN_CALL_TO_MANAGEDEX(fCriticalCall ? EEToManagedCriticalCall : EEToManagedDefault); | 
|---|
| 3805 |  | 
|---|
| 3806 | #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) | 
|---|
| 3807 |  | 
|---|
| 3808 | __asm | 
|---|
| 3809 | { | 
|---|
| 3810 | mov     ecx, [obj] | 
|---|
| 3811 | call    [funcPtr] | 
|---|
| 3812 | INDEBUG(nop)            // Mark the fact that we can call managed code | 
|---|
| 3813 | } | 
|---|
| 3814 |  | 
|---|
| 3815 | #else // _TARGET_X86_ | 
|---|
| 3816 |  | 
|---|
| 3817 | FastCallFinalizeWorker(obj, funcPtr); | 
|---|
| 3818 |  | 
|---|
| 3819 | #endif // _TARGET_X86_ | 
|---|
| 3820 |  | 
|---|
| 3821 | END_CALL_TO_MANAGED(); | 
|---|
| 3822 | } | 
|---|
| 3823 |  | 
|---|
| 3824 | #endif // _TARGET_X86_ || _TARGET_AMD64_ | 
|---|
| 3825 |  | 
|---|
| 3826 | void CallFinalizerOnThreadObject(Object *obj) | 
|---|
| 3827 | { | 
|---|
| 3828 | STATIC_CONTRACT_MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3829 |  | 
|---|
| 3830 | THREADBASEREF   refThis = (THREADBASEREF)ObjectToOBJECTREF(obj); | 
|---|
| 3831 | Thread*         thread  = refThis->GetInternal(); | 
|---|
| 3832 |  | 
|---|
| 3833 | // Prevent multiple calls to Finalize | 
|---|
| 3834 | // Objects can be resurrected after being finalized.  However, there is no | 
|---|
| 3835 | // race condition here.  We always check whether an exposed thread object is | 
|---|
| 3836 | // still attached to the internal Thread object, before proceeding. | 
|---|
| 3837 | if (thread) | 
|---|
| 3838 | { | 
|---|
| 3839 | refThis->SetDelegate(NULL); | 
|---|
| 3840 |  | 
|---|
| 3841 | // During process shutdown, we finalize even reachable objects.  But if we break | 
|---|
| 3842 | // the link between the System.Thread and the internal Thread object, the runtime | 
|---|
| 3843 | // may not work correctly.  In particular, we won't be able to transition between | 
|---|
| 3844 | // contexts and domains to finalize other objects.  Since the runtime doesn't | 
|---|
| 3845 | // require that Threads finalize during shutdown, we need to disable this.  If | 
|---|
| 3846 | // we wait until phase 2 of shutdown finalization (when the EE is suspended and | 
|---|
| 3847 | // will never resume) then we can simply skip the side effects of Thread | 
|---|
| 3848 | // finalization. | 
|---|
| 3849 | if ((g_fEEShutDown & ShutDown_Finalize2) == 0) | 
|---|
| 3850 | { | 
|---|
| 3851 | if (GetThread() != thread) | 
|---|
| 3852 | { | 
|---|
| 3853 | refThis->ClearInternal(); | 
|---|
| 3854 | } | 
|---|
| 3855 |  | 
|---|
| 3856 | FastInterlockOr ((ULONG *)&thread->m_State, Thread::TS_Finalized); | 
|---|
| 3857 | Thread::SetCleanupNeededForFinalizedThread(); | 
|---|
| 3858 | } | 
|---|
| 3859 | } | 
|---|
| 3860 | } | 
|---|
| 3861 |  | 
|---|
| 3862 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3863 | // From the GC finalizer thread, invoke the Finalize() method on an object. | 
|---|
| 3864 | void MethodTable::CallFinalizer(Object *obj) | 
|---|
| 3865 | { | 
|---|
| 3866 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 3867 | { | 
|---|
| 3868 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3869 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3870 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3871 | PRECONDITION(obj->GetMethodTable()->HasFinalizer()); | 
|---|
| 3872 | } | 
|---|
| 3873 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 3874 |  | 
|---|
| 3875 | // Never call any finalizers under ngen for determinism | 
|---|
| 3876 | if (IsCompilationProcess()) | 
|---|
| 3877 | { | 
|---|
| 3878 | return; | 
|---|
| 3879 | } | 
|---|
| 3880 |  | 
|---|
| 3881 | MethodTable *pMT = obj->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 3882 |  | 
|---|
| 3883 |  | 
|---|
| 3884 | // Check for precise init class constructors that have failed, if any have failed, then we didn't run the | 
|---|
| 3885 | // constructor for the object, and running the finalizer for the object would violate the CLI spec by running | 
|---|
| 3886 | // instance code without having successfully run the precise-init class constructor. | 
|---|
| 3887 | if (pMT->HasPreciseInitCctors()) | 
|---|
| 3888 | { | 
|---|
| 3889 | MethodTable *pMTCur = pMT; | 
|---|
| 3890 | do | 
|---|
| 3891 | { | 
|---|
| 3892 | if ((!pMTCur->GetClass()->IsBeforeFieldInit()) && pMTCur->IsInitError()) | 
|---|
| 3893 | { | 
|---|
| 3894 | // Precise init Type Initializer for type failed... do not run finalizer | 
|---|
| 3895 | return; | 
|---|
| 3896 | } | 
|---|
| 3897 |  | 
|---|
| 3898 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 3899 | } | 
|---|
| 3900 | while (pMTCur != NULL); | 
|---|
| 3901 | } | 
|---|
| 3902 |  | 
|---|
| 3903 | if (pMT == g_pThreadClass) | 
|---|
| 3904 | { | 
|---|
| 3905 | // Finalizing Thread object requires ThreadStoreLock.  It is expensive if | 
|---|
| 3906 | // we keep taking ThreadStoreLock.  This is very bad if we have high retiring | 
|---|
| 3907 | // rate of Thread objects. | 
|---|
| 3908 | // To avoid taking ThreadStoreLock multiple times, we mark Thread with TS_Finalized | 
|---|
| 3909 | // and clean up a batch of them when we take ThreadStoreLock next time. | 
|---|
| 3910 |  | 
|---|
| 3911 | // To avoid possible hierarchy requirement between critical finalizers, we call cleanup | 
|---|
| 3912 | // code directly. | 
|---|
| 3913 | CallFinalizerOnThreadObject(obj); | 
|---|
| 3914 | return; | 
|---|
| 3915 | } | 
|---|
| 3916 |  | 
|---|
| 3917 |  | 
|---|
| 3918 | // Determine if the object has a critical or normal finalizer. | 
|---|
| 3919 | BOOL fCriticalFinalizer = pMT->HasCriticalFinalizer(); | 
|---|
| 3920 |  | 
|---|
| 3921 | // There's no reason to actually set up a frame here.  If we crawl out of the | 
|---|
| 3922 | // Finalize() method on this thread, we will see FRAME_TOP which indicates | 
|---|
| 3923 | // that the crawl should terminate.  This is analogous to how KickOffThread() | 
|---|
| 3924 | // starts new threads in the runtime. | 
|---|
| 3925 | PCODE funcPtr = pMT->GetRestoredSlot(g_pObjectFinalizerMD->GetSlot()); | 
|---|
| 3926 |  | 
|---|
| 3927 | #ifdef STRESS_LOG | 
|---|
| 3928 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) | 
|---|
| 3929 | { | 
|---|
| 3930 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_GCALLOC, LL_INFO100, "Finalizing CriticalFinalizer %pM in domain %d\n", | 
|---|
| 3931 | pMT, GetAppDomain()->GetId().m_dwId); | 
|---|
| 3932 | } | 
|---|
| 3933 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3934 |  | 
|---|
| 3935 | #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) | 
|---|
| 3936 |  | 
|---|
| 3937 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED | 
|---|
| 3938 | if (CORDebuggerTraceCall()) | 
|---|
| 3939 | g_pDebugInterface->TraceCall((const BYTE *) funcPtr); | 
|---|
| 3940 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED | 
|---|
| 3941 |  | 
|---|
| 3942 | FastCallFinalize(obj, funcPtr, fCriticalFinalizer); | 
|---|
| 3943 |  | 
|---|
| 3944 | #else // defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) | 
|---|
| 3945 |  | 
|---|
| 3946 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(funcPtr); | 
|---|
| 3947 |  | 
|---|
| 3948 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 1); | 
|---|
| 3949 |  | 
|---|
| 3950 | args[ARGNUM_0] = PTR_TO_ARGHOLDER(obj); | 
|---|
| 3951 |  | 
|---|
| 3952 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) | 
|---|
| 3953 | { | 
|---|
| 3954 | CRITICAL_CALLSITE; | 
|---|
| 3955 | } | 
|---|
| 3956 |  | 
|---|
| 3957 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); | 
|---|
| 3958 |  | 
|---|
| 3959 | #endif // (defined(_TARGET_X86_) && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) | 
|---|
| 3960 |  | 
|---|
| 3961 | #ifdef STRESS_LOG | 
|---|
| 3962 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) | 
|---|
| 3963 | { | 
|---|
| 3964 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_GCALLOC, LL_INFO100, "Finalized CriticalFinalizer %pM in domain %d without exception\n", | 
|---|
| 3965 | pMT, GetAppDomain()->GetId().m_dwId); | 
|---|
| 3966 | } | 
|---|
| 3967 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3968 | } | 
|---|
| 3969 |  | 
|---|
| 3970 | //========================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3971 | // If the MethodTable doesn't yet know the Exposed class that represents it via | 
|---|
| 3972 | // Reflection, acquire that class now.  Regardless, return it to the caller. | 
|---|
| 3973 | //========================================================================== | 
|---|
| 3974 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::GetManagedClassObject() | 
|---|
| 3975 | { | 
|---|
| 3976 | CONTRACT(OBJECTREF) { | 
|---|
| 3977 |  | 
|---|
| 3978 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 3979 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 3980 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 3981 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); | 
|---|
| 3982 | PRECONDITION(!IsArray());      // Arrays can't go through this path. | 
|---|
| 3983 | POSTCONDITION(GetWriteableData()->m_hExposedClassObject != 0); | 
|---|
| 3984 | //REENTRANT | 
|---|
| 3985 | } | 
|---|
| 3986 | CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 3987 |  | 
|---|
| 3988 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3989 | // Force a GC here because GetManagedClassObject could trigger GC nondeterminsticaly | 
|---|
| 3990 | GCStress<cfg_any, PulseGcTriggerPolicy>::MaybeTrigger(); | 
|---|
| 3991 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3992 |  | 
|---|
| 3993 | if (GetWriteableData()->m_hExposedClassObject == NULL) | 
|---|
| 3994 | { | 
|---|
| 3995 | // Make sure that we have been restored | 
|---|
| 3996 | CheckRestore(); | 
|---|
| 3997 |  | 
|---|
| 3998 | REFLECTCLASSBASEREF  refClass = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3999 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(refClass); | 
|---|
| 4000 | refClass = (REFLECTCLASSBASEREF) AllocateObject(g_pRuntimeTypeClass); | 
|---|
| 4001 |  | 
|---|
| 4002 | LoaderAllocator *pLoaderAllocator = GetLoaderAllocator(); | 
|---|
| 4003 |  | 
|---|
| 4004 | ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(refClass))->SetType(TypeHandle(this)); | 
|---|
| 4005 | ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(refClass))->SetKeepAlive(pLoaderAllocator->GetExposedObject()); | 
|---|
| 4006 |  | 
|---|
| 4007 | // Let all threads fight over who wins using InterlockedCompareExchange. | 
|---|
| 4008 | // Only the winner can set m_ExposedClassObject from NULL. | 
|---|
| 4009 | LOADERHANDLE exposedClassObjectHandle = pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(refClass); | 
|---|
| 4010 |  | 
|---|
| 4011 | if (FastInterlockCompareExchangePointer(&(EnsureWritablePages(GetWriteableDataForWrite())->m_hExposedClassObject), exposedClassObjectHandle, static_cast<LOADERHANDLE>(NULL))) | 
|---|
| 4012 | { | 
|---|
| 4013 | pLoaderAllocator->FreeHandle(exposedClassObjectHandle); | 
|---|
| 4014 | } | 
|---|
| 4015 |  | 
|---|
| 4016 | GCPROTECT_END(); | 
|---|
| 4017 | } | 
|---|
| 4018 | RETURN(GetManagedClassObjectIfExists()); | 
|---|
| 4019 | } | 
|---|
| 4020 |  | 
|---|
| 4021 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE && !CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 4022 |  | 
|---|
| 4023 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4024 | // This needs to stay consistent with AllocateNewMT() and MethodTable::Save() | 
|---|
| 4025 | // | 
|---|
| 4026 | // <TODO> protect this via some asserts as we've had one hard-to-track-down | 
|---|
| 4027 | // bug already </TODO> | 
|---|
| 4028 | // | 
|---|
| 4029 | void MethodTable::GetSavedExtent(TADDR *pStart, TADDR *pEnd) | 
|---|
| 4030 | { | 
|---|
| 4031 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 4032 | { | 
|---|
| 4033 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 4034 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 4035 | } | 
|---|
| 4036 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 4037 |  | 
|---|
| 4038 | TADDR start; | 
|---|
| 4039 |  | 
|---|
| 4040 | if (ContainsPointersOrCollectible()) | 
|---|
| 4041 | start = dac_cast<TADDR>(this) - CGCDesc::GetCGCDescFromMT(this)->GetSize(); | 
|---|
| 4042 | else | 
|---|
| 4043 | start = dac_cast<TADDR>(this); | 
|---|
| 4044 |  | 
|---|
| 4045 | TADDR end = dac_cast<TADDR>(this) + GetEndOffsetOfOptionalMembers(); | 
|---|
| 4046 |  | 
|---|
| 4047 | _ASSERTE(start && end && (start < end)); | 
|---|
| 4048 | *pStart = start; | 
|---|
| 4049 | *pEnd = end; | 
|---|
| 4050 | } | 
|---|
| 4051 |  | 
|---|
| 4052 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 4053 |  | 
|---|
| 4054 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 4055 |  | 
|---|
| 4056 | BOOL MethodTable::CanInternVtableChunk(DataImage *image, VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it) | 
|---|
| 4057 | { | 
|---|
| 4058 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4059 |  | 
|---|
| 4060 | _ASSERTE(IsCompilationProcess()); | 
|---|
| 4061 |  | 
|---|
| 4062 | BOOL canBeSharedWith = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4063 |  | 
|---|
| 4064 | // We allow full sharing except that which would break MethodTable::Fixup -- when the slots are Fixup'd | 
|---|
| 4065 | // we need to ensure that regardless of who is doing the Fixup the same target is decided on. | 
|---|
| 4066 | // Note that if this requirement is not met, an assert will fire in ZapStoredStructure::Save | 
|---|
| 4067 |  | 
|---|
| 4068 | if (GetFlag(enum_flag_NotInPZM)) | 
|---|
| 4069 | { | 
|---|
| 4070 | canBeSharedWith = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4071 | } | 
|---|
| 4072 |  | 
|---|
| 4073 | if (canBeSharedWith) | 
|---|
| 4074 | { | 
|---|
| 4075 | for (DWORD slotNumber = it.GetStartSlot(); slotNumber < it.GetEndSlot(); slotNumber++) | 
|---|
| 4076 | { | 
|---|
| 4077 | MethodDesc *pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 4078 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4079 | pMD->CheckRestore(); | 
|---|
| 4080 |  | 
|---|
| 4081 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToMethodDesc(pMD)) | 
|---|
| 4082 | { | 
|---|
| 4083 | canBeSharedWith = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4084 | break; | 
|---|
| 4085 | } | 
|---|
| 4086 | } | 
|---|
| 4087 | } | 
|---|
| 4088 |  | 
|---|
| 4089 | return canBeSharedWith; | 
|---|
| 4090 | } | 
|---|
| 4091 |  | 
|---|
| 4092 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4093 | void MethodTable::PrepopulateDictionary(DataImage * image, BOOL nonExpansive) | 
|---|
| 4094 | { | 
|---|
| 4095 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4096 |  | 
|---|
| 4097 | if (GetDictionary()) | 
|---|
| 4098 | { | 
|---|
| 4099 | // We can only save elements of the dictionary if we are sure of its | 
|---|
| 4100 | // layout, which means we must be either tightly-knit to the EEClass | 
|---|
| 4101 | // (i.e. be the owner of the EEClass) or else we can hard-bind to the EEClass. | 
|---|
| 4102 | // There's no point in prepopulating the dictionary if we can't save the entries. | 
|---|
| 4103 | // | 
|---|
| 4104 | // This corresponds to the canSaveSlots which we pass to the Dictionary::Fixup | 
|---|
| 4105 |  | 
|---|
| 4106 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable())) | 
|---|
| 4107 | { | 
|---|
| 4108 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "GENERICS: Prepopulating dictionary for MT %s\n",  GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 4109 | GetDictionary()->PrepopulateDictionary(NULL, this, nonExpansive); | 
|---|
| 4110 | } | 
|---|
| 4111 | } | 
|---|
| 4112 | } | 
|---|
| 4113 |  | 
|---|
| 4114 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4115 | void ModuleCtorInfo::AddElement(MethodTable *pMethodTable) | 
|---|
| 4116 | { | 
|---|
| 4117 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4118 |  | 
|---|
| 4119 | // Get the values for the new entry before we update the | 
|---|
| 4120 | // cache in the Module | 
|---|
| 4121 |  | 
|---|
| 4122 | // Expand the table if needed.  No lock is needed because this is at NGEN time | 
|---|
| 4123 | if (numElements >= numLastAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4124 | { | 
|---|
| 4125 | _ASSERTE(numElements == numLastAllocated); | 
|---|
| 4126 |  | 
|---|
| 4127 | RelativePointer<MethodTable *> *ppOldMTEntries = ppMT; | 
|---|
| 4128 |  | 
|---|
| 4129 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ | 
|---|
| 4130 | #pragma warning(push) | 
|---|
| 4131 | #pragma warning(disable:22011) // Suppress PREFast warning about integer overflows or underflows | 
|---|
| 4132 | #endif // _PREFAST_ | 
|---|
| 4133 | DWORD numNewAllocated = max(2 * numLastAllocated, MODULE_CTOR_ELEMENTS); | 
|---|
| 4134 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ | 
|---|
| 4135 | #pragma warning(pop) | 
|---|
| 4136 | #endif // _PREFAST_ | 
|---|
| 4137 |  | 
|---|
| 4138 | ppMT = new RelativePointer<MethodTable *> [numNewAllocated]; | 
|---|
| 4139 |  | 
|---|
| 4140 | _ASSERTE(ppMT); | 
|---|
| 4141 |  | 
|---|
| 4142 | for (unsigned index = 0; index < numLastAllocated; ++index) | 
|---|
| 4143 | { | 
|---|
| 4144 | ppMT[index].SetValueMaybeNull(ppOldMTEntries[index].GetValueMaybeNull()); | 
|---|
| 4145 | } | 
|---|
| 4146 |  | 
|---|
| 4147 | for (unsigned index = numLastAllocated; index < numNewAllocated; ++index) | 
|---|
| 4148 | { | 
|---|
| 4149 | ppMT[index].SetValueMaybeNull(NULL); | 
|---|
| 4150 | } | 
|---|
| 4151 |  | 
|---|
| 4152 | delete[] ppOldMTEntries; | 
|---|
| 4153 |  | 
|---|
| 4154 | numLastAllocated = numNewAllocated; | 
|---|
| 4155 | } | 
|---|
| 4156 |  | 
|---|
| 4157 | // Assign the new entry | 
|---|
| 4158 | // | 
|---|
| 4159 | // Note the use of two "parallel" arrays.  We do this to keep the workingset smaller since we | 
|---|
| 4160 | // often search (in GetClassCtorInfoIfExists) for a methodtable pointer but never actually find it. | 
|---|
| 4161 |  | 
|---|
| 4162 | ppMT[numElements].SetValue(pMethodTable); | 
|---|
| 4163 | numElements++; | 
|---|
| 4164 | } | 
|---|
| 4165 |  | 
|---|
| 4166 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4167 | void MethodTable::Save(DataImage *image, DWORD profilingFlags) | 
|---|
| 4168 | { | 
|---|
| 4169 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 4170 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 4171 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 4172 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 4173 | PRECONDITION(image->GetModule()->GetAssembly() == | 
|---|
| 4174 | GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetAssembly()); | 
|---|
| 4175 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 4176 |  | 
|---|
| 4177 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Save %s (%p)\n", GetDebugClassName(), this)); | 
|---|
| 4178 |  | 
|---|
| 4179 | // Be careful about calling DictionaryLayout::Trim - strict conditions apply. | 
|---|
| 4180 | // See note on that method. | 
|---|
| 4181 | if (GetDictionary() && | 
|---|
| 4182 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout() && | 
|---|
| 4183 | image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable())) | 
|---|
| 4184 | { | 
|---|
| 4185 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()->Trim(); | 
|---|
| 4186 | } | 
|---|
| 4187 |  | 
|---|
| 4188 | // Set the "restore" flags. They may not have been set yet. | 
|---|
| 4189 | // We don't need the return value of this call. | 
|---|
| 4190 | NeedsRestore(image); | 
|---|
| 4191 |  | 
|---|
| 4192 | //check if this is actually in the PZM | 
|---|
| 4193 | if (Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(this) != GetLoaderModule()) | 
|---|
| 4194 | { | 
|---|
| 4195 | _ASSERTE(!IsStringOrArray()); | 
|---|
| 4196 | SetFlag(enum_flag_NotInPZM); | 
|---|
| 4197 | } | 
|---|
| 4198 |  | 
|---|
| 4199 | // Set the IsStructMarshallable Bit | 
|---|
| 4200 | if (::IsStructMarshalable(this)) | 
|---|
| 4201 | { | 
|---|
| 4202 | SetStructMarshalable(); | 
|---|
| 4203 | } | 
|---|
| 4204 |  | 
|---|
| 4205 | TADDR start, end; | 
|---|
| 4206 |  | 
|---|
| 4207 | GetSavedExtent(&start, &end); | 
|---|
| 4208 |  | 
|---|
| 4209 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4210 | if (HasGuidInfo()) | 
|---|
| 4211 | { | 
|---|
| 4212 | // Make sure our GUID is computed | 
|---|
| 4213 |  | 
|---|
| 4214 | // Generic WinRT types can have their GUID computed only if the instantiation is WinRT-legal | 
|---|
| 4215 | if (IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) | 
|---|
| 4216 | { | 
|---|
| 4217 | GUID dummy; | 
|---|
| 4218 | if (SUCCEEDED(GetGuidNoThrow(&dummy, TRUE, FALSE))) | 
|---|
| 4219 | { | 
|---|
| 4220 | GuidInfo* pGuidInfo = GetGuidInfo(); | 
|---|
| 4221 | _ASSERTE(pGuidInfo != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4222 |  | 
|---|
| 4223 | image->StoreStructure(pGuidInfo, | 
|---|
| 4224 | sizeof(GuidInfo), | 
|---|
| 4225 | DataImage::ITEM_GUID_INFO); | 
|---|
| 4226 |  | 
|---|
| 4227 | Module *pModule = GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 4228 | if (pModule->CanCacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this)) | 
|---|
| 4229 | { | 
|---|
| 4230 | pModule->CacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this, pGuidInfo); | 
|---|
| 4231 | } | 
|---|
| 4232 | } | 
|---|
| 4233 | else | 
|---|
| 4234 | { | 
|---|
| 4235 | GuidInfo** ppGuidInfo = GetGuidInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 4236 | *ppGuidInfo = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4237 | } | 
|---|
| 4238 | } | 
|---|
| 4239 | } | 
|---|
| 4240 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4241 |  | 
|---|
| 4242 |  | 
|---|
| 4243 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4244 | if (GetDebugClassName() != NULL && !image->IsStored(GetDebugClassName())) | 
|---|
| 4245 | image->StoreStructure(debug_m_szClassName, (ULONG)(strlen(GetDebugClassName())+1), | 
|---|
| 4246 | DataImage::ITEM_DEBUG, | 
|---|
| 4247 | 1); | 
|---|
| 4248 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4249 |  | 
|---|
| 4250 | DataImage::ItemKind kindBasic    = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE; | 
|---|
| 4251 | if (IsWriteable()) | 
|---|
| 4252 | kindBasic = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_SPECIAL_WRITEABLE; | 
|---|
| 4253 |  | 
|---|
| 4254 | ZapStoredStructure * pMTNode = image->StoreStructure((void*) start, (ULONG)(end - start), kindBasic); | 
|---|
| 4255 |  | 
|---|
| 4256 | if ((void *)this != (void *)start) | 
|---|
| 4257 | image->BindPointer(this, pMTNode, (BYTE *)this - (BYTE *)start); | 
|---|
| 4258 |  | 
|---|
| 4259 | // Store the vtable chunks | 
|---|
| 4260 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); | 
|---|
| 4261 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 4262 | { | 
|---|
| 4263 | if (!image->IsStored(it.GetIndirectionSlot())) | 
|---|
| 4264 | { | 
|---|
| 4265 | if (!MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative | 
|---|
| 4266 | && CanInternVtableChunk(image, it)) | 
|---|
| 4267 | image->StoreInternedStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot(), it.GetSize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); | 
|---|
| 4268 | else | 
|---|
| 4269 | image->StoreStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot(), it.GetSize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); | 
|---|
| 4270 | } | 
|---|
| 4271 | else | 
|---|
| 4272 | { | 
|---|
| 4273 | // Tell the interning system that we have already shared this structure without its help | 
|---|
| 4274 | image->NoteReusedStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot()); | 
|---|
| 4275 | } | 
|---|
| 4276 | } | 
|---|
| 4277 |  | 
|---|
| 4278 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) | 
|---|
| 4279 | { | 
|---|
| 4280 | image->StoreStructure(GetNonVirtualSlotsArray(), GetNonVirtualSlotsArraySize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); | 
|---|
| 4281 | } | 
|---|
| 4282 |  | 
|---|
| 4283 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 4284 | { | 
|---|
| 4285 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4286 | // Dynamic interface maps have an additional DWORD_PTR preceding the InterfaceInfo_t array | 
|---|
| 4287 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 4288 | { | 
|---|
| 4289 | ZapStoredStructure * pInterfaceMapNode; | 
|---|
| 4290 | if (decltype(InterfaceInfo_t::m_pMethodTable)::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4291 | { | 
|---|
| 4292 | pInterfaceMapNode = image->StoreStructure(((DWORD_PTR *)GetInterfaceMap()) - 1, | 
|---|
| 4293 | GetInterfaceMapSize(), | 
|---|
| 4294 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); | 
|---|
| 4295 | } | 
|---|
| 4296 | else | 
|---|
| 4297 | { | 
|---|
| 4298 | pInterfaceMapNode = image->StoreInternedStructure(((DWORD_PTR *)GetInterfaceMap()) - 1, | 
|---|
| 4299 | GetInterfaceMapSize(), | 
|---|
| 4300 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); | 
|---|
| 4301 | } | 
|---|
| 4302 | image->BindPointer(GetInterfaceMap(), pInterfaceMapNode, sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); | 
|---|
| 4303 | } | 
|---|
| 4304 | else | 
|---|
| 4305 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4306 | { | 
|---|
| 4307 | if (decltype(InterfaceInfo_t::m_pMethodTable)::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4308 | { | 
|---|
| 4309 | image->StoreStructure(GetInterfaceMap(), GetInterfaceMapSize(), DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); | 
|---|
| 4310 | } | 
|---|
| 4311 | else | 
|---|
| 4312 | { | 
|---|
| 4313 | image->StoreInternedStructure(GetInterfaceMap(), GetInterfaceMapSize(), DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); | 
|---|
| 4314 | } | 
|---|
| 4315 | } | 
|---|
| 4316 |  | 
|---|
| 4317 | SaveExtraInterfaceInfo(image); | 
|---|
| 4318 | } | 
|---|
| 4319 |  | 
|---|
| 4320 | // If we have a dispatch map, save it. | 
|---|
| 4321 | if (HasDispatchMapSlot()) | 
|---|
| 4322 | { | 
|---|
| 4323 | GetDispatchMap()->Save(image); | 
|---|
| 4324 | } | 
|---|
| 4325 |  | 
|---|
| 4326 | if (HasPerInstInfo()) | 
|---|
| 4327 | { | 
|---|
| 4328 | ZapStoredStructure * pPerInstInfoNode; | 
|---|
| 4329 | if (CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(image, NULL)) | 
|---|
| 4330 | { | 
|---|
| 4331 | if (PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4332 | { | 
|---|
| 4333 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); | 
|---|
| 4334 | } | 
|---|
| 4335 | else | 
|---|
| 4336 | { | 
|---|
| 4337 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreInternedStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); | 
|---|
| 4338 | } | 
|---|
| 4339 | } | 
|---|
| 4340 | else | 
|---|
| 4341 | { | 
|---|
| 4342 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY_WRITEABLE); | 
|---|
| 4343 | } | 
|---|
| 4344 | image->BindPointer(GetPerInstInfo(), pPerInstInfoNode, sizeof(GenericsDictInfo)); | 
|---|
| 4345 | } | 
|---|
| 4346 |  | 
|---|
| 4347 | Dictionary * pDictionary = GetDictionary(); | 
|---|
| 4348 | if (pDictionary != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4349 | { | 
|---|
| 4350 | BOOL fIsWriteable; | 
|---|
| 4351 |  | 
|---|
| 4352 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4353 | { | 
|---|
| 4354 | // CanEagerBindToMethodTable would not work for targeted patching here. The dictionary | 
|---|
| 4355 | // layout is sensitive to compilation order that can be changed by TP compatible changes. | 
|---|
| 4356 | BOOL canSaveSlots = (image->GetModule() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 4357 |  | 
|---|
| 4358 | fIsWriteable = pDictionary->IsWriteable(image, canSaveSlots, | 
|---|
| 4359 | GetNumGenericArgs(), | 
|---|
| 4360 | GetModule(), | 
|---|
| 4361 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()); | 
|---|
| 4362 | } | 
|---|
| 4363 | else | 
|---|
| 4364 | { | 
|---|
| 4365 | fIsWriteable = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4366 | } | 
|---|
| 4367 |  | 
|---|
| 4368 |  | 
|---|
| 4369 | if (!fIsWriteable) | 
|---|
| 4370 | { | 
|---|
| 4371 | image->StoreInternedStructure(pDictionary, GetInstAndDictSize(), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); | 
|---|
| 4372 | } | 
|---|
| 4373 | else | 
|---|
| 4374 | { | 
|---|
| 4375 | image->StoreStructure(pDictionary, GetInstAndDictSize(), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY_WRITEABLE); | 
|---|
| 4376 | } | 
|---|
| 4377 | } | 
|---|
| 4378 |  | 
|---|
| 4379 | WORD numStaticFields = GetClass()->GetNumStaticFields(); | 
|---|
| 4380 |  | 
|---|
| 4381 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && numStaticFields != 0) | 
|---|
| 4382 | { | 
|---|
| 4383 | FieldDesc * pGenericsFieldDescs = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); | 
|---|
| 4384 |  | 
|---|
| 4385 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numStaticFields; i++) | 
|---|
| 4386 | { | 
|---|
| 4387 | FieldDesc *pFld = pGenericsFieldDescs + i; | 
|---|
| 4388 | pFld->PrecomputeNameHash(); | 
|---|
| 4389 | } | 
|---|
| 4390 |  | 
|---|
| 4391 | ZapStoredStructure * pFDNode = image->StoreStructure(pGenericsFieldDescs, sizeof(FieldDesc) * numStaticFields, | 
|---|
| 4392 | DataImage::ITEM_GENERICS_STATIC_FIELDDESCS); | 
|---|
| 4393 |  | 
|---|
| 4394 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numStaticFields; i++) | 
|---|
| 4395 | { | 
|---|
| 4396 | FieldDesc *pFld = pGenericsFieldDescs + i; | 
|---|
| 4397 | pFld->SaveContents(image); | 
|---|
| 4398 | if (pFld != pGenericsFieldDescs) | 
|---|
| 4399 | image->BindPointer(pFld, pFDNode, (BYTE *)pFld - (BYTE *)pGenericsFieldDescs); | 
|---|
| 4400 | } | 
|---|
| 4401 | } | 
|---|
| 4402 |  | 
|---|
| 4403 | // Allocate a ModuleCtorInfo entry in the NGEN image if necessary | 
|---|
| 4404 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) | 
|---|
| 4405 | { | 
|---|
| 4406 | image->GetModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo()->AddElement(this); | 
|---|
| 4407 | } | 
|---|
| 4408 |  | 
|---|
| 4409 | // MethodTable WriteableData | 
|---|
| 4410 |  | 
|---|
| 4411 |  | 
|---|
| 4412 | PTR_Const_MethodTableWriteableData pWriteableData = GetWriteableData_NoLogging(); | 
|---|
| 4413 | _ASSERTE(pWriteableData != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4414 | if (pWriteableData != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4415 | { | 
|---|
| 4416 | pWriteableData->Save(image, this, profilingFlags); | 
|---|
| 4417 | } | 
|---|
| 4418 |  | 
|---|
| 4419 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Save %s (%p) complete.\n", GetDebugClassName(), this)); | 
|---|
| 4420 |  | 
|---|
| 4421 | // Save the EEClass at the same time as the method table if this is the canonical method table | 
|---|
| 4422 | if (IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4423 | GetClass()->Save(image, this); | 
|---|
| 4424 | } // MethodTable::Save | 
|---|
| 4425 |  | 
|---|
| 4426 | //========================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4427 | // The NeedsRestore Computation. | 
|---|
| 4428 | // | 
|---|
| 4429 | // WARNING: The NeedsRestore predicate on MethodTable and EEClass | 
|---|
| 4430 | // MUST be computable immediately after we have loaded a type. | 
|---|
| 4431 | // It must NOT depend on any additions or changes made to the | 
|---|
| 4432 | // MethodTable as a result of compiling code, or | 
|---|
| 4433 | // later steps such as prepopulating dictionaries. | 
|---|
| 4434 | //========================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4435 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeNeedsRestore(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 4436 | { | 
|---|
| 4437 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 4438 | { | 
|---|
| 4439 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 4440 | // See comment in ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker | 
|---|
| 4441 | PRECONDITION(GetLoaderModule()->HasNativeImage() || GetLoaderModule() == GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetModule()); | 
|---|
| 4442 | } | 
|---|
| 4443 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 4444 |  | 
|---|
| 4445 | _ASSERTE(GetAppDomain()->IsCompilationDomain()); // only used at ngen time! | 
|---|
| 4446 |  | 
|---|
| 4447 | if (GetWriteableData()->IsNeedsRestoreCached()) | 
|---|
| 4448 | { | 
|---|
| 4449 | return GetWriteableData()->GetCachedNeedsRestore(); | 
|---|
| 4450 | } | 
|---|
| 4451 |  | 
|---|
| 4452 | // We may speculatively assume that any types we've visited on this run of | 
|---|
| 4453 | // the ComputeNeedsRestore algorithm don't need a restore.  If they | 
|---|
| 4454 | // do need a restore then we will check that when we first visit that method | 
|---|
| 4455 | // table. | 
|---|
| 4456 | if (TypeHandleList::Exists(pVisited, TypeHandle(this))) | 
|---|
| 4457 | { | 
|---|
| 4458 | pVisited->MarkBrokenCycle(this); | 
|---|
| 4459 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4460 | } | 
|---|
| 4461 | TypeHandleList newVisited(this, pVisited); | 
|---|
| 4462 |  | 
|---|
| 4463 | BOOL needsRestore = ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker(image, &newVisited); | 
|---|
| 4464 |  | 
|---|
| 4465 | // Cache the results of running the algorithm. | 
|---|
| 4466 | // We can only cache the result if we have not speculatively assumed | 
|---|
| 4467 | // that any types are not NeedsRestore | 
|---|
| 4468 | if (!newVisited.HasBrokenCycleMark()) | 
|---|
| 4469 | { | 
|---|
| 4470 | GetWriteableDataForWrite()->SetCachedNeedsRestore(needsRestore); | 
|---|
| 4471 | } | 
|---|
| 4472 | else | 
|---|
| 4473 | { | 
|---|
| 4474 | _ASSERTE(pVisited != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4475 | } | 
|---|
| 4476 | return needsRestore; | 
|---|
| 4477 | } | 
|---|
| 4478 |  | 
|---|
| 4479 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4480 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 4481 | { | 
|---|
| 4482 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4483 |  | 
|---|
| 4484 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4485 | // You should only call ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker on things being saved into | 
|---|
| 4486 | // the current LoaderModule - the NeedsRestore flag should have been computed | 
|---|
| 4487 | // for all items from NGEN images, and we should never compute NeedsRestore | 
|---|
| 4488 | // on anything that is not related to an NGEN image.  If this fails then | 
|---|
| 4489 | // there is probably a CanEagerBindTo check missing as we trace through a | 
|---|
| 4490 | // pointer from one data structure to another. | 
|---|
| 4491 | // Trace back on the call stack and work out where this condition first fails. | 
|---|
| 4492 |  | 
|---|
| 4493 | Module* myModule = GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 4494 | AppDomain* myAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); | 
|---|
| 4495 | CompilationDomain* myCompilationDomain = myAppDomain->ToCompilationDomain(); | 
|---|
| 4496 | Module* myCompilationModule = myCompilationDomain->GetTargetModule(); | 
|---|
| 4497 |  | 
|---|
| 4498 | if (myModule !=  myCompilationModule) | 
|---|
| 4499 | { | 
|---|
| 4500 | _ASSERTE(! "You should only call ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker on things being saved into the current LoaderModule"); | 
|---|
| 4501 | } | 
|---|
| 4502 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4503 |  | 
|---|
| 4504 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE) | 
|---|
| 4505 | { | 
|---|
| 4506 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(); | 
|---|
| 4507 | LPCWSTR name = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); | 
|---|
| 4508 | WszOutputDebugString(W( "MethodTable ")); | 
|---|
| 4509 | WszOutputDebugString(name); | 
|---|
| 4510 | WszOutputDebugString(W( " needs restore? ")); | 
|---|
| 4511 | } | 
|---|
| 4512 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel >= CORCOMPILE_STATS && GetModule()->GetNgenStats()) | 
|---|
| 4513 | GetModule()->GetNgenStats()->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[TotalMethodTables]++; | 
|---|
| 4514 |  | 
|---|
| 4515 | #define UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ARG)                                                    \ | 
|---|
| 4516 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE)                               \ | 
|---|
| 4517 | { WszOutputDebugString(W("Yes, ")); WszOutputDebugString(W(#ARG "\n")); }          \ | 
|---|
| 4518 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel >= CORCOMPILE_STATS && GetModule()->GetNgenStats())  \ | 
|---|
| 4519 | GetModule()->GetNgenStats()->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[ARG]++; | 
|---|
| 4520 |  | 
|---|
| 4521 | // The special method table for IL stubs has to be prerestored. Restore is not able to handle it | 
|---|
| 4522 | // because of it does not have a token. In particular, this is a problem for /profiling native images. | 
|---|
| 4523 | if (this == image->GetModule()->GetILStubCache()->GetStubMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4524 | { | 
|---|
| 4525 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4526 | } | 
|---|
| 4527 |  | 
|---|
| 4528 | // When profiling, we always want to perform the restore. | 
|---|
| 4529 | if (GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->m_fForceProfiling) | 
|---|
| 4530 | { | 
|---|
| 4531 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ProfilingEnabled); | 
|---|
| 4532 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4533 | } | 
|---|
| 4534 |  | 
|---|
| 4535 | if (DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs()) | 
|---|
| 4536 | { | 
|---|
| 4537 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ComImportStructDependenciesNeedRestore); | 
|---|
| 4538 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4539 | } | 
|---|
| 4540 |  | 
|---|
| 4541 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && !image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable(), pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 4542 | { | 
|---|
| 4543 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotPreRestoreHardBindToCanonicalMethodTable); | 
|---|
| 4544 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4545 | } | 
|---|
| 4546 |  | 
|---|
| 4547 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToModule(GetModule())) | 
|---|
| 4548 | { | 
|---|
| 4549 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CrossAssembly); | 
|---|
| 4550 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4551 | } | 
|---|
| 4552 |  | 
|---|
| 4553 | if (GetParentMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4554 | { | 
|---|
| 4555 | if (!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(GetParentMethodTable(), pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 4556 | { | 
|---|
| 4557 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotPreRestoreHardBindToParentMethodTable); | 
|---|
| 4558 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4559 | } | 
|---|
| 4560 | } | 
|---|
| 4561 |  | 
|---|
| 4562 | // Check per-inst pointers-to-dictionaries. | 
|---|
| 4563 | if (!CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(image, pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 4564 | { | 
|---|
| 4565 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotHardBindToInstanceMethodTableChain); | 
|---|
| 4566 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4567 | } | 
|---|
| 4568 |  | 
|---|
| 4569 | // Now check if the dictionary (if any) owned by this methodtable needs a restore. | 
|---|
| 4570 | if (GetDictionary()) | 
|---|
| 4571 | { | 
|---|
| 4572 | if (GetDictionary()->ComputeNeedsRestore(image, pVisited, GetNumGenericArgs())) | 
|---|
| 4573 | { | 
|---|
| 4574 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(GenericsDictionaryNeedsRestore); | 
|---|
| 4575 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4576 | } | 
|---|
| 4577 | } | 
|---|
| 4578 |  | 
|---|
| 4579 | // The interface chain is traversed without doing CheckRestore's.  Thus | 
|---|
| 4580 | // if any of the types in the inherited interfaces hierarchy need a restore | 
|---|
| 4581 | // or are cross-module pointers then this methodtable will also need a restore. | 
|---|
| 4582 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 4583 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 4584 | { | 
|---|
| 4585 | if (!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(it.GetInterface(), pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 4586 | { | 
|---|
| 4587 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(InterfaceIsGeneric); | 
|---|
| 4588 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4589 | } | 
|---|
| 4590 | } | 
|---|
| 4591 |  | 
|---|
| 4592 | if (NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 4593 | { | 
|---|
| 4594 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CrossModuleGenericsStatics); | 
|---|
| 4595 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4596 | } | 
|---|
| 4597 |  | 
|---|
| 4598 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 4599 | { | 
|---|
| 4600 | if(!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToTypeHandle(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(), pVisited)) | 
|---|
| 4601 | { | 
|---|
| 4602 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ArrayElement); | 
|---|
| 4603 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4604 | } | 
|---|
| 4605 | } | 
|---|
| 4606 |  | 
|---|
| 4607 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE) | 
|---|
| 4608 | { | 
|---|
| 4609 | WszOutputDebugString(W( "No\n")); | 
|---|
| 4610 | } | 
|---|
| 4611 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4612 | } | 
|---|
| 4613 |  | 
|---|
| 4614 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4615 | BOOL MethodTable::CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 4616 | { | 
|---|
| 4617 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4618 |  | 
|---|
| 4619 | MethodTable *pChain = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 4620 | while (pChain != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4621 | { | 
|---|
| 4622 | // This is for the case were the method table contains a pointer to | 
|---|
| 4623 | // an inherited dictionary, e.g. given the case D : C, C : B<int> | 
|---|
| 4624 | // where B<int> is in another module then D contains a pointer to the | 
|---|
| 4625 | // dictionary for B<int>.   Note that in this case we might still be | 
|---|
| 4626 | // able to hadbind to C. | 
|---|
| 4627 | if (pChain->HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 4628 | { | 
|---|
| 4629 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pChain, FALSE, pVisited) || | 
|---|
| 4630 | !image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pChain->GetLoaderModule())) | 
|---|
| 4631 | { | 
|---|
| 4632 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4633 | } | 
|---|
| 4634 | } | 
|---|
| 4635 | pChain = pChain->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 4636 | } | 
|---|
| 4637 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4638 | } | 
|---|
| 4639 |  | 
|---|
| 4640 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4641 | BOOL MethodTable::NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo() | 
|---|
| 4642 | { | 
|---|
| 4643 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4644 |  | 
|---|
| 4645 | return HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && !ContainsGenericVariables() && !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && | 
|---|
| 4646 | (Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(this) != GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 4647 | } | 
|---|
| 4648 |  | 
|---|
| 4649 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4650 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWriteable() | 
|---|
| 4651 | { | 
|---|
| 4652 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4653 |  | 
|---|
| 4654 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4655 | // Dynamic expansion of interface map writes into method table | 
|---|
| 4656 | // (see code:MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface) | 
|---|
| 4657 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 4658 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4659 |  | 
|---|
| 4660 | // CCW template is created lazily and when that happens, the | 
|---|
| 4661 | // pointer is written directly into the method table. | 
|---|
| 4662 | if (HasCCWTemplate()) | 
|---|
| 4663 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4664 |  | 
|---|
| 4665 | // RCW per-type data is created lazily at run-time. | 
|---|
| 4666 | if (HasRCWPerTypeData()) | 
|---|
| 4667 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4668 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4669 |  | 
|---|
| 4670 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4671 | } | 
|---|
| 4672 |  | 
|---|
| 4673 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4674 | // This is used when non-canonical (i.e. duplicated) method tables | 
|---|
| 4675 | // attempt to bind to items logically belonging to an EEClass or MethodTable. | 
|---|
| 4676 | // i.e. the contract map in the EEClass and the generic dictionary stored in the canonical | 
|---|
| 4677 | // method table. | 
|---|
| 4678 | // | 
|---|
| 4679 | // We want to check if we can hard bind to the containing structure before | 
|---|
| 4680 | // deciding to hardbind to the inside of it.  This is because we may not be able | 
|---|
| 4681 | // to hardbind to all EEClass and/or MethodTables even if they live in a hradbindable | 
|---|
| 4682 | // target module.  Thus we want to call CanEagerBindToMethodTable | 
|---|
| 4683 | // to check we can hardbind to the containing structure. | 
|---|
| 4684 | static | 
|---|
| 4685 | void HardBindOrClearDictionaryPointer(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, void * p, SSIZE_T offset, bool isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4686 | { | 
|---|
| 4687 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 4688 |  | 
|---|
| 4689 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pMT) && | 
|---|
| 4690 | image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pMT->GetLoaderModule())) | 
|---|
| 4691 | { | 
|---|
| 4692 | if (isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4693 | { | 
|---|
| 4694 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(p, offset); | 
|---|
| 4695 | } | 
|---|
| 4696 | else | 
|---|
| 4697 | { | 
|---|
| 4698 | image->FixupPointerField(p, offset); | 
|---|
| 4699 | } | 
|---|
| 4700 | } | 
|---|
| 4701 | else | 
|---|
| 4702 | { | 
|---|
| 4703 | image->ZeroPointerField(p, offset); | 
|---|
| 4704 | } | 
|---|
| 4705 | } | 
|---|
| 4706 |  | 
|---|
| 4707 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 4708 | void MethodTable::Fixup(DataImage *image) | 
|---|
| 4709 | { | 
|---|
| 4710 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 4711 | { | 
|---|
| 4712 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 4713 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 4714 | } | 
|---|
| 4715 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 4716 |  | 
|---|
| 4717 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s\n", GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 4718 |  | 
|---|
| 4719 | if (GetWriteableData()->IsFixedUp()) | 
|---|
| 4720 | return; | 
|---|
| 4721 |  | 
|---|
| 4722 | BOOL needsRestore = NeedsRestore(image); | 
|---|
| 4723 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s (%p), needsRestore=%d\n", GetDebugClassName(), this, needsRestore)); | 
|---|
| 4724 |  | 
|---|
| 4725 | BOOL isCanonical = IsCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 4726 |  | 
|---|
| 4727 | Module *pZapModule = image->GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 4728 |  | 
|---|
| 4729 | MethodTable *pNewMT = (MethodTable *) image->GetImagePointer(this); | 
|---|
| 4730 |  | 
|---|
| 4731 | // For canonical method tables, the pointer to the EEClass is never encoded as a fixup | 
|---|
| 4732 | // even if this method table is not in its preferred zap module, i.e. the two are | 
|---|
| 4733 | // "tightly-bound". | 
|---|
| 4734 | if (IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4735 | { | 
|---|
| 4736 | // Pointer to EEClass | 
|---|
| 4737 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pEEClass); | 
|---|
| 4738 | } | 
|---|
| 4739 | else | 
|---|
| 4740 | { | 
|---|
| 4741 | // | 
|---|
| 4742 | // Encode m_pEEClassOrCanonMT | 
|---|
| 4743 | // | 
|---|
| 4744 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 4745 |  | 
|---|
| 4746 | ZapNode * pImport = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4747 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pCanonMT)) | 
|---|
| 4748 | { | 
|---|
| 4749 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pCanonMT->GetLoaderModule())) | 
|---|
| 4750 | { | 
|---|
| 4751 | // Pointer to canonical methodtable | 
|---|
| 4752 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativeField(this, &MethodTable::m_pCanonMT, pCanonMT, UNION_METHODTABLE); | 
|---|
| 4753 | } | 
|---|
| 4754 | else | 
|---|
| 4755 | { | 
|---|
| 4756 | // Pointer to lazy bound indirection cell to canonical methodtable | 
|---|
| 4757 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pCanonMT); | 
|---|
| 4758 | } | 
|---|
| 4759 | } | 
|---|
| 4760 | else | 
|---|
| 4761 | { | 
|---|
| 4762 | // Pointer to eager bound indirection cell to canonical methodtable | 
|---|
| 4763 | _ASSERTE(pCanonMT->IsTypicalTypeDefinition() || | 
|---|
| 4764 | !pCanonMT->ContainsGenericVariables()); | 
|---|
| 4765 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pCanonMT); | 
|---|
| 4766 | } | 
|---|
| 4767 |  | 
|---|
| 4768 | if (pImport != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4769 | { | 
|---|
| 4770 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativeFieldToNode(this, &MethodTable::m_pCanonMT, pImport, UNION_INDIRECTION); | 
|---|
| 4771 | } | 
|---|
| 4772 | } | 
|---|
| 4773 |  | 
|---|
| 4774 | image->FixupField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pLoaderModule), pZapModule, 0, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR); | 
|---|
| 4775 |  | 
|---|
| 4776 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4777 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, debug_m_szClassName)); | 
|---|
| 4778 | #endif // _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4779 |  | 
|---|
| 4780 | MethodTable * pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 4781 | _ASSERTE(!pNewMT->IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointerMaybeNull()); | 
|---|
| 4782 |  | 
|---|
| 4783 | ZapRelocationType relocType; | 
|---|
| 4784 | if (decltype(MethodTable::m_pParentMethodTable)::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4785 | { | 
|---|
| 4786 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR; | 
|---|
| 4787 | } | 
|---|
| 4788 | else | 
|---|
| 4789 | { | 
|---|
| 4790 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; | 
|---|
| 4791 | } | 
|---|
| 4792 |  | 
|---|
| 4793 | if (pParentMT != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4794 | { | 
|---|
| 4795 | // | 
|---|
| 4796 | // Encode m_pParentMethodTable | 
|---|
| 4797 | // | 
|---|
| 4798 | ZapNode * pImport = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4799 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pParentMT)) | 
|---|
| 4800 | { | 
|---|
| 4801 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pParentMT->GetLoaderModule())) | 
|---|
| 4802 | { | 
|---|
| 4803 | _ASSERTE(!IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointer()); | 
|---|
| 4804 | image->FixupField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pParentMethodTable), pParentMT, 0, relocType); | 
|---|
| 4805 | } | 
|---|
| 4806 | else | 
|---|
| 4807 | { | 
|---|
| 4808 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT); | 
|---|
| 4809 | } | 
|---|
| 4810 | } | 
|---|
| 4811 | else | 
|---|
| 4812 | { | 
|---|
| 4813 | if (!pParentMT->IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 4814 | { | 
|---|
| 4815 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4816 | IMDInternalImport *pInternalImport = GetModule()->GetMDImport(); | 
|---|
| 4817 |  | 
|---|
| 4818 | mdToken crExtends; | 
|---|
| 4819 | pInternalImport->GetTypeDefProps(GetCl(), | 
|---|
| 4820 | NULL, | 
|---|
| 4821 | &crExtends); | 
|---|
| 4822 |  | 
|---|
| 4823 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(crExtends) == mdtTypeSpec); | 
|---|
| 4824 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4825 |  | 
|---|
| 4826 | // Use unique cell for now since we are first going to set the parent method table to | 
|---|
| 4827 | // approx one first, and then to the exact one later. This would mess up the shared cell. | 
|---|
| 4828 | // It would be nice to clean it up to use the shared cell - we should set the parent method table | 
|---|
| 4829 | // just once at the end. | 
|---|
| 4830 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT, this /* pUniqueId */); | 
|---|
| 4831 | } | 
|---|
| 4832 | else | 
|---|
| 4833 | { | 
|---|
| 4834 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT); | 
|---|
| 4835 | } | 
|---|
| 4836 | } | 
|---|
| 4837 |  | 
|---|
| 4838 | if (pImport != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4839 | { | 
|---|
| 4840 | image->FixupFieldToNode(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pParentMethodTable), pImport, -PARENT_MT_FIXUP_OFFSET, relocType); | 
|---|
| 4841 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_HasIndirectParent); | 
|---|
| 4842 | } | 
|---|
| 4843 | } | 
|---|
| 4844 |  | 
|---|
| 4845 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) | 
|---|
| 4846 | { | 
|---|
| 4847 | TADDR ppNonVirtualSlots = GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr(); | 
|---|
| 4848 | PREFIX_ASSUME(ppNonVirtualSlots != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4849 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppNonVirtualSlots - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 4850 | } | 
|---|
| 4851 |  | 
|---|
| 4852 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 4853 | { | 
|---|
| 4854 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pInterfaceMap); | 
|---|
| 4855 |  | 
|---|
| 4856 | FixupExtraInterfaceInfo(image); | 
|---|
| 4857 | } | 
|---|
| 4858 |  | 
|---|
| 4859 | _ASSERTE(GetWriteableData()); | 
|---|
| 4860 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pWriteableData); | 
|---|
| 4861 | m_pWriteableData.GetValue()->Fixup(image, this, needsRestore); | 
|---|
| 4862 |  | 
|---|
| 4863 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4864 | if (HasGuidInfo()) | 
|---|
| 4865 | { | 
|---|
| 4866 | GuidInfo **ppGuidInfo = GetGuidInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 4867 | if (*ppGuidInfo != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4868 | { | 
|---|
| 4869 | image->FixupPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppGuidInfo - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 4870 | } | 
|---|
| 4871 | else | 
|---|
| 4872 | { | 
|---|
| 4873 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppGuidInfo - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 4874 | } | 
|---|
| 4875 | } | 
|---|
| 4876 |  | 
|---|
| 4877 | if (HasCCWTemplate()) | 
|---|
| 4878 | { | 
|---|
| 4879 | ComCallWrapperTemplate **ppTemplate = GetCCWTemplatePtr(); | 
|---|
| 4880 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppTemplate - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 4881 | } | 
|---|
| 4882 |  | 
|---|
| 4883 | if (HasRCWPerTypeData()) | 
|---|
| 4884 | { | 
|---|
| 4885 | // it would be nice to save these but the impact on mscorlib.ni size is prohibitive | 
|---|
| 4886 | RCWPerTypeData **ppData = GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); | 
|---|
| 4887 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppData - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 4888 | } | 
|---|
| 4889 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 4890 |  | 
|---|
| 4891 |  | 
|---|
| 4892 | // | 
|---|
| 4893 | // Fix flags | 
|---|
| 4894 | // | 
|---|
| 4895 |  | 
|---|
| 4896 | _ASSERTE((pNewMT->GetFlag(enum_flag_IsZapped) == 0)); | 
|---|
| 4897 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_IsZapped); | 
|---|
| 4898 |  | 
|---|
| 4899 | _ASSERTE((pNewMT->GetFlag(enum_flag_IsPreRestored) == 0)); | 
|---|
| 4900 | if (!needsRestore) | 
|---|
| 4901 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_IsPreRestored); | 
|---|
| 4902 |  | 
|---|
| 4903 | // | 
|---|
| 4904 | // Fixup vtable | 
|---|
| 4905 | // If the canonical method table lives in a different loader module | 
|---|
| 4906 | // then just zero out the entries and copy them across from the canonical | 
|---|
| 4907 | // vtable on restore. | 
|---|
| 4908 | // | 
|---|
| 4909 | // Note the canonical method table will be the same as the current method table | 
|---|
| 4910 | // if the method table is not a generic instantiation. | 
|---|
| 4911 |  | 
|---|
| 4912 | if (HasDispatchMapSlot()) | 
|---|
| 4913 | { | 
|---|
| 4914 | TADDR pSlot = GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasDispatchMapSlot, c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets); | 
|---|
| 4915 | DispatchMap * pDispatchMap = RelativePointer<PTR_DispatchMap>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); | 
|---|
| 4916 | image->FixupField(this, pSlot - (TADDR)this, pDispatchMap, 0, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); | 
|---|
| 4917 | pDispatchMap->Fixup(image); | 
|---|
| 4918 | } | 
|---|
| 4919 |  | 
|---|
| 4920 | if (HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 4921 | { | 
|---|
| 4922 | image->FixupModulePointer(this, GetModuleOverridePtr()); | 
|---|
| 4923 | } | 
|---|
| 4924 |  | 
|---|
| 4925 | { | 
|---|
| 4926 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); | 
|---|
| 4927 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 4928 | { | 
|---|
| 4929 | if (VTableIndir_t::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4930 | { | 
|---|
| 4931 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, it.GetOffsetFromMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 4932 | } | 
|---|
| 4933 | else | 
|---|
| 4934 | { | 
|---|
| 4935 | image->FixupPointerField(this, it.GetOffsetFromMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 4936 | } | 
|---|
| 4937 | } | 
|---|
| 4938 | } | 
|---|
| 4939 |  | 
|---|
| 4940 | unsigned numVTableSlots = GetNumVtableSlots(); | 
|---|
| 4941 | for (unsigned slotNumber = 0; slotNumber < numVTableSlots; slotNumber++) | 
|---|
| 4942 | { | 
|---|
| 4943 | // | 
|---|
| 4944 | // Find the method desc from the slot. | 
|---|
| 4945 | // | 
|---|
| 4946 | MethodDesc *pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 4947 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); | 
|---|
| 4948 | pMD->CheckRestore(); | 
|---|
| 4949 |  | 
|---|
| 4950 | PVOID slotBase; | 
|---|
| 4951 | SSIZE_T slotOffset; | 
|---|
| 4952 |  | 
|---|
| 4953 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 4954 | { | 
|---|
| 4955 | // Virtual slots live in chunks pointed to by vtable indirections | 
|---|
| 4956 |  | 
|---|
| 4957 | slotBase = (PVOID) GetVtableIndirections()[GetIndexOfVtableIndirection(slotNumber)].GetValueMaybeNull(); | 
|---|
| 4958 | slotOffset = GetIndexAfterVtableIndirection(slotNumber) * sizeof(MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t); | 
|---|
| 4959 | } | 
|---|
| 4960 | else if (HasSingleNonVirtualSlot()) | 
|---|
| 4961 | { | 
|---|
| 4962 | // Non-virtual slots < GetNumVtableSlots live in a single chunk pointed to by an optional member, | 
|---|
| 4963 | // except when there is only one in which case it lives in the optional member itself | 
|---|
| 4964 |  | 
|---|
| 4965 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber == GetNumVirtuals()); | 
|---|
| 4966 | slotBase = (PVOID) this; | 
|---|
| 4967 | slotOffset = (BYTE *)GetSlotPtr(slotNumber) - (BYTE *)this; | 
|---|
| 4968 | } | 
|---|
| 4969 | else | 
|---|
| 4970 | { | 
|---|
| 4971 | // Non-virtual slots < GetNumVtableSlots live in a single chunk pointed to by an optional member | 
|---|
| 4972 |  | 
|---|
| 4973 | _ASSERTE(HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()); | 
|---|
| 4974 | slotBase = (PVOID) GetNonVirtualSlotsArray(); | 
|---|
| 4975 | slotOffset = (slotNumber - GetNumVirtuals()) * sizeof(PCODE); | 
|---|
| 4976 | } | 
|---|
| 4977 |  | 
|---|
| 4978 | // Attempt to make the slot point directly at the prejitted code. | 
|---|
| 4979 | // Note that changes to this logic may require or enable an update to CanInternVtableChunk. | 
|---|
| 4980 | // If a necessary update is not made, an assert will fire in ZapStoredStructure::Save. | 
|---|
| 4981 |  | 
|---|
| 4982 | if (pMD->GetMethodTable() == this) | 
|---|
| 4983 | { | 
|---|
| 4984 | ZapRelocationType relocType; | 
|---|
| 4985 | if (slotNumber >= GetNumVirtuals() || MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 4986 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer; | 
|---|
| 4987 | else | 
|---|
| 4988 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; | 
|---|
| 4989 |  | 
|---|
| 4990 | pMD->FixupSlot(image, slotBase, slotOffset, relocType); | 
|---|
| 4991 | } | 
|---|
| 4992 | else | 
|---|
| 4993 | { | 
|---|
| 4994 |  | 
|---|
| 4995 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4996 |  | 
|---|
| 4997 | // Static method should be in the owning methodtable only. | 
|---|
| 4998 | _ASSERTE(!pMD->IsStatic()); | 
|---|
| 4999 |  | 
|---|
| 5000 | MethodTable *pSourceMT = isCanonical | 
|---|
| 5001 | ? GetParentMethodTable() | 
|---|
| 5002 | : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 5003 |  | 
|---|
| 5004 | // It must be inherited from the parent or copied from the canonical | 
|---|
| 5005 | _ASSERTE(pSourceMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber) == pMD); | 
|---|
| 5006 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5007 |  | 
|---|
| 5008 | ZapRelocationType relocType; | 
|---|
| 5009 | if (MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 5010 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR; | 
|---|
| 5011 | else | 
|---|
| 5012 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; | 
|---|
| 5013 |  | 
|---|
| 5014 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodDesc(pMD) && pMD->GetLoaderModule() == pZapModule) | 
|---|
| 5015 | { | 
|---|
| 5016 | pMD->FixupSlot(image, slotBase, slotOffset, relocType); | 
|---|
| 5017 | } | 
|---|
| 5018 | else | 
|---|
| 5019 | { | 
|---|
| 5020 | if (!pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 5021 | { | 
|---|
| 5022 | ZapNode * importThunk = image->GetVirtualImportThunk(pMD->GetMethodTable(), pMD, slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 5023 | // On ARM, make sure that the address to the virtual thunk that we write into the | 
|---|
| 5024 | // vtable "chunk" has the Thumb bit set. | 
|---|
| 5025 | image->FixupFieldToNode(slotBase, slotOffset, importThunk ARM_ARG(THUMB_CODE) NOT_ARM_ARG(0), relocType); | 
|---|
| 5026 | } | 
|---|
| 5027 | else | 
|---|
| 5028 | { | 
|---|
| 5029 | // Virtual generic methods don't/can't use their vtable slot | 
|---|
| 5030 | image->ZeroPointerField(slotBase, slotOffset); | 
|---|
| 5031 | } | 
|---|
| 5032 | } | 
|---|
| 5033 | } | 
|---|
| 5034 | } | 
|---|
| 5035 |  | 
|---|
| 5036 | // | 
|---|
| 5037 | // Fixup Interface map | 
|---|
| 5038 | // | 
|---|
| 5039 |  | 
|---|
| 5040 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 5041 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 5042 | { | 
|---|
| 5043 | image->FixupMethodTablePointer(GetInterfaceMap(), &it.GetInterfaceInfo()->m_pMethodTable); | 
|---|
| 5044 | } | 
|---|
| 5045 |  | 
|---|
| 5046 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 5047 | { | 
|---|
| 5048 | image->HardBindTypeHandlePointer(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_ElementTypeHnd)); | 
|---|
| 5049 | } | 
|---|
| 5050 |  | 
|---|
| 5051 | // | 
|---|
| 5052 | // Fixup per-inst pointers for this method table | 
|---|
| 5053 | // | 
|---|
| 5054 |  | 
|---|
| 5055 | if (HasPerInstInfo()) | 
|---|
| 5056 | { | 
|---|
| 5057 | // Fixup the pointer to the per-inst table | 
|---|
| 5058 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pPerInstInfo); | 
|---|
| 5059 |  | 
|---|
| 5060 | for (MethodTable *pChain = this; pChain != NULL; pChain = pChain->GetParentMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 5061 | { | 
|---|
| 5062 | if (pChain->HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 5063 | { | 
|---|
| 5064 | DWORD dictNum = pChain->GetNumDicts()-1; | 
|---|
| 5065 |  | 
|---|
| 5066 | // If we can't hardbind then the value will be copied down from | 
|---|
| 5067 | // the parent upon restore. | 
|---|
| 5068 |  | 
|---|
| 5069 | // We special-case the dictionary for this method table because we must always | 
|---|
| 5070 | // hard bind to it even if it's not in its preferred zap module | 
|---|
| 5071 | size_t sizeDict = sizeof(PerInstInfoElem_t); | 
|---|
| 5072 |  | 
|---|
| 5073 | if (pChain == this) | 
|---|
| 5074 | { | 
|---|
| 5075 | if (PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative) | 
|---|
| 5076 | { | 
|---|
| 5077 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict); | 
|---|
| 5078 | } | 
|---|
| 5079 | else | 
|---|
| 5080 | { | 
|---|
| 5081 | image->FixupPointerField(GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict); | 
|---|
| 5082 | } | 
|---|
| 5083 | } | 
|---|
| 5084 | else | 
|---|
| 5085 | { | 
|---|
| 5086 | HardBindOrClearDictionaryPointer(image, pChain, GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict, PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative); | 
|---|
| 5087 | } | 
|---|
| 5088 | } | 
|---|
| 5089 | } | 
|---|
| 5090 | } | 
|---|
| 5091 | // | 
|---|
| 5092 | // Fixup instantiation+dictionary for this method table (if any) | 
|---|
| 5093 | // | 
|---|
| 5094 | if (GetDictionary()) | 
|---|
| 5095 | { | 
|---|
| 5096 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "GENERICS: Fixup dictionary for MT %s\n",  GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 5097 |  | 
|---|
| 5098 | // CanEagerBindToMethodTable would not work for targeted patching here. The dictionary | 
|---|
| 5099 | // layout is sensitive to compilation order that can be changed by TP compatible changes. | 
|---|
| 5100 | BOOL canSaveSlots = !IsCanonicalMethodTable() && (image->GetModule() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 5101 |  | 
|---|
| 5102 | // See comment on Dictionary::Fixup | 
|---|
| 5103 | GetDictionary()->Fixup(image, | 
|---|
| 5104 | TRUE, | 
|---|
| 5105 | canSaveSlots, | 
|---|
| 5106 | GetNumGenericArgs(), | 
|---|
| 5107 | GetModule(), | 
|---|
| 5108 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()); | 
|---|
| 5109 | } | 
|---|
| 5110 |  | 
|---|
| 5111 | // Fixup per-inst statics info | 
|---|
| 5112 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 5113 | { | 
|---|
| 5114 | GenericsStaticsInfo *pInfo = GetGenericsStaticsInfo(); | 
|---|
| 5115 |  | 
|---|
| 5116 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, (BYTE *)&pInfo->m_pFieldDescs - (BYTE *)this); | 
|---|
| 5117 | if (!isCanonical) | 
|---|
| 5118 | { | 
|---|
| 5119 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < GetClass()->GetNumStaticFields(); i++) | 
|---|
| 5120 | { | 
|---|
| 5121 | FieldDesc *pFld = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() + i; | 
|---|
| 5122 | pFld->Fixup(image); | 
|---|
| 5123 | } | 
|---|
| 5124 | } | 
|---|
| 5125 |  | 
|---|
| 5126 | if (NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 5127 | { | 
|---|
| 5128 | MethodTableWriteableData * pNewWriteableData = (MethodTableWriteableData *)image->GetImagePointer(m_pWriteableData.GetValue()); | 
|---|
| 5129 | CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo * pNewCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo = pNewWriteableData->GetCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo(); | 
|---|
| 5130 |  | 
|---|
| 5131 | pNewCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID; | 
|---|
| 5132 |  | 
|---|
| 5133 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_pWriteableData.GetValue(), sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData) + offsetof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo, m_pModuleForStatics)); | 
|---|
| 5134 |  | 
|---|
| 5135 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_StaticsMask_IfGenericsThenCrossModule); | 
|---|
| 5136 | } | 
|---|
| 5137 | } | 
|---|
| 5138 | else | 
|---|
| 5139 | { | 
|---|
| 5140 | _ASSERTE(!NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()); | 
|---|
| 5141 | } | 
|---|
| 5142 |  | 
|---|
| 5143 |  | 
|---|
| 5144 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s (%p) complete\n", GetDebugClassName(), this)); | 
|---|
| 5145 |  | 
|---|
| 5146 | // If this method table is canonical (one-to-one with EEClass) then fix up the EEClass also | 
|---|
| 5147 | if (isCanonical) | 
|---|
| 5148 | GetClass()->Fixup(image, this); | 
|---|
| 5149 |  | 
|---|
| 5150 | // Mark method table as fixed-up | 
|---|
| 5151 | GetWriteableDataForWrite()->SetFixedUp(); | 
|---|
| 5152 |  | 
|---|
| 5153 | } // MethodTable::Fixup | 
|---|
| 5154 |  | 
|---|
| 5155 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 5156 | void MethodTableWriteableData::Save(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, DWORD profilingFlags) const | 
|---|
| 5157 | { | 
|---|
| 5158 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5159 |  | 
|---|
| 5160 | SIZE_T size = sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData); | 
|---|
| 5161 |  | 
|---|
| 5162 | // MethodTableWriteableData is followed by optional CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo in NGen images | 
|---|
| 5163 | if (pMT->NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 5164 | size += sizeof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo); | 
|---|
| 5165 |  | 
|---|
| 5166 | DataImage::ItemKind kindWriteable = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_DATA_COLD_WRITEABLE; | 
|---|
| 5167 | if ((profilingFlags & (1 << WriteMethodTableWriteableData)) != 0) | 
|---|
| 5168 | kindWriteable = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_DATA_HOT_WRITEABLE; | 
|---|
| 5169 |  | 
|---|
| 5170 | ZapStoredStructure * pNode = image->StoreStructure(NULL, size, kindWriteable); | 
|---|
| 5171 | image->BindPointer(this, pNode, 0); | 
|---|
| 5172 | image->CopyData(pNode, this, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData)); | 
|---|
| 5173 | } | 
|---|
| 5174 |  | 
|---|
| 5175 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 5176 | void MethodTableWriteableData::Fixup(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, BOOL needsRestore) | 
|---|
| 5177 | { | 
|---|
| 5178 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5179 |  | 
|---|
| 5180 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(MethodTableWriteableData, m_hExposedClassObject), sizeof(m_hExposedClassObject)); | 
|---|
| 5181 |  | 
|---|
| 5182 | MethodTableWriteableData *pNewNgenPrivateMT = (MethodTableWriteableData*) image->GetImagePointer(this); | 
|---|
| 5183 | _ASSERTE(pNewNgenPrivateMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 5184 |  | 
|---|
| 5185 | if (needsRestore) | 
|---|
| 5186 | pNewNgenPrivateMT->m_dwFlags |= (enum_flag_UnrestoredTypeKey | | 
|---|
| 5187 | enum_flag_Unrestored | | 
|---|
| 5188 | enum_flag_HasApproxParent | | 
|---|
| 5189 | enum_flag_IsNotFullyLoaded); | 
|---|
| 5190 |  | 
|---|
| 5191 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5192 | pNewNgenPrivateMT->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt = (DWORD)-1; | 
|---|
| 5193 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5194 | } | 
|---|
| 5195 |  | 
|---|
| 5196 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5197 |  | 
|---|
| 5198 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 5199 |  | 
|---|
| 5200 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 5201 |  | 
|---|
| 5202 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 5203 | void MethodTable::CheckRestore() | 
|---|
| 5204 | { | 
|---|
| 5205 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 5206 | { | 
|---|
| 5207 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; | 
|---|
| 5208 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 5209 | } | 
|---|
| 5210 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 5211 |  | 
|---|
| 5212 | if (!IsFullyLoaded()) | 
|---|
| 5213 | { | 
|---|
| 5214 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(this); | 
|---|
| 5215 | _ASSERTE(IsFullyLoaded()); | 
|---|
| 5216 | } | 
|---|
| 5217 |  | 
|---|
| 5218 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 5219 | } | 
|---|
| 5220 |  | 
|---|
| 5221 | #else // !FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 5222 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 5223 | void MethodTable::CheckRestore() | 
|---|
| 5224 | { | 
|---|
| 5225 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5226 | } | 
|---|
| 5227 | #endif // !FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 5228 |  | 
|---|
| 5229 |  | 
|---|
| 5230 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5231 |  | 
|---|
| 5232 | BOOL SatisfiesClassConstraints(TypeHandle instanceTypeHnd, TypeHandle typicalTypeHnd, | 
|---|
| 5233 | const InstantiationContext *pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5234 |  | 
|---|
| 5235 | static VOID DoAccessibilityCheck(MethodTable *pAskingMT, MethodTable *pTargetMT, UINT resIDWhy) | 
|---|
| 5236 | { | 
|---|
| 5237 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 5238 | { | 
|---|
| 5239 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 5240 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 5241 | } | 
|---|
| 5242 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 5243 |  | 
|---|
| 5244 | StaticAccessCheckContext accessContext(NULL, pAskingMT); | 
|---|
| 5245 |  | 
|---|
| 5246 | if (!ClassLoader::CanAccessClass(&accessContext, | 
|---|
| 5247 | pTargetMT,                 //the desired class | 
|---|
| 5248 | pTargetMT->GetAssembly(),  //the desired class's assembly | 
|---|
| 5249 | *AccessCheckOptions::s_pNormalAccessChecks | 
|---|
| 5250 | )) | 
|---|
| 5251 | { | 
|---|
| 5252 | SString displayName; | 
|---|
| 5253 | pAskingMT->GetAssembly()->GetDisplayName(displayName); | 
|---|
| 5254 | SString targetName; | 
|---|
| 5255 |  | 
|---|
| 5256 | // Error string is either E_ACCESSDENIED which requires the type name of the target, vs | 
|---|
| 5257 | // a more normal TypeLoadException which displays the requesting type. | 
|---|
| 5258 | _ASSERTE((resIDWhy == (UINT)E_ACCESSDENIED) || (resIDWhy == (UINT)IDS_CLASSLOAD_INTERFACE_NO_ACCESS)); | 
|---|
| 5259 | TypeString::AppendType(targetName, TypeHandle((resIDWhy == (UINT)E_ACCESSDENIED) ? pTargetMT : pAskingMT)); | 
|---|
| 5260 |  | 
|---|
| 5261 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, resIDWhy, targetName.GetUnicode(), displayName.GetUnicode()); | 
|---|
| 5262 | } | 
|---|
| 5263 |  | 
|---|
| 5264 | } | 
|---|
| 5265 |  | 
|---|
| 5266 | VOID DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(MethodTable *pAskingMT, TypeHandle thConstraint, UINT resIDWhy) | 
|---|
| 5267 | { | 
|---|
| 5268 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 5269 | { | 
|---|
| 5270 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 5271 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 5272 | } | 
|---|
| 5273 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 5274 |  | 
|---|
| 5275 | if (thConstraint.IsTypeDesc()) | 
|---|
| 5276 | { | 
|---|
| 5277 | TypeDesc *pTypeDesc = thConstraint.AsTypeDesc(); | 
|---|
| 5278 |  | 
|---|
| 5279 | if (pTypeDesc->IsGenericVariable()) | 
|---|
| 5280 | { | 
|---|
| 5281 | // since the metadata respresents a generic type param constraint as an index into | 
|---|
| 5282 | // the declaring type's list of generic params, it is structurally impossible | 
|---|
| 5283 | // to express a violation this way. So there's no check to be done here. | 
|---|
| 5284 | } | 
|---|
| 5285 | else | 
|---|
| 5286 | if (pTypeDesc->HasTypeParam()) | 
|---|
| 5287 | { | 
|---|
| 5288 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(pAskingMT, pTypeDesc->GetTypeParam(), resIDWhy); | 
|---|
| 5289 | } | 
|---|
| 5290 | else | 
|---|
| 5291 | { | 
|---|
| 5292 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, E_ACCESSDENIED); | 
|---|
| 5293 | } | 
|---|
| 5294 |  | 
|---|
| 5295 | } | 
|---|
| 5296 | else | 
|---|
| 5297 | { | 
|---|
| 5298 | DoAccessibilityCheck(pAskingMT, thConstraint.GetMethodTable(), resIDWhy); | 
|---|
| 5299 | } | 
|---|
| 5300 |  | 
|---|
| 5301 | } | 
|---|
| 5302 |  | 
|---|
| 5303 | VOID DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraints(MethodTable *pAskingMT, TypeVarTypeDesc *pTyVar, UINT resIDWhy) | 
|---|
| 5304 | { | 
|---|
| 5305 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 5306 | { | 
|---|
| 5307 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 5308 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 5309 | } | 
|---|
| 5310 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 5311 |  | 
|---|
| 5312 | DWORD numConstraints; | 
|---|
| 5313 | TypeHandle *pthConstraints = pTyVar->GetCachedConstraints(&numConstraints); | 
|---|
| 5314 | for (DWORD cidx = 0; cidx < numConstraints; cidx++) | 
|---|
| 5315 | { | 
|---|
| 5316 | TypeHandle thConstraint = pthConstraints[cidx]; | 
|---|
| 5317 |  | 
|---|
| 5318 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(pAskingMT, thConstraint, resIDWhy); | 
|---|
| 5319 | } | 
|---|
| 5320 | } | 
|---|
| 5321 |  | 
|---|
| 5322 |  | 
|---|
| 5323 | // Recursive worker that pumps the transitive closure of a type's dependencies to the specified target level. | 
|---|
| 5324 | // Dependencies include: | 
|---|
| 5325 | // | 
|---|
| 5326 | //   - parent | 
|---|
| 5327 | //   - interfaces | 
|---|
| 5328 | //   - canonical type, for non-canonical instantiations | 
|---|
| 5329 | //   - typical type, for non-typical instantiations | 
|---|
| 5330 | // | 
|---|
| 5331 | // Parameters: | 
|---|
| 5332 | // | 
|---|
| 5333 | //   pVisited - used to prevent endless recursion in the case of cyclic dependencies | 
|---|
| 5334 | // | 
|---|
| 5335 | //   level    - target level to pump to - must be CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED or CLASS_LOADED | 
|---|
| 5336 | // | 
|---|
| 5337 | //              if CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED, all transitive dependencies are resolved to their | 
|---|
| 5338 | //                 exact types. | 
|---|
| 5339 | // | 
|---|
| 5340 | //              if CLASS_LOADED, all type-safety checks are done on the type and all its transitive | 
|---|
| 5341 | //                 dependencies. Note that for the CLASS_LOADED case, some types may be left | 
|---|
| 5342 | //                 on the pending list rather that pushed to CLASS_LOADED in the case of cyclic | 
|---|
| 5343 | //                 dependencies - the root caller must handle this. | 
|---|
| 5344 | // | 
|---|
| 5345 | //   pfBailed - if we or one of our depedencies bails early due to cyclic dependencies, we | 
|---|
| 5346 | //              must set *pfBailed to TRUE. Otherwise, we must *leave it unchanged* (thus, the | 
|---|
| 5347 | //              boolean acts as a cumulative OR.) | 
|---|
| 5348 | // | 
|---|
| 5349 | //   pPending - if one of our dependencies bailed, the type cannot yet be promoted to CLASS_LOADED | 
|---|
| 5350 | //              as the dependencies will be checked later and may fail a security check then. | 
|---|
| 5351 | //              Instead, DoFullyLoad() will add the type to the pending list - the root caller | 
|---|
| 5352 | //              is responsible for promoting the type after the full transitive closure has been | 
|---|
| 5353 | //              walked. Note that it would be just as correct to always defer to the pending list - | 
|---|
| 5354 | //              however, that is a little less performant. | 
|---|
| 5355 | // | 
|---|
| 5356 |  | 
|---|
| 5357 |  | 
|---|
| 5358 | // Closure of locals necessary for implementing CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType. | 
|---|
| 5359 | // Used so that we can have one valuetype walking algorithm used for type equivalence walking of the parameters of the method. | 
|---|
| 5360 | struct DoFullyLoadLocals | 
|---|
| 5361 | { | 
|---|
| 5362 | DoFullyLoadLocals(DFLPendingList *pPendingParam, ClassLoadLevel levelParam, MethodTable *pMT, Generics::RecursionGraph *pVisited) | 
|---|
| 5363 | : newVisited(pVisited, TypeHandle(pMT)) | 
|---|
| 5364 | , pPending(pPendingParam) | 
|---|
| 5365 | , level(levelParam) | 
|---|
| 5366 | , fBailed(FALSE) | 
|---|
| 5367 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 5368 | , fHasEquivalentStructParameter(FALSE) | 
|---|
| 5369 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5370 | , fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter(FALSE) | 
|---|
| 5371 | , fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs(FALSE) | 
|---|
| 5372 | { | 
|---|
| 5373 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5374 | } | 
|---|
| 5375 |  | 
|---|
| 5376 | Generics::RecursionGraph newVisited; | 
|---|
| 5377 | DFLPendingList * const pPending; | 
|---|
| 5378 | const ClassLoadLevel level; | 
|---|
| 5379 | BOOL fBailed; | 
|---|
| 5380 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 5381 | BOOL fHasEquivalentStructParameter; | 
|---|
| 5382 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5383 | BOOL fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter; | 
|---|
| 5384 | BOOL fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs; | 
|---|
| 5385 | }; | 
|---|
| 5386 |  | 
|---|
| 5387 | #if defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 5388 | static void CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType(Module *pModule, mdToken token, Module *pDefModule, mdToken defToken, const SigParser *ptr, SigTypeContext *pTypeContext, void *pData) | 
|---|
| 5389 | { | 
|---|
| 5390 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 5391 | { | 
|---|
| 5392 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 5393 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 5394 | SO_INTOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 5395 | } | 
|---|
| 5396 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 5397 |  | 
|---|
| 5398 | SigPointer sigPtr(*ptr); | 
|---|
| 5399 |  | 
|---|
| 5400 | DoFullyLoadLocals *pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; | 
|---|
| 5401 |  | 
|---|
| 5402 | if (IsTypeDefEquivalent(defToken, pDefModule)) | 
|---|
| 5403 | { | 
|---|
| 5404 | TypeHandle th = sigPtr.GetTypeHandleThrowing(pModule, pTypeContext, ClassLoader::LoadTypes, (ClassLoadLevel)(pLocals->level - 1)); | 
|---|
| 5405 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 5406 |  | 
|---|
| 5407 | th.DoFullyLoad(&pLocals->newVisited, pLocals->level, pLocals->pPending, &pLocals->fBailed, NULL); | 
|---|
| 5408 | pLocals->fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5409 | pLocals->fHasEquivalentStructParameter = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5410 | } | 
|---|
| 5411 | } | 
|---|
| 5412 |  | 
|---|
| 5413 | #endif // defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 5414 |  | 
|---|
| 5415 | struct CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals | 
|---|
| 5416 | { | 
|---|
| 5417 | Module * pModule; | 
|---|
| 5418 | BOOL *   pfTypeForwarderFound; | 
|---|
| 5419 | }; | 
|---|
| 5420 |  | 
|---|
| 5421 | // Callback for code:WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs of type code:PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs | 
|---|
| 5422 | static void CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef( | 
|---|
| 5423 | mdToken tkTypeDefOrRef, | 
|---|
| 5424 | void *  pData) | 
|---|
| 5425 | { | 
|---|
| 5426 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5427 |  | 
|---|
| 5428 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals * pLocals = (CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals *)pData; | 
|---|
| 5429 |  | 
|---|
| 5430 | // If a type forwarder was found, return - we're done | 
|---|
| 5431 | if ((pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound != NULL) && (*(pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound))) | 
|---|
| 5432 | return; | 
|---|
| 5433 |  | 
|---|
| 5434 | // Only type ref's are interesting | 
|---|
| 5435 | if (TypeFromToken(tkTypeDefOrRef) == mdtTypeRef) | 
|---|
| 5436 | { | 
|---|
| 5437 | Module * pDummyModule; | 
|---|
| 5438 | mdToken  tkDummy; | 
|---|
| 5439 | ClassLoader::ResolveTokenToTypeDefThrowing( | 
|---|
| 5440 | pLocals->pModule, | 
|---|
| 5441 | tkTypeDefOrRef, | 
|---|
| 5442 | &pDummyModule, | 
|---|
| 5443 | &tkDummy, | 
|---|
| 5444 | Loader::Load, | 
|---|
| 5445 | pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound); | 
|---|
| 5446 | } | 
|---|
| 5447 | } | 
|---|
| 5448 |  | 
|---|
| 5449 | typedef void (* PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs)(mdToken tkTypeDefOrRef, void * pData); | 
|---|
| 5450 |  | 
|---|
| 5451 | // Call 'function' for ValueType in the signature. | 
|---|
| 5452 | void WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs( | 
|---|
| 5453 | const SigParser *              pSig, | 
|---|
| 5454 | PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs function, | 
|---|
| 5455 | void *                         pData) | 
|---|
| 5456 | { | 
|---|
| 5457 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5458 |  | 
|---|
| 5459 | SigParser sig(*pSig); | 
|---|
| 5460 |  | 
|---|
| 5461 | CorElementType typ; | 
|---|
| 5462 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetElemType(&typ)); | 
|---|
| 5463 |  | 
|---|
| 5464 | switch (typ) | 
|---|
| 5465 | { | 
|---|
| 5466 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE: | 
|---|
| 5467 | mdToken token; | 
|---|
| 5468 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetToken(&token)); | 
|---|
| 5469 | function(token, pData); | 
|---|
| 5470 | break; | 
|---|
| 5471 |  | 
|---|
| 5472 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_GENERICINST: | 
|---|
| 5473 | // Process and skip generic type | 
|---|
| 5474 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(&sig, function, pData); | 
|---|
| 5475 | IfFailThrow(sig.SkipExactlyOne()); | 
|---|
| 5476 |  | 
|---|
| 5477 | // Get number of parameters | 
|---|
| 5478 | ULONG argCnt; | 
|---|
| 5479 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetData(&argCnt)); | 
|---|
| 5480 | while (argCnt-- != 0) | 
|---|
| 5481 | {   // Process and skip generic parameter | 
|---|
| 5482 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(&sig, function, pData); | 
|---|
| 5483 | IfFailThrow(sig.SkipExactlyOne()); | 
|---|
| 5484 | } | 
|---|
| 5485 | break; | 
|---|
| 5486 | default: | 
|---|
| 5487 | break; | 
|---|
| 5488 | } | 
|---|
| 5489 | } | 
|---|
| 5490 |  | 
|---|
| 5491 | // Callback for code:MethodDesc::WalkValueTypeParameters (of type code:WalkValueTypeParameterFnPtr) | 
|---|
| 5492 | static void CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameter( | 
|---|
| 5493 | Module *         pModule, | 
|---|
| 5494 | mdToken          token, | 
|---|
| 5495 | Module *         pDefModule, | 
|---|
| 5496 | mdToken          defToken, | 
|---|
| 5497 | const SigParser *ptr, | 
|---|
| 5498 | SigTypeContext * pTypeContext, | 
|---|
| 5499 | void *           pData) | 
|---|
| 5500 | { | 
|---|
| 5501 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5502 |  | 
|---|
| 5503 | DoFullyLoadLocals * pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; | 
|---|
| 5504 |  | 
|---|
| 5505 | // If a type forwarder was found, return - we're done | 
|---|
| 5506 | if (pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter) | 
|---|
| 5507 | return; | 
|---|
| 5508 |  | 
|---|
| 5509 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals locals; | 
|---|
| 5510 | locals.pModule = pModule; | 
|---|
| 5511 | locals.pfTypeForwarderFound = &pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter; // By not passing NULL here, we determine if there is a type forwarder involved. | 
|---|
| 5512 |  | 
|---|
| 5513 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(ptr, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef, &locals); | 
|---|
| 5514 |  | 
|---|
| 5515 | if (pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter) | 
|---|
| 5516 | pLocals->fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5517 | } | 
|---|
| 5518 |  | 
|---|
| 5519 | // Callback for code:MethodDesc::WalkValueTypeParameters (of type code:WalkValueTypeParameterFnPtr) | 
|---|
| 5520 | static void LoadTypeDefOrRefAssembly( | 
|---|
| 5521 | Module *         pModule, | 
|---|
| 5522 | mdToken          token, | 
|---|
| 5523 | Module *         pDefModule, | 
|---|
| 5524 | mdToken          defToken, | 
|---|
| 5525 | const SigParser *ptr, | 
|---|
| 5526 | SigTypeContext * pTypeContext, | 
|---|
| 5527 | void *           pData) | 
|---|
| 5528 | { | 
|---|
| 5529 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5530 |  | 
|---|
| 5531 | DoFullyLoadLocals * pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; | 
|---|
| 5532 |  | 
|---|
| 5533 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals locals; | 
|---|
| 5534 | locals.pModule = pModule; | 
|---|
| 5535 | locals.pfTypeForwarderFound = NULL; // By passing NULL here, we simply resolve the token to TypeDef. | 
|---|
| 5536 |  | 
|---|
| 5537 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(ptr, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef, &locals); | 
|---|
| 5538 | } | 
|---|
| 5539 |  | 
|---|
| 5540 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5541 |  | 
|---|
| 5542 | void MethodTable::DoFullyLoad(Generics::RecursionGraph * const pVisited,  const ClassLoadLevel level, DFLPendingList * const pPending, | 
|---|
| 5543 | BOOL * const pfBailed, const InstantiationContext * const pInstContext) | 
|---|
| 5544 | { | 
|---|
| 5545 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 5546 |  | 
|---|
| 5547 | _ASSERTE(level == CLASS_LOADED || level == CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); | 
|---|
| 5548 | _ASSERTE(pfBailed != NULL); | 
|---|
| 5549 | _ASSERTE(!(level == CLASS_LOADED && pPending == NULL)); | 
|---|
| 5550 |  | 
|---|
| 5551 |  | 
|---|
| 5552 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5553 |  | 
|---|
| 5554 | if (Generics::RecursionGraph::HasSeenType(pVisited, TypeHandle(this))) | 
|---|
| 5555 | { | 
|---|
| 5556 | *pfBailed = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5557 | return; | 
|---|
| 5558 | } | 
|---|
| 5559 |  | 
|---|
| 5560 | if (GetLoadLevel() >= level) | 
|---|
| 5561 | { | 
|---|
| 5562 | return; | 
|---|
| 5563 | } | 
|---|
| 5564 |  | 
|---|
| 5565 | if (level == CLASS_LOADED) | 
|---|
| 5566 | { | 
|---|
| 5567 | UINT numTH = pPending->Count(); | 
|---|
| 5568 | TypeHandle *pTypeHndPending = pPending->Table(); | 
|---|
| 5569 | for (UINT idxPending = 0; idxPending < numTH; idxPending++) | 
|---|
| 5570 | { | 
|---|
| 5571 | if (pTypeHndPending[idxPending] == this) | 
|---|
| 5572 | { | 
|---|
| 5573 | *pfBailed = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5574 | return; | 
|---|
| 5575 | } | 
|---|
| 5576 | } | 
|---|
| 5577 |  | 
|---|
| 5578 | } | 
|---|
| 5579 |  | 
|---|
| 5580 | BEGIN_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE(GetThread()); | 
|---|
| 5581 | // First ensure that we're loaded to just below CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED | 
|---|
| 5582 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(this, (ClassLoadLevel) (level-1)); | 
|---|
| 5583 |  | 
|---|
| 5584 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 5585 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!HasApproxParent()); | 
|---|
| 5586 |  | 
|---|
| 5587 |  | 
|---|
| 5588 | DoFullyLoadLocals locals(pPending, level, this, pVisited); | 
|---|
| 5589 |  | 
|---|
| 5590 | bool fNeedsSanityChecks = !IsZapped(); // Validation has been performed for NGened classes already | 
|---|
| 5591 |  | 
|---|
| 5592 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN | 
|---|
| 5593 | if (fNeedsSanityChecks) | 
|---|
| 5594 | { | 
|---|
| 5595 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 5596 |  | 
|---|
| 5597 | // No sanity checks for ready-to-run compiled images if possible | 
|---|
| 5598 | if (pModule->IsReadyToRun() && pModule->GetReadyToRunInfo()->SkipTypeValidation()) | 
|---|
| 5599 | fNeedsSanityChecks = false; | 
|---|
| 5600 | } | 
|---|
| 5601 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5602 |  | 
|---|
| 5603 | bool fNeedAccessChecks = (level == CLASS_LOADED) && | 
|---|
| 5604 | fNeedsSanityChecks && | 
|---|
| 5605 | IsTypicalTypeDefinition(); | 
|---|
| 5606 |  | 
|---|
| 5607 | TypeHandle typicalTypeHnd; | 
|---|
| 5608 |  | 
|---|
| 5609 | if (!IsZapped()) // Validation has been performed for NGened classes already | 
|---|
| 5610 | { | 
|---|
| 5611 | // Fully load the typical instantiation. Make sure that this is done before loading other dependencies | 
|---|
| 5612 | // as the recursive generics detection algorithm needs to examine typical instantiations of the types | 
|---|
| 5613 | // in the closure. | 
|---|
| 5614 | if (!IsTypicalTypeDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 5615 | { | 
|---|
| 5616 | typicalTypeHnd = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefThrowing(GetModule(), GetCl(), | 
|---|
| 5617 | ClassLoader::ThrowIfNotFound, ClassLoader::PermitUninstDefOrRef, tdNoTypes, | 
|---|
| 5618 | (ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); | 
|---|
| 5619 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!typicalTypeHnd.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 5620 | typicalTypeHnd.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5621 | } | 
|---|
| 5622 | else if (level == CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED && HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 5623 | { | 
|---|
| 5624 | // This is a typical instantiation of a generic type. When attaining CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED, the | 
|---|
| 5625 | // recursive inheritance graph (ECMA part.II Section 9.2) will be constructed and checked for "expanding | 
|---|
| 5626 | // cycles" to detect infinite recursion, e.g. A<T> : B<A<A<T>>>. | 
|---|
| 5627 | // | 
|---|
| 5628 | // The dependencies loaded by this method (parent type, implemented interfaces, generic arguments) | 
|---|
| 5629 | // ensure that we will generate the finite instantiation closure as defined in ECMA. This load level | 
|---|
| 5630 | // is not being attained under lock so it's not possible to use TypeVarTypeDesc to represent graph | 
|---|
| 5631 | // nodes because multiple threads trying to fully load types from the closure at the same time would | 
|---|
| 5632 | // interfere with each other. In addition, the graph is only used for loading and can be discarded | 
|---|
| 5633 | // when the closure is fully loaded (TypeVarTypeDesc need to stay). | 
|---|
| 5634 | // | 
|---|
| 5635 | // The graph is represented by Generics::RecursionGraph instances organized in a linked list with | 
|---|
| 5636 | // each of them holding part of the graph. They live on the stack and are cleaned up automatically | 
|---|
| 5637 | // before returning from DoFullyLoad. | 
|---|
| 5638 |  | 
|---|
| 5639 | if (locals.newVisited.CheckForIllegalRecursion()) | 
|---|
| 5640 | { | 
|---|
| 5641 | // An expanding cycle was detected, this type is part of a closure that is defined recursively. | 
|---|
| 5642 | IMDInternalImport* pInternalImport = GetModule()->GetMDImport(); | 
|---|
| 5643 | GetModule()->GetAssembly()->ThrowTypeLoadException(pInternalImport, GetCl(), IDS_CLASSLOAD_GENERICTYPE_RECURSIVE); | 
|---|
| 5644 | } | 
|---|
| 5645 | } | 
|---|
| 5646 | } | 
|---|
| 5647 |  | 
|---|
| 5648 | // Fully load the parent | 
|---|
| 5649 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 5650 |  | 
|---|
| 5651 | if (pParentMT) | 
|---|
| 5652 | { | 
|---|
| 5653 | pParentMT->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5654 |  | 
|---|
| 5655 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) | 
|---|
| 5656 | { | 
|---|
| 5657 | if (!IsComObjectType()) //RCW's are special - they are manufactured by the runtime and derive from the non-public type System.__ComObject | 
|---|
| 5658 | { | 
|---|
| 5659 | // A transparenct type should not be allowed to derive from a critical type. | 
|---|
| 5660 | // However since this has never been enforced before we have many classes that | 
|---|
| 5661 | // violate this rule. Enforcing it now will be a breaking change. | 
|---|
| 5662 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, pParentMT, E_ACCESSDENIED); | 
|---|
| 5663 | } | 
|---|
| 5664 | } | 
|---|
| 5665 | } | 
|---|
| 5666 |  | 
|---|
| 5667 | // Fully load the interfaces | 
|---|
| 5668 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 5669 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 5670 | { | 
|---|
| 5671 | it.GetInterface()->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5672 |  | 
|---|
| 5673 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) | 
|---|
| 5674 | { | 
|---|
| 5675 | if (IsInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(it.GetIndex())) // only test directly implemented interfaces (it's | 
|---|
| 5676 | // legal for an inherited interface to be private.) | 
|---|
| 5677 | { | 
|---|
| 5678 | // A transparenct type should not be allowed to implement a critical interface. | 
|---|
| 5679 | // However since this has never been enforced before we have many classes that | 
|---|
| 5680 | // violate this rule. Enforcing it now will be a breaking change. | 
|---|
| 5681 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, it.GetInterface(), IDS_CLASSLOAD_INTERFACE_NO_ACCESS); | 
|---|
| 5682 | } | 
|---|
| 5683 | } | 
|---|
| 5684 | } | 
|---|
| 5685 |  | 
|---|
| 5686 | // Fully load the generic arguments | 
|---|
| 5687 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 5688 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 5689 | { | 
|---|
| 5690 | inst[i].DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5691 | } | 
|---|
| 5692 |  | 
|---|
| 5693 | // Fully load the canonical methodtable | 
|---|
| 5694 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 5695 | { | 
|---|
| 5696 | GetCanonicalMethodTable()->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, NULL); | 
|---|
| 5697 | } | 
|---|
| 5698 |  | 
|---|
| 5699 | if (fNeedsSanityChecks) | 
|---|
| 5700 | { | 
|---|
| 5701 | // Fully load the exact field types for value type fields | 
|---|
| 5702 | // Note that MethodTableBuilder::InitializeFieldDescs() loads the type of the | 
|---|
| 5703 | // field only upto level CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS. | 
|---|
| 5704 | FieldDesc *pField = GetApproxFieldDescListRaw(); | 
|---|
| 5705 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + GetNumStaticFields() + GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields(); | 
|---|
| 5706 |  | 
|---|
| 5707 | while (pField < pFieldEnd) | 
|---|
| 5708 | { | 
|---|
| 5709 | g_IBCLogger.LogFieldDescsAccess(pField); | 
|---|
| 5710 |  | 
|---|
| 5711 | if (pField->GetFieldType() == ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) | 
|---|
| 5712 | { | 
|---|
| 5713 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); | 
|---|
| 5714 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 5715 |  | 
|---|
| 5716 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5717 |  | 
|---|
| 5718 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) | 
|---|
| 5719 | { | 
|---|
| 5720 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, th.GetMethodTable(), E_ACCESSDENIED); | 
|---|
| 5721 | } | 
|---|
| 5722 |  | 
|---|
| 5723 | } | 
|---|
| 5724 | pField++; | 
|---|
| 5725 | } | 
|---|
| 5726 |  | 
|---|
| 5727 | // Fully load the exact field types for generic value type fields | 
|---|
| 5728 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 5729 | { | 
|---|
| 5730 | FieldDesc *pGenStaticField = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); | 
|---|
| 5731 | FieldDesc *pGenStaticFieldEnd = pGenStaticField + GetNumStaticFields(); | 
|---|
| 5732 | while (pGenStaticField < pGenStaticFieldEnd) | 
|---|
| 5733 | { | 
|---|
| 5734 | if (pGenStaticField->GetFieldType() == ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) | 
|---|
| 5735 | { | 
|---|
| 5736 | TypeHandle th = pGenStaticField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); | 
|---|
| 5737 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 5738 |  | 
|---|
| 5739 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5740 |  | 
|---|
| 5741 | // The accessibility check is not necessary for generic fields. The generic fields are copy | 
|---|
| 5742 | // of the regular fields, the only difference is that they have the exact type. | 
|---|
| 5743 | } | 
|---|
| 5744 | pGenStaticField++; | 
|---|
| 5745 | } | 
|---|
| 5746 | } | 
|---|
| 5747 | } | 
|---|
| 5748 |  | 
|---|
| 5749 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 5750 | // Fully load the types of fields associated with a field marshaler when ngenning | 
|---|
| 5751 | if (HasLayout() && GetAppDomain()->IsCompilationDomain() && !IsZapped()) | 
|---|
| 5752 | { | 
|---|
| 5753 | FieldMarshaler* pFM                   = this->GetLayoutInfo()->GetFieldMarshalers(); | 
|---|
| 5754 | UINT  numReferenceFields              = this->GetLayoutInfo()->GetNumCTMFields(); | 
|---|
| 5755 |  | 
|---|
| 5756 | while (numReferenceFields--) | 
|---|
| 5757 | { | 
|---|
| 5758 |  | 
|---|
| 5759 | FieldDesc *pMarshalerField = pFM->GetFieldDesc(); | 
|---|
| 5760 |  | 
|---|
| 5761 | // If the fielddesc pointer here is a token tagged pointer, then the field marshaler that we are | 
|---|
| 5762 | // working with will not need to be saved into this ngen image. And as that was the reason that we | 
|---|
| 5763 | // needed to load this type, thus we will not need to fully load the type associated with this field desc. | 
|---|
| 5764 | // | 
|---|
| 5765 | if (!CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(pMarshalerField)) | 
|---|
| 5766 | { | 
|---|
| 5767 | TypeHandle th = pMarshalerField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level-1)); | 
|---|
| 5768 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 5769 |  | 
|---|
| 5770 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5771 | } | 
|---|
| 5772 | // The accessibility check is not used here to prevent functional differences between ngen and non-ngen scenarios. | 
|---|
| 5773 | ((BYTE*&)pFM) += MAXFIELDMARSHALERSIZE; | 
|---|
| 5774 | } | 
|---|
| 5775 | } | 
|---|
| 5776 | #endif //FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION | 
|---|
| 5777 |  | 
|---|
| 5778 | // Fully load exact parameter types for value type parameters opted into equivalence. This is required in case GC is | 
|---|
| 5779 | // triggered during prestub. GC needs to know where references are on the stack and if the parameter (as read from | 
|---|
| 5780 | // the method signature) is a structure, it relies on the loaded type to get the layout information from. For ordinary | 
|---|
| 5781 | // structures we are guaranteed to have loaded the type before entering prestub - the caller must have loaded it. | 
|---|
| 5782 | // However due to type equivalence, the caller may work with a different type than what's in the method signature. | 
|---|
| 5783 | // | 
|---|
| 5784 | // We deal with situation by eagerly loading types that may cause these problems, i.e. value types in signatures of | 
|---|
| 5785 | // methods introduced by this type. To avoid the perf hit for scenarios without type equivalence, we only preload | 
|---|
| 5786 | // structures that marked as type equivalent. In the no-PIA world | 
|---|
| 5787 | // these structures are called "local types" and are usually generated automatically by the compiler. Note that there | 
|---|
| 5788 | // is a related logic in code:CompareTypeDefsForEquivalence that declares two tokens corresponding to structures as | 
|---|
| 5789 | // equivalent based on an extensive set of equivalency checks.. | 
|---|
| 5790 | // | 
|---|
| 5791 | // To address this situation for NGENed types and methods, we prevent pre-restoring them - see code:ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker | 
|---|
| 5792 | // for details. That forces them to go through the final stages of loading at run-time and hit the same code below. | 
|---|
| 5793 |  | 
|---|
| 5794 | if ((level == CLASS_LOADED) | 
|---|
| 5795 | && (GetCl() != mdTypeDefNil) | 
|---|
| 5796 | && !ContainsGenericVariables() | 
|---|
| 5797 | && (!IsZapped() | 
|---|
| 5798 | || DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs() | 
|---|
| 5799 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5800 | || TRUE // Always load types in debug builds so that we calculate fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs all of the time | 
|---|
| 5801 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5802 | ) | 
|---|
| 5803 | ) | 
|---|
| 5804 | { | 
|---|
| 5805 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator itMethods(this, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 5806 | for (; itMethods.IsValid(); itMethods.Next()) | 
|---|
| 5807 | { | 
|---|
| 5808 | MethodDesc * pMD = itMethods.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 5809 |  | 
|---|
| 5810 | if (IsCompilationProcess()) | 
|---|
| 5811 | { | 
|---|
| 5812 | locals.fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 5813 | EX_TRY | 
|---|
| 5814 | { | 
|---|
| 5815 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameter, &locals); | 
|---|
| 5816 | } | 
|---|
| 5817 | EX_CATCH | 
|---|
| 5818 | { | 
|---|
| 5819 | } | 
|---|
| 5820 | EX_END_CATCH(RethrowTerminalExceptions); | 
|---|
| 5821 |  | 
|---|
| 5822 | // This marks the class as needing restore. | 
|---|
| 5823 | if (locals.fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter && !pMD->IsZapped()) | 
|---|
| 5824 | pMD->SetHasForwardedValuetypeParameter(); | 
|---|
| 5825 | } | 
|---|
| 5826 | else if (pMD->IsZapped() && pMD->HasForwardedValuetypeParameter()) | 
|---|
| 5827 | { | 
|---|
| 5828 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, LoadTypeDefOrRefAssembly, NULL); | 
|---|
| 5829 | locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5830 | } | 
|---|
| 5831 |  | 
|---|
| 5832 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 5833 | if (!pMD->DoesNotHaveEquivalentValuetypeParameters() && pMD->IsVirtual()) | 
|---|
| 5834 | { | 
|---|
| 5835 | locals.fHasEquivalentStructParameter = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 5836 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType, &locals); | 
|---|
| 5837 | if (!locals.fHasEquivalentStructParameter && !IsZapped()) | 
|---|
| 5838 | pMD->SetDoesNotHaveEquivalentValuetypeParameters(); | 
|---|
| 5839 | } | 
|---|
| 5840 | #else | 
|---|
| 5841 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 5842 | if (!IsZapped() && pMD->IsVirtual() && !IsCompilationProcess() ) | 
|---|
| 5843 | { | 
|---|
| 5844 | pMD->PrepareForUseAsADependencyOfANativeImage(); | 
|---|
| 5845 | } | 
|---|
| 5846 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5847 | #endif //FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 5848 | } | 
|---|
| 5849 | } | 
|---|
| 5850 |  | 
|---|
| 5851 | _ASSERTE(!IsZapped() || !IsCanonicalMethodTable() || (level != CLASS_LOADED) || ((!!locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs) == (!!DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs()))); | 
|---|
| 5852 | if (locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs) | 
|---|
| 5853 | { | 
|---|
| 5854 | if (!IsZapped()) | 
|---|
| 5855 | { | 
|---|
| 5856 | // if this type declares a method that has an equivalent or type forwarded structure as a parameter type, | 
|---|
| 5857 | // make sure we come here and pre-load these structure types in NGENed cases as well | 
|---|
| 5858 | SetDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs(); | 
|---|
| 5859 | } | 
|---|
| 5860 | } | 
|---|
| 5861 |  | 
|---|
| 5862 | // The rules for constraint cycles are same as rules for acccess checks | 
|---|
| 5863 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) | 
|---|
| 5864 | { | 
|---|
| 5865 | // Check for cyclical class constraints | 
|---|
| 5866 | { | 
|---|
| 5867 | Instantiation formalParams = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 5868 |  | 
|---|
| 5869 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < formalParams.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 5870 | { | 
|---|
| 5871 | BOOL Bounded(TypeVarTypeDesc *tyvar, DWORD depth); | 
|---|
| 5872 |  | 
|---|
| 5873 | TypeVarTypeDesc *pTyVar = formalParams[i].AsGenericVariable(); | 
|---|
| 5874 | pTyVar->LoadConstraints(CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); | 
|---|
| 5875 | if (!Bounded(pTyVar, formalParams.GetNumArgs())) | 
|---|
| 5876 | { | 
|---|
| 5877 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_VAR_CONSTRAINTS); | 
|---|
| 5878 | } | 
|---|
| 5879 |  | 
|---|
| 5880 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraints(this, pTyVar, E_ACCESSDENIED); | 
|---|
| 5881 | } | 
|---|
| 5882 | } | 
|---|
| 5883 |  | 
|---|
| 5884 | // Check for cyclical method constraints | 
|---|
| 5885 | { | 
|---|
| 5886 | if (GetCl() != mdTypeDefNil)  // Make sure this is actually a metadata type! | 
|---|
| 5887 | { | 
|---|
| 5888 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator itMethods(this, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 5889 | for (; itMethods.IsValid(); itMethods.Next()) | 
|---|
| 5890 | { | 
|---|
| 5891 | MethodDesc * pMD = itMethods.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 5892 |  | 
|---|
| 5893 | if (pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition() && pMD->IsTypicalMethodDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 5894 | { | 
|---|
| 5895 | BOOL fHasCircularClassConstraints = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5896 | BOOL fHasCircularMethodConstraints = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5897 |  | 
|---|
| 5898 | pMD->LoadConstraintsForTypicalMethodDefinition(&fHasCircularClassConstraints, &fHasCircularMethodConstraints, CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); | 
|---|
| 5899 |  | 
|---|
| 5900 | if (fHasCircularClassConstraints) | 
|---|
| 5901 | { | 
|---|
| 5902 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_VAR_CONSTRAINTS); | 
|---|
| 5903 | } | 
|---|
| 5904 | if (fHasCircularMethodConstraints) | 
|---|
| 5905 | { | 
|---|
| 5906 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_MVAR_CONSTRAINTS); | 
|---|
| 5907 | } | 
|---|
| 5908 | } | 
|---|
| 5909 | } | 
|---|
| 5910 | } | 
|---|
| 5911 | } | 
|---|
| 5912 |  | 
|---|
| 5913 | } | 
|---|
| 5914 |  | 
|---|
| 5915 |  | 
|---|
| 5916 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5917 | if (LoggingOn(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000)) | 
|---|
| 5918 | { | 
|---|
| 5919 | SString name; | 
|---|
| 5920 | TypeString::AppendTypeDebug(name, this); | 
|---|
| 5921 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "PHASEDLOAD: Completed full dependency load of type %S\n", name.GetUnicode())); | 
|---|
| 5922 | } | 
|---|
| 5923 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5924 |  | 
|---|
| 5925 | switch (level) | 
|---|
| 5926 | { | 
|---|
| 5927 | case CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED: | 
|---|
| 5928 | SetIsDependenciesLoaded(); | 
|---|
| 5929 |  | 
|---|
| 5930 | #if defined(FEATURE_COMINTEROP) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 5931 | if (WinRTSupported() && g_fEEStarted) | 
|---|
| 5932 | { | 
|---|
| 5933 | _ASSERTE(GetAppDomain() != NULL); | 
|---|
| 5934 |  | 
|---|
| 5935 | AppDomain* pAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); | 
|---|
| 5936 | if (pAppDomain->CanCacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this)) | 
|---|
| 5937 | { | 
|---|
| 5938 | pAppDomain->CacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this); | 
|---|
| 5939 | } | 
|---|
| 5940 | } | 
|---|
| 5941 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP && !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5942 |  | 
|---|
| 5943 | break; | 
|---|
| 5944 |  | 
|---|
| 5945 | case CLASS_LOADED: | 
|---|
| 5946 | if (!IsZapped() && // Constraint checks have been performed for NGened classes already | 
|---|
| 5947 | !IsTypicalTypeDefinition() && | 
|---|
| 5948 | !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) | 
|---|
| 5949 | { | 
|---|
| 5950 | TypeHandle thThis = TypeHandle(this); | 
|---|
| 5951 |  | 
|---|
| 5952 | // If we got here, we about to mark a generic instantiation as fully loaded. Before we do so, | 
|---|
| 5953 | // check to see if has constraints that aren't being satisfied. | 
|---|
| 5954 | SatisfiesClassConstraints(thThis, typicalTypeHnd, pInstContext); | 
|---|
| 5955 |  | 
|---|
| 5956 | } | 
|---|
| 5957 |  | 
|---|
| 5958 | if (locals.fBailed) | 
|---|
| 5959 | { | 
|---|
| 5960 | // We couldn't complete security checks on some dependency because he is already being processed by one of our callers. | 
|---|
| 5961 | // Do not mark this class fully loaded yet. Put him on the pending list and he will be marked fully loaded when | 
|---|
| 5962 | // everything unwinds. | 
|---|
| 5963 |  | 
|---|
| 5964 | *pfBailed = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5965 |  | 
|---|
| 5966 | TypeHandle *pTHPending = pPending->AppendThrowing(); | 
|---|
| 5967 | *pTHPending = TypeHandle(this); | 
|---|
| 5968 | } | 
|---|
| 5969 | else | 
|---|
| 5970 | { | 
|---|
| 5971 | // Finally, mark this method table as fully loaded | 
|---|
| 5972 | SetIsFullyLoaded(); | 
|---|
| 5973 | } | 
|---|
| 5974 | break; | 
|---|
| 5975 |  | 
|---|
| 5976 | default: | 
|---|
| 5977 | _ASSERTE(! "Can't get here."); | 
|---|
| 5978 | break; | 
|---|
| 5979 |  | 
|---|
| 5980 | } | 
|---|
| 5981 |  | 
|---|
| 5982 | if (level >= CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED && IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 5983 | { | 
|---|
| 5984 | // The array type should be loaded, if template method table is loaded | 
|---|
| 5985 | // See also: ArrayBase::SetArrayMethodTable, ArrayBase::SetArrayMethodTableForLargeObject | 
|---|
| 5986 | TypeHandle th = ClassLoader::LoadArrayTypeThrowing(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(), | 
|---|
| 5987 | GetInternalCorElementType(), | 
|---|
| 5988 | GetRank(), | 
|---|
| 5989 | ClassLoader::LoadTypes, | 
|---|
| 5990 | level); | 
|---|
| 5991 | _ASSERTE(th.IsTypeDesc() && th.IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 5992 | _ASSERTE(!(level == CLASS_LOADED && !th.IsFullyLoaded())); | 
|---|
| 5993 | } | 
|---|
| 5994 |  | 
|---|
| 5995 | END_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE; | 
|---|
| 5996 |  | 
|---|
| 5997 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 5998 | } //MethodTable::DoFullyLoad | 
|---|
| 5999 |  | 
|---|
| 6000 |  | 
|---|
| 6001 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6002 |  | 
|---|
| 6003 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 6004 |  | 
|---|
| 6005 | // For a MethodTable in a native image, decode sufficient encoded pointers | 
|---|
| 6006 | // that the TypeKey for this type is recoverable. | 
|---|
| 6007 | // | 
|---|
| 6008 | // For instantiated generic types, we need the generic type arguments, | 
|---|
| 6009 | // the EEClass pointer, and its Module pointer. | 
|---|
| 6010 | // (For non-generic types, the EEClass and Module are always hard bound). | 
|---|
| 6011 | // | 
|---|
| 6012 | // The process is applied recursively e.g. consider C<D<string>[]>. | 
|---|
| 6013 | // It is guaranteed to terminate because types cannot contain cycles in their structure. | 
|---|
| 6014 | // | 
|---|
| 6015 | // Also note that no lock is required; the process of restoring this information is idempotent. | 
|---|
| 6016 | // (Note the atomic action at the end though) | 
|---|
| 6017 | // | 
|---|
| 6018 | void MethodTable::DoRestoreTypeKey() | 
|---|
| 6019 | { | 
|---|
| 6020 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6021 | { | 
|---|
| 6022 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6023 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6024 | } | 
|---|
| 6025 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 6026 |  | 
|---|
| 6027 | // If we have an indirection cell then restore the m_pCanonMT and its module pointer | 
|---|
| 6028 | // | 
|---|
| 6029 | if (union_getLowBits(m_pCanonMT.GetValue()) == UNION_INDIRECTION) | 
|---|
| 6030 | { | 
|---|
| 6031 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw((MethodTable **)(union_getPointer(m_pCanonMT.GetValue())), | 
|---|
| 6032 | GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); | 
|---|
| 6033 | } | 
|---|
| 6034 |  | 
|---|
| 6035 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6036 | if (pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) | 
|---|
| 6037 | { | 
|---|
| 6038 | Module::RestoreModulePointer(pMTForModule->GetModuleOverridePtr(), pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 6039 | } | 
|---|
| 6040 |  | 
|---|
| 6041 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 6042 | { | 
|---|
| 6043 | // | 
|---|
| 6044 | // Restore array element type handle | 
|---|
| 6045 | // | 
|---|
| 6046 | Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointerRaw(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandlePtr(), | 
|---|
| 6047 | GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); | 
|---|
| 6048 | } | 
|---|
| 6049 |  | 
|---|
| 6050 | // Next restore the instantiation and recurse | 
|---|
| 6051 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 6052 | for (DWORD j = 0; j < inst.GetNumArgs(); j++) | 
|---|
| 6053 | { | 
|---|
| 6054 | Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointer(&inst.GetRawArgs()[j], GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); | 
|---|
| 6055 | } | 
|---|
| 6056 |  | 
|---|
| 6057 | FastInterlockAnd(&(EnsureWritablePages(GetWriteableDataForWrite())->m_dwFlags), ~MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_UnrestoredTypeKey); | 
|---|
| 6058 | } | 
|---|
| 6059 |  | 
|---|
| 6060 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6061 | // For a MethodTable in a native image, apply Restore actions | 
|---|
| 6062 | // * Decode any encoded pointers | 
|---|
| 6063 | // * Instantiate static handles | 
|---|
| 6064 | // * Propagate Restore to EEClass | 
|---|
| 6065 | // For array method tables, Restore MUST BE IDEMPOTENT as it can be entered from multiple threads | 
|---|
| 6066 | // For other classes, restore cannot be entered twice because the loader maintains locks | 
|---|
| 6067 | // | 
|---|
| 6068 | // When you actually restore the MethodTable for a generic type, the generic | 
|---|
| 6069 | // dictionary is restored.  That means: | 
|---|
| 6070 | // * Parent slots in the PerInstInfo are restored by this method eagerly.  They are copied down from the | 
|---|
| 6071 | //   parent in code:ClassLoader.LoadExactParentAndInterfacesTransitively | 
|---|
| 6072 | // * Instantiation parameters in the dictionary are restored eagerly when the type is restored.  These are | 
|---|
| 6073 | //   either hard bound pointers, or tagged tokens (fixups). | 
|---|
| 6074 | // * All other dictionary entries are either hard bound pointers or they are NULL (they are cleared when we | 
|---|
| 6075 | //   freeze the Ngen image).  They are *never* tagged tokens. | 
|---|
| 6076 | void MethodTable::Restore() | 
|---|
| 6077 | { | 
|---|
| 6078 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6079 | { | 
|---|
| 6080 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6081 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6082 | PRECONDITION(IsZapped()); | 
|---|
| 6083 | PRECONDITION(!IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 6084 | PRECONDITION(!HasUnrestoredTypeKey()); | 
|---|
| 6085 | } | 
|---|
| 6086 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 6087 |  | 
|---|
| 6088 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 6089 |  | 
|---|
| 6090 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Restore: Restoring type %pT\n", this); | 
|---|
| 6091 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, | 
|---|
| 6092 | "Restoring methodtable %s at "FMT_ADDR ".\n", GetDebugClassName(), DBG_ADDR(this))); | 
|---|
| 6093 |  | 
|---|
| 6094 | // Class pointer should be restored already (in DoRestoreTypeKey) | 
|---|
| 6095 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsClassPointerValid()); | 
|---|
| 6096 |  | 
|---|
| 6097 | // If this isn't the canonical method table itself, then restore the canonical method table | 
|---|
| 6098 | // We will load the canonical method table to level EXACTPARENTS in LoadExactParents | 
|---|
| 6099 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 6100 | { | 
|---|
| 6101 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(GetCanonicalMethodTable(), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 6102 | } | 
|---|
| 6103 |  | 
|---|
| 6104 | // | 
|---|
| 6105 | // Restore parent method table | 
|---|
| 6106 | // | 
|---|
| 6107 | if (IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointerMaybeNull()) | 
|---|
| 6108 | { | 
|---|
| 6109 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(GetParentMethodTableValuePtr(), GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 6110 | } | 
|---|
| 6111 | else | 
|---|
| 6112 | { | 
|---|
| 6113 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(ReadPointer(this, &MethodTable::m_pParentMethodTable, GetFlagHasIndirectParent()), | 
|---|
| 6114 | CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 6115 | } | 
|---|
| 6116 |  | 
|---|
| 6117 | // | 
|---|
| 6118 | // Restore interface classes | 
|---|
| 6119 | // | 
|---|
| 6120 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 6121 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 6122 | { | 
|---|
| 6123 | // Just make sure that approximate interface is loaded. LoadExactParents fill in the exact interface later. | 
|---|
| 6124 | MethodTable * pIftMT; | 
|---|
| 6125 | pIftMT = it.GetInterfaceInfo()->GetApproxMethodTable(GetLoaderModule()); | 
|---|
| 6126 | _ASSERTE(pIftMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6127 | } | 
|---|
| 6128 |  | 
|---|
| 6129 | if (HasCrossModuleGenericStaticsInfo()) | 
|---|
| 6130 | { | 
|---|
| 6131 | MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableData = GetWriteableDataForWrite(); | 
|---|
| 6132 | CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo * pInfo = pWriteableData->GetCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo(); | 
|---|
| 6133 |  | 
|---|
| 6134 | EnsureWritablePages(pWriteableData, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData) + sizeof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo)); | 
|---|
| 6135 |  | 
|---|
| 6136 | pInfo->m_pModuleForStatics = GetLoaderModule(); | 
|---|
| 6137 | } | 
|---|
| 6138 |  | 
|---|
| 6139 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, | 
|---|
| 6140 | "Restored methodtable %s at "FMT_ADDR ".\n", GetDebugClassName(), DBG_ADDR(this))); | 
|---|
| 6141 |  | 
|---|
| 6142 | // This has to be last! | 
|---|
| 6143 | SetIsRestored(); | 
|---|
| 6144 | } | 
|---|
| 6145 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 6146 |  | 
|---|
| 6147 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6148 |  | 
|---|
| 6149 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6150 | BOOL MethodTable::IsExtensibleRCW() | 
|---|
| 6151 | { | 
|---|
| 6152 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6153 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 6154 | return IsComObjectType() && !GetClass()->IsComImport(); | 
|---|
| 6155 | } | 
|---|
| 6156 |  | 
|---|
| 6157 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6158 | OBJECTHANDLE MethodTable::GetOHDelegate() | 
|---|
| 6159 | { | 
|---|
| 6160 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6161 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 6162 | return GetClass()->GetOHDelegate(); | 
|---|
| 6163 | } | 
|---|
| 6164 |  | 
|---|
| 6165 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6166 | void MethodTable::SetOHDelegate (OBJECTHANDLE _ohDelegate) | 
|---|
| 6167 | { | 
|---|
| 6168 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6169 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 6170 | g_IBCLogger.LogEEClassCOWTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 6171 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetOHDelegate(_ohDelegate); | 
|---|
| 6172 | } | 
|---|
| 6173 |  | 
|---|
| 6174 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6175 | // Helper to skip over COM class in the hierarchy | 
|---|
| 6176 | MethodTable* MethodTable::GetComPlusParentMethodTable() | 
|---|
| 6177 | { | 
|---|
| 6178 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6179 | { | 
|---|
| 6180 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6181 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6182 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 6183 | } | 
|---|
| 6184 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 6185 |  | 
|---|
| 6186 | MethodTable* pParent = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6187 |  | 
|---|
| 6188 | if (pParent && pParent->IsComImport()) | 
|---|
| 6189 | { | 
|---|
| 6190 | if (pParent->IsProjectedFromWinRT()) | 
|---|
| 6191 | { | 
|---|
| 6192 | // skip all Com Import classes | 
|---|
| 6193 | do | 
|---|
| 6194 | { | 
|---|
| 6195 | pParent = pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6196 | _ASSERTE(pParent != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6197 | }while(pParent->IsComImport()); | 
|---|
| 6198 |  | 
|---|
| 6199 | // Now we have either System.__ComObject or WindowsRuntime.RuntimeClass | 
|---|
| 6200 | if (pParent != g_pBaseCOMObject) | 
|---|
| 6201 | { | 
|---|
| 6202 | return pParent; | 
|---|
| 6203 | } | 
|---|
| 6204 | } | 
|---|
| 6205 | else | 
|---|
| 6206 | { | 
|---|
| 6207 | // Skip the single ComImport class we expect | 
|---|
| 6208 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6209 | pParent = pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6210 | } | 
|---|
| 6211 | _ASSERTE(!pParent->IsComImport()); | 
|---|
| 6212 |  | 
|---|
| 6213 | // Skip over System.__ComObject, expect System.MarshalByRefObject | 
|---|
| 6214 | pParent=pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6215 | _ASSERTE(pParent != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6216 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6217 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() == g_pObjectClass); | 
|---|
| 6218 | } | 
|---|
| 6219 |  | 
|---|
| 6220 | return pParent; | 
|---|
| 6221 | } | 
|---|
| 6222 |  | 
|---|
| 6223 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTObjectType() | 
|---|
| 6224 | { | 
|---|
| 6225 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6226 |  | 
|---|
| 6227 | // Try to determine if this object represents a WindowsRuntime object - i.e. is either | 
|---|
| 6228 | // ProjectedFromWinRT or derived from a class that is | 
|---|
| 6229 |  | 
|---|
| 6230 | if (!IsComObjectType()) | 
|---|
| 6231 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6232 |  | 
|---|
| 6233 | // Ideally we'd compute this once in BuildMethodTable and track it with another | 
|---|
| 6234 | // flag, but we're now out of bits on m_dwFlags, and this is used very rarely | 
|---|
| 6235 | // so for now we'll just recompute it when necessary. | 
|---|
| 6236 | MethodTable* pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 6237 | do | 
|---|
| 6238 | { | 
|---|
| 6239 | if (pMT->IsProjectedFromWinRT()) | 
|---|
| 6240 | { | 
|---|
| 6241 | // Found a WinRT COM object | 
|---|
| 6242 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6243 | } | 
|---|
| 6244 | if (pMT->IsComImport()) | 
|---|
| 6245 | { | 
|---|
| 6246 | // Found a class that is actually imported from COM but not WinRT | 
|---|
| 6247 | // this is definitely a non-WinRT COM object | 
|---|
| 6248 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6249 | } | 
|---|
| 6250 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6251 | }while(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6252 |  | 
|---|
| 6253 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6254 | } | 
|---|
| 6255 |  | 
|---|
| 6256 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6257 |  | 
|---|
| 6258 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6259 |  | 
|---|
| 6260 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6261 | // Return a pointer to the dictionary for an instantiated type | 
|---|
| 6262 | // Return NULL if not instantiated | 
|---|
| 6263 | PTR_Dictionary MethodTable::GetDictionary() | 
|---|
| 6264 | { | 
|---|
| 6265 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6266 |  | 
|---|
| 6267 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 6268 | { | 
|---|
| 6269 | // The instantiation for this class is stored in the type slots table | 
|---|
| 6270 | // *after* any inherited slots | 
|---|
| 6271 | TADDR base = dac_cast<TADDR>(&(GetPerInstInfo()[GetNumDicts()-1])); | 
|---|
| 6272 | return PerInstInfoElem_t::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(base); | 
|---|
| 6273 | } | 
|---|
| 6274 | else | 
|---|
| 6275 | { | 
|---|
| 6276 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 6277 | } | 
|---|
| 6278 | } | 
|---|
| 6279 |  | 
|---|
| 6280 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6281 | // As above, but assert if an instantiated type is not restored | 
|---|
| 6282 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetInstantiation() | 
|---|
| 6283 | { | 
|---|
| 6284 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6285 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6286 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 6287 | { | 
|---|
| 6288 | PTR_GenericsDictInfo  pDictInfo = GetGenericsDictInfo(); | 
|---|
| 6289 | TADDR base = dac_cast<TADDR>(&(GetPerInstInfo()[pDictInfo->m_wNumDicts-1])); | 
|---|
| 6290 | return Instantiation(PerInstInfoElem_t::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(base)->GetInstantiation(), pDictInfo->m_wNumTyPars); | 
|---|
| 6291 | } | 
|---|
| 6292 | else | 
|---|
| 6293 | { | 
|---|
| 6294 | return Instantiation(); | 
|---|
| 6295 | } | 
|---|
| 6296 | } | 
|---|
| 6297 |  | 
|---|
| 6298 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6299 | // Obtain instantiation from an instantiated type or a pointer to the | 
|---|
| 6300 | // element type of an array | 
|---|
| 6301 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetClassOrArrayInstantiation() | 
|---|
| 6302 | { | 
|---|
| 6303 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6304 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6305 | if (IsArray()) { | 
|---|
| 6306 | return GetArrayInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 6307 | } | 
|---|
| 6308 | else { | 
|---|
| 6309 | return GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 6310 | } | 
|---|
| 6311 | } | 
|---|
| 6312 |  | 
|---|
| 6313 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6314 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetArrayInstantiation() | 
|---|
| 6315 | { | 
|---|
| 6316 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6317 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6318 | _ASSERTE(IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 6319 | return Instantiation((TypeHandle *)&m_ElementTypeHnd, 1); | 
|---|
| 6320 | } | 
|---|
| 6321 |  | 
|---|
| 6322 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6323 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() | 
|---|
| 6324 | { | 
|---|
| 6325 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6326 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6327 |  | 
|---|
| 6328 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the | 
|---|
| 6329 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. | 
|---|
| 6330 |  | 
|---|
| 6331 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 6332 |  | 
|---|
| 6333 | CorElementType ret; | 
|---|
| 6334 |  | 
|---|
| 6335 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) | 
|---|
| 6336 | { | 
|---|
| 6337 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: | 
|---|
| 6338 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6339 | break; | 
|---|
| 6340 |  | 
|---|
| 6341 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: | 
|---|
| 6342 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6343 | break; | 
|---|
| 6344 |  | 
|---|
| 6345 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: | 
|---|
| 6346 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; | 
|---|
| 6347 | break; | 
|---|
| 6348 |  | 
|---|
| 6349 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: | 
|---|
| 6350 | // This path should only be taken for the builtin mscorlib types | 
|---|
| 6351 | // and primitive valuetypes | 
|---|
| 6352 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); | 
|---|
| 6353 | _ASSERTE((ret != ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS) && | 
|---|
| 6354 | (ret != ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE)); | 
|---|
| 6355 | break; | 
|---|
| 6356 |  | 
|---|
| 6357 | default: | 
|---|
| 6358 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; | 
|---|
| 6359 | break; | 
|---|
| 6360 | } | 
|---|
| 6361 |  | 
|---|
| 6362 | // DAC may be targetting a dump; dumps do not guarantee you can retrieve the EEClass from | 
|---|
| 6363 | // the MethodTable so this is not expected to work in a DAC build. | 
|---|
| 6364 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 6365 | if (IsRestored_NoLogging()) | 
|---|
| 6366 | { | 
|---|
| 6367 | PTR_EEClass pClass = GetClass_NoLogging(); | 
|---|
| 6368 | if (ret != pClass->GetInternalCorElementType()) | 
|---|
| 6369 | { | 
|---|
| 6370 | _ASSERTE(! "Mismatched results in MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType"); | 
|---|
| 6371 | } | 
|---|
| 6372 | } | 
|---|
| 6373 | #endif // defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 6374 | return ret; | 
|---|
| 6375 | } | 
|---|
| 6376 |  | 
|---|
| 6377 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6378 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetVerifierCorElementType() | 
|---|
| 6379 | { | 
|---|
| 6380 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6381 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6382 |  | 
|---|
| 6383 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the | 
|---|
| 6384 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. | 
|---|
| 6385 |  | 
|---|
| 6386 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 6387 |  | 
|---|
| 6388 | CorElementType ret; | 
|---|
| 6389 |  | 
|---|
| 6390 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) | 
|---|
| 6391 | { | 
|---|
| 6392 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: | 
|---|
| 6393 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6394 | break; | 
|---|
| 6395 |  | 
|---|
| 6396 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: | 
|---|
| 6397 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6398 | break; | 
|---|
| 6399 |  | 
|---|
| 6400 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: | 
|---|
| 6401 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; | 
|---|
| 6402 | break; | 
|---|
| 6403 |  | 
|---|
| 6404 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: | 
|---|
| 6405 | // | 
|---|
| 6406 | // This is the only difference from MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() | 
|---|
| 6407 | // | 
|---|
| 6408 | if (IsTruePrimitive() || IsEnum()) | 
|---|
| 6409 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); | 
|---|
| 6410 | else | 
|---|
| 6411 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; | 
|---|
| 6412 | break; | 
|---|
| 6413 |  | 
|---|
| 6414 | default: | 
|---|
| 6415 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; | 
|---|
| 6416 | break; | 
|---|
| 6417 | } | 
|---|
| 6418 |  | 
|---|
| 6419 | return ret; | 
|---|
| 6420 | } | 
|---|
| 6421 |  | 
|---|
| 6422 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6423 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetSignatureCorElementType() | 
|---|
| 6424 | { | 
|---|
| 6425 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6426 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 6427 |  | 
|---|
| 6428 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the | 
|---|
| 6429 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. | 
|---|
| 6430 |  | 
|---|
| 6431 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 6432 |  | 
|---|
| 6433 | CorElementType ret; | 
|---|
| 6434 |  | 
|---|
| 6435 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) | 
|---|
| 6436 | { | 
|---|
| 6437 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: | 
|---|
| 6438 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6439 | break; | 
|---|
| 6440 |  | 
|---|
| 6441 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: | 
|---|
| 6442 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; | 
|---|
| 6443 | break; | 
|---|
| 6444 |  | 
|---|
| 6445 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: | 
|---|
| 6446 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; | 
|---|
| 6447 | break; | 
|---|
| 6448 |  | 
|---|
| 6449 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: | 
|---|
| 6450 | // | 
|---|
| 6451 | // This is the only difference from MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() | 
|---|
| 6452 | // | 
|---|
| 6453 | if (IsTruePrimitive()) | 
|---|
| 6454 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); | 
|---|
| 6455 | else | 
|---|
| 6456 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; | 
|---|
| 6457 | break; | 
|---|
| 6458 |  | 
|---|
| 6459 | default: | 
|---|
| 6460 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; | 
|---|
| 6461 | break; | 
|---|
| 6462 | } | 
|---|
| 6463 |  | 
|---|
| 6464 | return ret; | 
|---|
| 6465 | } | 
|---|
| 6466 |  | 
|---|
| 6467 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6468 |  | 
|---|
| 6469 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6470 | void MethodTable::SetInternalCorElementType (CorElementType _NormType) | 
|---|
| 6471 | { | 
|---|
| 6472 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 6473 |  | 
|---|
| 6474 | switch (_NormType) | 
|---|
| 6475 | { | 
|---|
| 6476 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS: | 
|---|
| 6477 | _ASSERTE(!IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 6478 | // Nothing to do | 
|---|
| 6479 | break; | 
|---|
| 6480 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE: | 
|---|
| 6481 | SetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ValueType); | 
|---|
| 6482 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_Mask) == enum_flag_Category_ValueType); | 
|---|
| 6483 | break; | 
|---|
| 6484 | default: | 
|---|
| 6485 | SetFlag(enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType); | 
|---|
| 6486 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_Mask) == enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType); | 
|---|
| 6487 | break; | 
|---|
| 6488 | } | 
|---|
| 6489 |  | 
|---|
| 6490 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetInternalCorElementType(_NormType); | 
|---|
| 6491 | _ASSERTE(GetInternalCorElementType() == _NormType); | 
|---|
| 6492 | } | 
|---|
| 6493 |  | 
|---|
| 6494 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6495 |  | 
|---|
| 6496 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6497 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6498 |  | 
|---|
| 6499 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6500 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLegalWinRTType(OBJECTREF *poref) | 
|---|
| 6501 | { | 
|---|
| 6502 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6503 | { | 
|---|
| 6504 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6505 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6506 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; | 
|---|
| 6507 | PRECONDITION(IsProtectedByGCFrame(poref)); | 
|---|
| 6508 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(poref)); | 
|---|
| 6509 | PRECONDITION((*poref) != NULL); | 
|---|
| 6510 | } | 
|---|
| 6511 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 6512 |  | 
|---|
| 6513 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 6514 | { | 
|---|
| 6515 | BASEARRAYREF arrayRef = (BASEARRAYREF)(*poref); | 
|---|
| 6516 |  | 
|---|
| 6517 | // WinRT array must be one-dimensional array with 0 lower-bound | 
|---|
| 6518 | if (arrayRef->GetRank() == 1 && arrayRef->GetLowerBoundsPtr()[0] == 0) | 
|---|
| 6519 | { | 
|---|
| 6520 | MethodTable *pElementMT = ((BASEARRAYREF)(*poref))->GetArrayElementTypeHandle().GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6521 |  | 
|---|
| 6522 | // Element must be a legal WinRT type and not an array | 
|---|
| 6523 | if (!pElementMT->IsArray() && pElementMT->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) | 
|---|
| 6524 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6525 | } | 
|---|
| 6526 |  | 
|---|
| 6527 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6528 | } | 
|---|
| 6529 | else | 
|---|
| 6530 | { | 
|---|
| 6531 | // Non-Array version of IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType | 
|---|
| 6532 | return IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType(); | 
|---|
| 6533 | } | 
|---|
| 6534 | } | 
|---|
| 6535 | #endif //#ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6536 |  | 
|---|
| 6537 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType() | 
|---|
| 6538 | { | 
|---|
| 6539 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6540 | { | 
|---|
| 6541 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6542 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6543 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 6544 | PRECONDITION(!IsArray()); // arrays are not fully described by MethodTable | 
|---|
| 6545 | } | 
|---|
| 6546 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 6547 |  | 
|---|
| 6548 | if (WinRTTypeNameConverter::IsWinRTPrimitiveType(this)) | 
|---|
| 6549 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6550 |  | 
|---|
| 6551 | // Attributes are not legal | 
|---|
| 6552 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6553 | if (pParentMT == MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ATTRIBUTE)) | 
|---|
| 6554 | { | 
|---|
| 6555 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6556 | } | 
|---|
| 6557 |  | 
|---|
| 6558 | bool fIsRedirected = false; | 
|---|
| 6559 | if (!IsProjectedFromWinRT() && !IsExportedToWinRT()) | 
|---|
| 6560 | { | 
|---|
| 6561 | // If the type is not primitive and not coming from .winmd, it can still be legal if | 
|---|
| 6562 | // it's one of the redirected types (e.g. IEnumerable<T>). | 
|---|
| 6563 | if (!WinRTTypeNameConverter::IsRedirectedType(this)) | 
|---|
| 6564 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6565 |  | 
|---|
| 6566 | fIsRedirected = true; | 
|---|
| 6567 | } | 
|---|
| 6568 |  | 
|---|
| 6569 | if (IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 6570 | { | 
|---|
| 6571 | if (!fIsRedirected) | 
|---|
| 6572 | { | 
|---|
| 6573 | // check fields | 
|---|
| 6574 | ApproxFieldDescIterator fieldIterator(this, ApproxFieldDescIterator::INSTANCE_FIELDS); | 
|---|
| 6575 | for (FieldDesc *pFD = fieldIterator.Next(); pFD != NULL; pFD = fieldIterator.Next()) | 
|---|
| 6576 | { | 
|---|
| 6577 | TypeHandle thField = pFD->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(CLASS_LOAD_EXACTPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 6578 |  | 
|---|
| 6579 | if (thField.IsTypeDesc()) | 
|---|
| 6580 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6581 |  | 
|---|
| 6582 | MethodTable *pFieldMT = thField.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6583 |  | 
|---|
| 6584 | // the only allowed reference types are System.String and types projected from WinRT value types | 
|---|
| 6585 | if (!pFieldMT->IsValueType() && !pFieldMT->IsString()) | 
|---|
| 6586 | { | 
|---|
| 6587 | WinMDAdapter::RedirectedTypeIndex index; | 
|---|
| 6588 | if (!WinRTTypeNameConverter::ResolveRedirectedType(pFieldMT, &index)) | 
|---|
| 6589 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6590 |  | 
|---|
| 6591 | WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind typeKind; | 
|---|
| 6592 | WinMDAdapter::GetRedirectedTypeInfo(index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &typeKind); | 
|---|
| 6593 | if (typeKind != WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind_Struct && typeKind != WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind_Enum) | 
|---|
| 6594 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6595 | } | 
|---|
| 6596 |  | 
|---|
| 6597 | if (!pFieldMT->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) | 
|---|
| 6598 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6599 | } | 
|---|
| 6600 | } | 
|---|
| 6601 | } | 
|---|
| 6602 |  | 
|---|
| 6603 | if (IsInterface() || IsDelegate() || (IsValueType() && fIsRedirected)) | 
|---|
| 6604 | { | 
|---|
| 6605 | // interfaces, delegates, and redirected structures can be generic - check the instantiation | 
|---|
| 6606 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 6607 | { | 
|---|
| 6608 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 6609 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 6610 | { | 
|---|
| 6611 | // arrays are not allowed as generic arguments | 
|---|
| 6612 | if (inst[i].IsArrayType()) | 
|---|
| 6613 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6614 |  | 
|---|
| 6615 | if (inst[i].IsTypeDesc()) | 
|---|
| 6616 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6617 |  | 
|---|
| 6618 | if (!inst[i].AsMethodTable()->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) | 
|---|
| 6619 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6620 | } | 
|---|
| 6621 | } | 
|---|
| 6622 | } | 
|---|
| 6623 | else | 
|---|
| 6624 | { | 
|---|
| 6625 | // generic structures and runtime clases are not supported | 
|---|
| 6626 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 6627 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6628 | } | 
|---|
| 6629 |  | 
|---|
| 6630 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6631 | } | 
|---|
| 6632 |  | 
|---|
| 6633 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6634 | // Returns the default WinRT interface if this is a WinRT class, NULL otherwise. | 
|---|
| 6635 | MethodTable *MethodTable::GetDefaultWinRTInterface() | 
|---|
| 6636 | { | 
|---|
| 6637 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 6638 | { | 
|---|
| 6639 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6640 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6641 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 6642 | } | 
|---|
| 6643 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 6644 |  | 
|---|
| 6645 | if (!IsProjectedFromWinRT() && !IsExportedToWinRT()) | 
|---|
| 6646 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 6647 |  | 
|---|
| 6648 | if (IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 6649 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 6650 |  | 
|---|
| 6651 | // System.Runtime.InteropServices.WindowsRuntime.RuntimeClass is weird | 
|---|
| 6652 | // It is ProjectedFromWinRT but isn't really a WinRT class | 
|---|
| 6653 | if (this == g_pBaseRuntimeClass) | 
|---|
| 6654 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 6655 |  | 
|---|
| 6656 | WinRTClassFactory *pFactory = ::GetComClassFactory(this)->AsWinRTClassFactory(); | 
|---|
| 6657 | return pFactory->GetDefaultInterface(); | 
|---|
| 6658 | } | 
|---|
| 6659 |  | 
|---|
| 6660 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6661 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6662 |  | 
|---|
| 6663 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 6664 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6665 |  | 
|---|
| 6666 | WORD GetEquivalentMethodSlot(MethodTable * pOldMT, MethodTable * pNewMT, WORD wMTslot, BOOL *pfFound) | 
|---|
| 6667 | { | 
|---|
| 6668 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 6669 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6670 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 6671 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 6672 |  | 
|---|
| 6673 | *pfFound = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6674 |  | 
|---|
| 6675 | WORD wVTslot = wMTslot; | 
|---|
| 6676 |  | 
|---|
| 6677 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6678 | // Get the COM vtable slot corresponding to the given MT slot | 
|---|
| 6679 | if (pOldMT->IsSparseForCOMInterop()) | 
|---|
| 6680 | wVTslot = pOldMT->GetClass()->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap()->LookupVTSlot(wMTslot); | 
|---|
| 6681 |  | 
|---|
| 6682 | // If the other MT is not sparse, we can return the COM slot directly | 
|---|
| 6683 | if (!pNewMT->IsSparseForCOMInterop()) | 
|---|
| 6684 | { | 
|---|
| 6685 | if (wVTslot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 6686 | *pfFound = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6687 |  | 
|---|
| 6688 | return wVTslot; | 
|---|
| 6689 | } | 
|---|
| 6690 |  | 
|---|
| 6691 | // Otherwise we iterate over all virtuals in the other MT trying to find a match | 
|---|
| 6692 | for (WORD wSlot = 0; wSlot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals(); wSlot++) | 
|---|
| 6693 | { | 
|---|
| 6694 | if (wVTslot == pNewMT->GetClass()->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap()->LookupVTSlot(wSlot)) | 
|---|
| 6695 | { | 
|---|
| 6696 | *pfFound = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6697 | return wSlot; | 
|---|
| 6698 | } | 
|---|
| 6699 | } | 
|---|
| 6700 |  | 
|---|
| 6701 | _ASSERTE(!*pfFound); | 
|---|
| 6702 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 6703 |  | 
|---|
| 6704 | #else | 
|---|
| 6705 | // No COM means there is no sparse interface | 
|---|
| 6706 | if (wVTslot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 6707 | *pfFound = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6708 |  | 
|---|
| 6709 | return wVTslot; | 
|---|
| 6710 |  | 
|---|
| 6711 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 6712 | } | 
|---|
| 6713 | #endif // #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6714 | #endif // #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE | 
|---|
| 6715 |  | 
|---|
| 6716 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6717 | BOOL | 
|---|
| 6718 | MethodTable::FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry( | 
|---|
| 6719 | UINT32             typeID, | 
|---|
| 6720 | UINT32             slotNumber, | 
|---|
| 6721 | DispatchMapEntry * pEntry) | 
|---|
| 6722 | { | 
|---|
| 6723 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 6724 | // NOTE: LookupDispatchMapType may or may not throw. Currently, it | 
|---|
| 6725 | // should never throw because lazy interface restore is disabled. | 
|---|
| 6726 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6727 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6728 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 6729 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pEntry)); | 
|---|
| 6730 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); | 
|---|
| 6731 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 6732 |  | 
|---|
| 6733 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(HasDispatchMap()); | 
|---|
| 6734 |  | 
|---|
| 6735 | MethodTable * dispatchTokenType = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID); | 
|---|
| 6736 |  | 
|---|
| 6737 | // Search for an exact type match. | 
|---|
| 6738 | { | 
|---|
| 6739 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 6740 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 6741 | { | 
|---|
| 6742 | DispatchMapEntry * pCurEntry = it.Entry(); | 
|---|
| 6743 | if (pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 6744 | { | 
|---|
| 6745 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); | 
|---|
| 6746 | if (pCurEntryType == dispatchTokenType) | 
|---|
| 6747 | { | 
|---|
| 6748 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; | 
|---|
| 6749 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6750 | } | 
|---|
| 6751 | } | 
|---|
| 6752 | } | 
|---|
| 6753 | } | 
|---|
| 6754 |  | 
|---|
| 6755 | // Repeat the search if any variance is involved, allowing a CanCastTo match.  (We do | 
|---|
| 6756 | // this in a separate pass because we want to avoid touching the type | 
|---|
| 6757 | // to see if it has variance or not) | 
|---|
| 6758 | // | 
|---|
| 6759 | // NOTE: CERs are not guaranteed for interfaces with co- and contra-variance involved. | 
|---|
| 6760 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasVariance() || dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 6761 | { | 
|---|
| 6762 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 6763 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 6764 | { | 
|---|
| 6765 | DispatchMapEntry * pCurEntry = it.Entry(); | 
|---|
| 6766 | if (pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 6767 | { | 
|---|
| 6768 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6769 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); | 
|---|
| 6770 | //@TODO: This is currently not guaranteed to work without throwing, | 
|---|
| 6771 | //@TODO: even with lazy interface restore disabled. | 
|---|
| 6772 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasVariance() && | 
|---|
| 6773 | pCurEntryType->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(dispatchTokenType, NULL)) | 
|---|
| 6774 | { | 
|---|
| 6775 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; | 
|---|
| 6776 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6777 | } | 
|---|
| 6778 |  | 
|---|
| 6779 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasInstantiation() && dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence()) | 
|---|
| 6780 | { | 
|---|
| 6781 | if (dispatchTokenType->IsEquivalentTo(pCurEntryType)) | 
|---|
| 6782 | { | 
|---|
| 6783 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; | 
|---|
| 6784 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6785 | } | 
|---|
| 6786 | } | 
|---|
| 6787 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6788 | } | 
|---|
| 6789 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) | 
|---|
| 6790 | if (this->HasTypeEquivalence() && | 
|---|
| 6791 | !dispatchTokenType->HasInstantiation() && | 
|---|
| 6792 | dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence() && | 
|---|
| 6793 | dispatchTokenType->GetClass()->IsEquivalentType()) | 
|---|
| 6794 | { | 
|---|
| 6795 | _ASSERTE(dispatchTokenType->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 6796 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); | 
|---|
| 6797 |  | 
|---|
| 6798 | if (pCurEntryType->IsEquivalentTo(dispatchTokenType)) | 
|---|
| 6799 | { | 
|---|
| 6800 | MethodDesc * pMD = dispatchTokenType->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 6801 | _ASSERTE(FitsIn<WORD>(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 6802 | BOOL fNewSlotFound = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6803 | DWORD newSlot = GetEquivalentMethodSlot( | 
|---|
| 6804 | dispatchTokenType, | 
|---|
| 6805 | pCurEntryType, | 
|---|
| 6806 | static_cast<WORD>(slotNumber), | 
|---|
| 6807 | &fNewSlotFound); | 
|---|
| 6808 | if (fNewSlotFound && (newSlot == pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber())) | 
|---|
| 6809 | { | 
|---|
| 6810 | MethodDesc * pNewMD = pCurEntryType->GetMethodDescForSlot(newSlot); | 
|---|
| 6811 |  | 
|---|
| 6812 | MetaSig msig(pMD); | 
|---|
| 6813 | MetaSig msignew(pNewMD); | 
|---|
| 6814 |  | 
|---|
| 6815 | if (MetaSig::CompareMethodSigs(msig, msignew, FALSE)) | 
|---|
| 6816 | { | 
|---|
| 6817 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; | 
|---|
| 6818 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 6819 | } | 
|---|
| 6820 | } | 
|---|
| 6821 | } | 
|---|
| 6822 | } | 
|---|
| 6823 | #endif | 
|---|
| 6824 | } | 
|---|
| 6825 | } | 
|---|
| 6826 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6827 | } // MethodTable::FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry | 
|---|
| 6828 |  | 
|---|
| 6829 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6830 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDispatchEntryForCurrentType(UINT32 typeID, | 
|---|
| 6831 | UINT32 slotNumber, | 
|---|
| 6832 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry) | 
|---|
| 6833 | { | 
|---|
| 6834 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 6835 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6836 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6837 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 6838 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pEntry)); | 
|---|
| 6839 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); | 
|---|
| 6840 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 6841 |  | 
|---|
| 6842 | BOOL fRes = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 6843 |  | 
|---|
| 6844 | if (HasDispatchMap()) | 
|---|
| 6845 | { | 
|---|
| 6846 | fRes = FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry( | 
|---|
| 6847 | typeID, slotNumber, pEntry); | 
|---|
| 6848 | } | 
|---|
| 6849 |  | 
|---|
| 6850 | return fRes; | 
|---|
| 6851 | } | 
|---|
| 6852 |  | 
|---|
| 6853 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6854 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDispatchEntry(UINT32 typeID, | 
|---|
| 6855 | UINT32 slotNumber, | 
|---|
| 6856 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry) | 
|---|
| 6857 | { | 
|---|
| 6858 | CONTRACT (BOOL) { | 
|---|
| 6859 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 6860 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 6861 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6862 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6863 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || pEntry->IsValid()); | 
|---|
| 6864 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); | 
|---|
| 6865 | } CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 6866 |  | 
|---|
| 6867 | // Start at the current type and work up the inheritance chain | 
|---|
| 6868 | MethodTable *pCurMT = this; | 
|---|
| 6869 | UINT32 iCurInheritanceChainDelta = 0; | 
|---|
| 6870 | while (pCurMT != NULL) | 
|---|
| 6871 | { | 
|---|
| 6872 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pCurMT); | 
|---|
| 6873 | if (pCurMT->FindDispatchEntryForCurrentType( | 
|---|
| 6874 | typeID, slotNumber, pEntry)) | 
|---|
| 6875 | { | 
|---|
| 6876 | RETURN (TRUE); | 
|---|
| 6877 | } | 
|---|
| 6878 | pCurMT = pCurMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 6879 | iCurInheritanceChainDelta++; | 
|---|
| 6880 | } | 
|---|
| 6881 | RETURN (FALSE); | 
|---|
| 6882 | } | 
|---|
| 6883 |  | 
|---|
| 6884 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 6885 | // Possible cases: | 
|---|
| 6886 | //      1. Typed (interface) contract | 
|---|
| 6887 | //          a. To non-virtual implementation (NYI). Just | 
|---|
| 6888 | //             return the DispatchSlot as the implementation | 
|---|
| 6889 | //          b. Mapped virtually to virtual slot on 'this'. Need to | 
|---|
| 6890 | //             further resolve the new 'this' virtual slot. | 
|---|
| 6891 | //      2. 'this' contract | 
|---|
| 6892 | //          a. To non-virtual implementation. Return the DispatchSlot | 
|---|
| 6893 | //             as the implementation. | 
|---|
| 6894 | //          b. Mapped virtually to another virtual slot. Need to further | 
|---|
| 6895 | //             resolve the new slot on 'this'. | 
|---|
| 6896 | BOOL | 
|---|
| 6897 | MethodTable::FindDispatchImpl( | 
|---|
| 6898 | UINT32         typeID, | 
|---|
| 6899 | UINT32         slotNumber, | 
|---|
| 6900 | DispatchSlot * pImplSlot, | 
|---|
| 6901 | BOOL           throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 6902 | { | 
|---|
| 6903 | CONTRACT (BOOL) { | 
|---|
| 6904 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 6905 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 6906 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 6907 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 6908 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pImplSlot)); | 
|---|
| 6909 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || !pImplSlot->IsNull() || IsComObjectType()); | 
|---|
| 6910 | } CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 6911 |  | 
|---|
| 6912 | LOG((LF_LOADER, LL_INFO10000, "SD: MT::FindDispatchImpl: searching %s.\n", GetClass()->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 6913 |  | 
|---|
| 6914 | /////////////////////////////////// | 
|---|
| 6915 | // 1. Typed (interface) contract | 
|---|
| 6916 |  | 
|---|
| 6917 | INDEBUG(MethodTable *dbg_pMTTok = NULL; dbg_pMTTok = this;) | 
|---|
| 6918 | DispatchMapEntry declEntry; | 
|---|
| 6919 | DispatchMapEntry implEntry; | 
|---|
| 6920 |  | 
|---|
| 6921 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 6922 | if (typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS) | 
|---|
| 6923 | { | 
|---|
| 6924 | INDEBUG(dbg_pMTTok = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID)); | 
|---|
| 6925 | DispatchMapEntry e; | 
|---|
| 6926 | if (!FindDispatchEntry(typeID, slotNumber, &e)) | 
|---|
| 6927 | { | 
|---|
| 6928 | // Figure out the interface being called | 
|---|
| 6929 | MethodTable *pIfcMT = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID); | 
|---|
| 6930 |  | 
|---|
| 6931 | // Figure out which method of the interface the caller requested. | 
|---|
| 6932 | MethodDesc * pIfcMD = pIfcMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 6933 |  | 
|---|
| 6934 | // A call to an array thru IList<T> (or IEnumerable<T> or ICollection<T>) has to be handled specially. | 
|---|
| 6935 | // These interfaces are "magic" (mostly due to working set concerned - they are created on demand internally | 
|---|
| 6936 | // even though semantically, these are static interfaces.) | 
|---|
| 6937 | // | 
|---|
| 6938 | // NOTE: CERs are not currently supported with generic array interfaces. | 
|---|
| 6939 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 6940 | { | 
|---|
| 6941 | // At this, we know that we're trying to cast an array to an interface and that the normal static lookup failed. | 
|---|
| 6942 |  | 
|---|
| 6943 | // FindDispatchImpl assumes that the cast is legal so we should be able to assume now that it is a valid | 
|---|
| 6944 | // IList<T> call thru an array. | 
|---|
| 6945 |  | 
|---|
| 6946 | // Get the MT of IList<T> or IReadOnlyList<T> | 
|---|
| 6947 |  | 
|---|
| 6948 |  | 
|---|
| 6949 | // Quick sanity check | 
|---|
| 6950 | if (!(pIfcMT->HasInstantiation())) | 
|---|
| 6951 | { | 
|---|
| 6952 | _ASSERTE(! "Should not have gotten here. If you did, it's probably because multiple interface instantiation hasn't been checked in yet. This code only works on top of that."); | 
|---|
| 6953 | RETURN(FALSE); | 
|---|
| 6954 | } | 
|---|
| 6955 |  | 
|---|
| 6956 | // Get the type of T (as in IList<T>) | 
|---|
| 6957 | TypeHandle theT = pIfcMT->GetInstantiation()[0]; | 
|---|
| 6958 |  | 
|---|
| 6959 | // Retrieve the corresponding method of SZArrayHelper. This is the guy that will actually execute. | 
|---|
| 6960 | // This method will be an instantiation of a generic method. I.e. if the caller requested | 
|---|
| 6961 | // IList<T>.Meth(), he will actually be diverted to SZArrayHelper.Meth<T>(). | 
|---|
| 6962 | MethodDesc * pActualImplementor = GetActualImplementationForArrayGenericIListOrIReadOnlyListMethod(pIfcMD, theT); | 
|---|
| 6963 |  | 
|---|
| 6964 | // Now, construct a DispatchSlot to return in *pImplSlot | 
|---|
| 6965 | DispatchSlot ds(pActualImplementor->GetMethodEntryPoint()); | 
|---|
| 6966 |  | 
|---|
| 6967 | if (pImplSlot != NULL) | 
|---|
| 6968 | { | 
|---|
| 6969 | *pImplSlot = ds; | 
|---|
| 6970 | } | 
|---|
| 6971 |  | 
|---|
| 6972 | RETURN(TRUE); | 
|---|
| 6973 |  | 
|---|
| 6974 | } | 
|---|
| 6975 | else | 
|---|
| 6976 | { | 
|---|
| 6977 | // | 
|---|
| 6978 | // See if we can find a default method from one of the implemented interfaces | 
|---|
| 6979 | // | 
|---|
| 6980 |  | 
|---|
| 6981 | // Try exact match first | 
|---|
| 6982 | MethodDesc *pDefaultMethod = NULL; | 
|---|
| 6983 | BOOL foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation  = FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( | 
|---|
| 6984 | pIfcMD,     // the interface method being resolved | 
|---|
| 6985 | pIfcMT,     // the interface being resolved | 
|---|
| 6986 | &pDefaultMethod, | 
|---|
| 6987 | FALSE, // allowVariance | 
|---|
| 6988 | throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 6989 |  | 
|---|
| 6990 | // If there's no exact match, try a variant match | 
|---|
| 6991 | if (!foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation && pIfcMT->HasVariance()) | 
|---|
| 6992 | { | 
|---|
| 6993 | foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation = FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( | 
|---|
| 6994 | pIfcMD,     // the interface method being resolved | 
|---|
| 6995 | pIfcMT,     // the interface being resolved | 
|---|
| 6996 | &pDefaultMethod, | 
|---|
| 6997 | TRUE, // allowVariance | 
|---|
| 6998 | throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 6999 | } | 
|---|
| 7000 |  | 
|---|
| 7001 | if (foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation) | 
|---|
| 7002 | { | 
|---|
| 7003 | // Now, construct a DispatchSlot to return in *pImplSlot | 
|---|
| 7004 | DispatchSlot ds(pDefaultMethod->GetMethodEntryPoint()); | 
|---|
| 7005 |  | 
|---|
| 7006 | if (pImplSlot != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7007 | { | 
|---|
| 7008 | *pImplSlot = ds; | 
|---|
| 7009 | } | 
|---|
| 7010 |  | 
|---|
| 7011 | RETURN(TRUE); | 
|---|
| 7012 | } | 
|---|
| 7013 | } | 
|---|
| 7014 |  | 
|---|
| 7015 | // This contract is not implemented by this class or any parent class. | 
|---|
| 7016 | RETURN(FALSE); | 
|---|
| 7017 | } | 
|---|
| 7018 |  | 
|---|
| 7019 |  | 
|---|
| 7020 | ///////////////////////////////// | 
|---|
| 7021 | // 1.1. Update the typeID and slotNumber so that the full search can commense below | 
|---|
| 7022 | typeID = TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS; | 
|---|
| 7023 | slotNumber = e.GetTargetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 7024 | } | 
|---|
| 7025 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7026 |  | 
|---|
| 7027 | ////////////////////////////////// | 
|---|
| 7028 | // 2. 'this' contract | 
|---|
| 7029 |  | 
|---|
| 7030 | // Just grab the target out of the vtable | 
|---|
| 7031 | *pImplSlot = GetRestoredSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 7032 |  | 
|---|
| 7033 | // Successfully determined the target for the given target | 
|---|
| 7034 | RETURN (TRUE); | 
|---|
| 7035 | } | 
|---|
| 7036 |  | 
|---|
| 7037 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7038 |  | 
|---|
| 7039 | struct MatchCandidate | 
|---|
| 7040 | { | 
|---|
| 7041 | MethodTable *pMT; | 
|---|
| 7042 | MethodDesc *pMD; | 
|---|
| 7043 | }; | 
|---|
| 7044 |  | 
|---|
| 7045 | void ThrowExceptionForConflictingOverride( | 
|---|
| 7046 | MethodTable *pTargetClass, | 
|---|
| 7047 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT, | 
|---|
| 7048 | MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD) | 
|---|
| 7049 | { | 
|---|
| 7050 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 7051 |  | 
|---|
| 7052 | SString assemblyName; | 
|---|
| 7053 |  | 
|---|
| 7054 | pTargetClass->GetAssembly()->GetDisplayName(assemblyName); | 
|---|
| 7055 |  | 
|---|
| 7056 | SString strInterfaceName; | 
|---|
| 7057 | TypeString::AppendType(strInterfaceName, TypeHandle(pInterfaceMT)); | 
|---|
| 7058 |  | 
|---|
| 7059 | SString strMethodName; | 
|---|
| 7060 | TypeString::AppendMethod(strMethodName, pInterfaceMD, pInterfaceMD->GetMethodInstantiation()); | 
|---|
| 7061 |  | 
|---|
| 7062 | SString strTargetClassName; | 
|---|
| 7063 | TypeString::AppendType(strTargetClassName, pTargetClass); | 
|---|
| 7064 |  | 
|---|
| 7065 | COMPlusThrow( | 
|---|
| 7066 | kNotSupportedException, | 
|---|
| 7067 | IDS_CLASSLOAD_AMBIGUOUS_OVERRIDE, | 
|---|
| 7068 | strMethodName, | 
|---|
| 7069 | strInterfaceName, | 
|---|
| 7070 | strTargetClassName, | 
|---|
| 7071 | assemblyName); | 
|---|
| 7072 | } | 
|---|
| 7073 |  | 
|---|
| 7074 | // Find the default interface implementation method for interface dispatch | 
|---|
| 7075 | // It is either the interface method with default interface method implementation, | 
|---|
| 7076 | // or an most specific interface with an explicit methodimpl overriding the method | 
|---|
| 7077 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( | 
|---|
| 7078 | MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, | 
|---|
| 7079 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT, | 
|---|
| 7080 | MethodDesc **ppDefaultMethod, | 
|---|
| 7081 | BOOL allowVariance, | 
|---|
| 7082 | BOOL throwOnConflict | 
|---|
| 7083 | ) | 
|---|
| 7084 | { | 
|---|
| 7085 | CONTRACT(BOOL) { | 
|---|
| 7086 | INSTANCE_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 7087 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7088 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7089 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7090 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pInterfaceMD)); | 
|---|
| 7091 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pInterfaceMT)); | 
|---|
| 7092 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(ppDefaultMethod)); | 
|---|
| 7093 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || (*ppDefaultMethod) != nullptr); | 
|---|
| 7094 | } CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 7095 |  | 
|---|
| 7096 | #ifdef FEATURE_DEFAULT_INTERFACES | 
|---|
| 7097 | InterfaceMapIterator it = this->IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 7098 |  | 
|---|
| 7099 | CQuickArray<MatchCandidate> candidates; | 
|---|
| 7100 | unsigned candidatesCount = 0; | 
|---|
| 7101 | candidates.AllocThrows(this->GetNumInterfaces()); | 
|---|
| 7102 |  | 
|---|
| 7103 | // | 
|---|
| 7104 | // Walk interface from derived class to parent class | 
|---|
| 7105 | // We went with a straight-forward implementation as in most cases the number of interfaces are small | 
|---|
| 7106 | // and the result of the interface dispatch are already cached. If there are significant usage of default | 
|---|
| 7107 | // interface methods in highly complex interface hierarchies we can revisit this | 
|---|
| 7108 | // | 
|---|
| 7109 | MethodTable *pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 7110 | while (pMT != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7111 | { | 
|---|
| 7112 | MethodTable *pParentMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7113 | unsigned dwParentInterfaces = 0; | 
|---|
| 7114 | if (pParentMT) | 
|---|
| 7115 | dwParentInterfaces = pParentMT->GetNumInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 7116 |  | 
|---|
| 7117 | // Scanning only current class only if the current class have more interface than parent | 
|---|
| 7118 | // (parent interface are laid out first in interface map) | 
|---|
| 7119 | if (pMT->GetNumInterfaces() > dwParentInterfaces) | 
|---|
| 7120 | { | 
|---|
| 7121 | // Only iterate the interfaceimpls on current class | 
|---|
| 7122 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = pMT->IterateInterfaceMapFrom(dwParentInterfaces); | 
|---|
| 7123 | while (!it.Finished()) | 
|---|
| 7124 | { | 
|---|
| 7125 | MethodTable *pCurMT = it.GetInterface(); | 
|---|
| 7126 |  | 
|---|
| 7127 | MethodDesc *pCurMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7128 | if (pCurMT == pInterfaceMT) | 
|---|
| 7129 | { | 
|---|
| 7130 | if (!pInterfaceMD->IsAbstract()) | 
|---|
| 7131 | { | 
|---|
| 7132 | // exact match | 
|---|
| 7133 | pCurMD = pInterfaceMD; | 
|---|
| 7134 | } | 
|---|
| 7135 | } | 
|---|
| 7136 | else if (pCurMT->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) | 
|---|
| 7137 | { | 
|---|
| 7138 | if (pCurMT->HasSameTypeDefAs(pInterfaceMT)) | 
|---|
| 7139 | { | 
|---|
| 7140 | if (allowVariance && !pInterfaceMD->IsAbstract()) | 
|---|
| 7141 | { | 
|---|
| 7142 | // Generic variance match - we'll instantiate pCurMD with the right type arguments later | 
|---|
| 7143 | pCurMD = pInterfaceMD; | 
|---|
| 7144 | } | 
|---|
| 7145 | } | 
|---|
| 7146 | else | 
|---|
| 7147 | { | 
|---|
| 7148 | // | 
|---|
| 7149 | // A more specific interface - search for an methodimpl for explicit override | 
|---|
| 7150 | // Implicit override in default interface methods are not allowed | 
|---|
| 7151 | // | 
|---|
| 7152 | MethodIterator methodIt(pCurMT); | 
|---|
| 7153 | for (; methodIt.IsValid() && pCurMD == NULL; methodIt.Next()) | 
|---|
| 7154 | { | 
|---|
| 7155 | MethodDesc *pMD = methodIt.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 7156 | int targetSlot = pInterfaceMD->GetSlot(); | 
|---|
| 7157 |  | 
|---|
| 7158 | // If this is not a MethodImpl, it can't be implementing the method we're looking for | 
|---|
| 7159 | if (!pMD->IsMethodImpl()) | 
|---|
| 7160 | continue; | 
|---|
| 7161 |  | 
|---|
| 7162 | // We have a MethodImpl - iterate over all the declarations it's implementing, | 
|---|
| 7163 | // looking for the interface method we need. | 
|---|
| 7164 | MethodImpl::Iterator it(pMD); | 
|---|
| 7165 | for (; it.IsValid() && pCurMD == NULL; it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 7166 | { | 
|---|
| 7167 | MethodDesc *pDeclMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 7168 |  | 
|---|
| 7169 | // Is this the right slot? | 
|---|
| 7170 | if (pDeclMD->GetSlot() != targetSlot) | 
|---|
| 7171 | continue; | 
|---|
| 7172 |  | 
|---|
| 7173 | // Is this the right interface? | 
|---|
| 7174 | if (!pDeclMD->HasSameMethodDefAs(pInterfaceMD)) | 
|---|
| 7175 | continue; | 
|---|
| 7176 |  | 
|---|
| 7177 | if (pInterfaceMD->HasClassInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 7178 | { | 
|---|
| 7179 | // pInterfaceMD will be in the canonical form, so we need to check the specific | 
|---|
| 7180 | // instantiation against pInterfaceMT. | 
|---|
| 7181 | // | 
|---|
| 7182 | // The parent of pDeclMD is unreliable for this purpose because it may or | 
|---|
| 7183 | // may not be canonicalized. Let's go from the metadata. | 
|---|
| 7184 |  | 
|---|
| 7185 | SigTypeContext typeContext = SigTypeContext(pCurMT); | 
|---|
| 7186 |  | 
|---|
| 7187 | mdTypeRef tkParent; | 
|---|
| 7188 | IfFailThrow(pMD->GetModule()->GetMDImport()->GetParentToken(it.GetToken(), &tkParent)); | 
|---|
| 7189 |  | 
|---|
| 7190 | MethodTable* pDeclMT = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefOrRefOrSpecThrowing( | 
|---|
| 7191 | pMD->GetModule(), | 
|---|
| 7192 | tkParent, | 
|---|
| 7193 | &typeContext).AsMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7194 |  | 
|---|
| 7195 | // We do CanCastToInterface to also cover variance. | 
|---|
| 7196 | // We already know this is a method on the same type definition as the (generic) | 
|---|
| 7197 | // interface but we need to make sure the instantiations match. | 
|---|
| 7198 | if ((allowVariance && pDeclMT->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) | 
|---|
| 7199 | || pDeclMT == pInterfaceMT) | 
|---|
| 7200 | { | 
|---|
| 7201 | // We have a match | 
|---|
| 7202 | pCurMD = pMD; | 
|---|
| 7203 | } | 
|---|
| 7204 | } | 
|---|
| 7205 | else | 
|---|
| 7206 | { | 
|---|
| 7207 | // No generics involved. If the method definitions match, it's a match. | 
|---|
| 7208 | pCurMD = pMD; | 
|---|
| 7209 | } | 
|---|
| 7210 | } | 
|---|
| 7211 | } | 
|---|
| 7212 | } | 
|---|
| 7213 | } | 
|---|
| 7214 |  | 
|---|
| 7215 | if (pCurMD != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7216 | { | 
|---|
| 7217 | // | 
|---|
| 7218 | // Found a match. But is it a more specific match (we want most specific interfaces) | 
|---|
| 7219 | // | 
|---|
| 7220 | if (pCurMD->HasClassOrMethodInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 7221 | { | 
|---|
| 7222 | // Instantiate the MethodDesc | 
|---|
| 7223 | // We don't want generic dictionary from this pointer - we need pass secret type argument | 
|---|
| 7224 | // from instantiating stubs to resolve ambiguity | 
|---|
| 7225 | pCurMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( | 
|---|
| 7226 | pCurMD, | 
|---|
| 7227 | pCurMT, | 
|---|
| 7228 | FALSE,                  // forceBoxedEntryPoint | 
|---|
| 7229 | pCurMD->HasMethodInstantiation() ? | 
|---|
| 7230 | pCurMD->AsInstantiatedMethodDesc()->IMD_GetMethodInstantiation() : | 
|---|
| 7231 | Instantiation(),    // for method themselves that are generic | 
|---|
| 7232 | FALSE,                  // allowInstParam | 
|---|
| 7233 | TRUE                    // forceRemoteableMethod | 
|---|
| 7234 | ); | 
|---|
| 7235 | } | 
|---|
| 7236 |  | 
|---|
| 7237 | bool needToInsert = true; | 
|---|
| 7238 | bool seenMoreSpecific = false; | 
|---|
| 7239 |  | 
|---|
| 7240 | // We need to maintain the invariant that the candidates are always the most specific | 
|---|
| 7241 | // in all path scaned so far. There might be multiple incompatible candidates | 
|---|
| 7242 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < candidatesCount; ++i) | 
|---|
| 7243 | { | 
|---|
| 7244 | MethodTable *pCandidateMT = candidates[i].pMT; | 
|---|
| 7245 | if (pCandidateMT == NULL) | 
|---|
| 7246 | continue; | 
|---|
| 7247 |  | 
|---|
| 7248 | if (pCandidateMT == pCurMT) | 
|---|
| 7249 | { | 
|---|
| 7250 | // A dup - we are done | 
|---|
| 7251 | needToInsert = false; | 
|---|
| 7252 | break; | 
|---|
| 7253 | } | 
|---|
| 7254 |  | 
|---|
| 7255 | if (allowVariance && pCandidateMT->HasSameTypeDefAs(pCurMT)) | 
|---|
| 7256 | { | 
|---|
| 7257 | // Variant match on the same type - this is a tie | 
|---|
| 7258 | } | 
|---|
| 7259 | else if (pCurMT->CanCastToInterface(pCandidateMT)) | 
|---|
| 7260 | { | 
|---|
| 7261 | // pCurMT is a more specific choice than IFoo/IBar both overrides IBlah : | 
|---|
| 7262 | if (!seenMoreSpecific) | 
|---|
| 7263 | { | 
|---|
| 7264 | seenMoreSpecific = true; | 
|---|
| 7265 | candidates[i].pMT = pCurMT; | 
|---|
| 7266 | candidates[i].pMD = pCurMD; | 
|---|
| 7267 | } | 
|---|
| 7268 | else | 
|---|
| 7269 | { | 
|---|
| 7270 | candidates[i].pMT = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7271 | candidates[i].pMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7272 | } | 
|---|
| 7273 |  | 
|---|
| 7274 | needToInsert = false; | 
|---|
| 7275 | } | 
|---|
| 7276 | else if (pCandidateMT->CanCastToInterface(pCurMT)) | 
|---|
| 7277 | { | 
|---|
| 7278 | // pCurMT is less specific - we don't need to scan more entries as this entry can | 
|---|
| 7279 | // represent pCurMT (other entries are incompatible with pCurMT) | 
|---|
| 7280 | needToInsert = false; | 
|---|
| 7281 | break; | 
|---|
| 7282 | } | 
|---|
| 7283 | else | 
|---|
| 7284 | { | 
|---|
| 7285 | // pCurMT is incompatible - keep scanning | 
|---|
| 7286 | } | 
|---|
| 7287 | } | 
|---|
| 7288 |  | 
|---|
| 7289 | if (needToInsert) | 
|---|
| 7290 | { | 
|---|
| 7291 | ASSERT(candidatesCount < candidates.Size()); | 
|---|
| 7292 | candidates[candidatesCount].pMT = pCurMT; | 
|---|
| 7293 | candidates[candidatesCount].pMD = pCurMD; | 
|---|
| 7294 | candidatesCount++; | 
|---|
| 7295 | } | 
|---|
| 7296 | } | 
|---|
| 7297 |  | 
|---|
| 7298 | it.Next(); | 
|---|
| 7299 | } | 
|---|
| 7300 | } | 
|---|
| 7301 |  | 
|---|
| 7302 | pMT = pParentMT; | 
|---|
| 7303 | } | 
|---|
| 7304 |  | 
|---|
| 7305 | // scan to see if there are any conflicts | 
|---|
| 7306 | // If we are doing second pass (allowing variance), we know don't actually look for | 
|---|
| 7307 | // a conflict anymore, but pick the first match. | 
|---|
| 7308 | MethodTable *pBestCandidateMT = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7309 | MethodDesc *pBestCandidateMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7310 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < candidatesCount; ++i) | 
|---|
| 7311 | { | 
|---|
| 7312 | if (candidates[i].pMT == NULL) | 
|---|
| 7313 | continue; | 
|---|
| 7314 |  | 
|---|
| 7315 | if (pBestCandidateMT == NULL) | 
|---|
| 7316 | { | 
|---|
| 7317 | pBestCandidateMT = candidates[i].pMT; | 
|---|
| 7318 | pBestCandidateMD = candidates[i].pMD; | 
|---|
| 7319 |  | 
|---|
| 7320 | // If this is a second pass lookup, we know this is a variant match. As such | 
|---|
| 7321 | // we pick the first result as the winner and don't look for a conflict. | 
|---|
| 7322 | if (allowVariance) | 
|---|
| 7323 | break; | 
|---|
| 7324 | } | 
|---|
| 7325 | else if (pBestCandidateMT != candidates[i].pMT) | 
|---|
| 7326 | { | 
|---|
| 7327 | if (throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 7328 | ThrowExceptionForConflictingOverride(this, pInterfaceMT, pInterfaceMD); | 
|---|
| 7329 |  | 
|---|
| 7330 | *ppDefaultMethod = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7331 | RETURN(FALSE); | 
|---|
| 7332 | } | 
|---|
| 7333 | } | 
|---|
| 7334 |  | 
|---|
| 7335 | if (pBestCandidateMD != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7336 | { | 
|---|
| 7337 | *ppDefaultMethod = pBestCandidateMD; | 
|---|
| 7338 | RETURN(TRUE); | 
|---|
| 7339 | } | 
|---|
| 7340 | #else | 
|---|
| 7341 | *ppDefaultMethod = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7342 | #endif // FEATURE_DEFAULT_INTERFACES | 
|---|
| 7343 |  | 
|---|
| 7344 | RETURN(FALSE); | 
|---|
| 7345 | } | 
|---|
| 7346 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7347 |  | 
|---|
| 7348 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7349 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlot(UINT32 typeID, UINT32 slotNumber, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 7350 | { | 
|---|
| 7351 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 7352 | STATIC_CONTRACT_SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 7353 | DispatchSlot implSlot(NULL); | 
|---|
| 7354 | FindDispatchImpl(typeID, slotNumber, &implSlot, throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 7355 | return implSlot; | 
|---|
| 7356 | } | 
|---|
| 7357 |  | 
|---|
| 7358 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7359 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlot(DispatchToken tok, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 7360 | { | 
|---|
| 7361 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 7362 | { | 
|---|
| 7363 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7364 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7365 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 7366 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7367 | } | 
|---|
| 7368 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7369 | return FindDispatchSlot(tok.GetTypeID(), tok.GetSlotNumber(), throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 7370 | } | 
|---|
| 7371 |  | 
|---|
| 7372 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7373 |  | 
|---|
| 7374 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7375 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(MethodDesc *pMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 7376 | { | 
|---|
| 7377 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 7378 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMD)); | 
|---|
| 7379 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMD->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7380 | return FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(TypeHandle(pMD->GetMethodTable()), pMD, throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 7381 | } | 
|---|
| 7382 |  | 
|---|
| 7383 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7384 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) | 
|---|
| 7385 | { | 
|---|
| 7386 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 7387 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!ownerType.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 7388 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMD)); | 
|---|
| 7389 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMD->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7390 | return FindDispatchSlot(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->GetTypeID(), pMD->GetSlot(), throwOnConflict); | 
|---|
| 7391 | } | 
|---|
| 7392 |  | 
|---|
| 7393 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7394 | // This is used for reverse methodimpl lookups by ComPlusMethodCall MDs. | 
|---|
| 7395 | // This assumes the following: | 
|---|
| 7396 | //      The methodimpl is for an interfaceToken->slotNumber | 
|---|
| 7397 | //      There is ONLY ONE such mapping for this slot number | 
|---|
| 7398 | //      The mapping exists in this type, not a parent type. | 
|---|
| 7399 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::ReverseInterfaceMDLookup(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 7400 | { | 
|---|
| 7401 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 7402 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7403 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7404 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7405 | DispatchMap::Iterator it(this); | 
|---|
| 7406 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 7407 | { | 
|---|
| 7408 | if (it.Entry()->GetTargetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 7409 | { | 
|---|
| 7410 | DispatchMapTypeID typeID = it.Entry()->GetTypeID(); | 
|---|
| 7411 | _ASSERTE(!typeID.IsThisClass()); | 
|---|
| 7412 | UINT32 slotNum = it.Entry()->GetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 7413 | MethodTable * pMTItf = LookupDispatchMapType(typeID); | 
|---|
| 7414 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMTItf)); | 
|---|
| 7415 |  | 
|---|
| 7416 | MethodDesc *pCanonMD = pMTItf->GetMethodDescForSlot((DWORD)slotNum); | 
|---|
| 7417 | return MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( | 
|---|
| 7418 | pCanonMD, | 
|---|
| 7419 | pMTItf, | 
|---|
| 7420 | FALSE,              // forceBoxedEntryPoint | 
|---|
| 7421 | Instantiation(),    // methodInst | 
|---|
| 7422 | FALSE,              // allowInstParam | 
|---|
| 7423 | TRUE);              // forceRemotableMethod | 
|---|
| 7424 | } | 
|---|
| 7425 | } | 
|---|
| 7426 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 7427 | } | 
|---|
| 7428 |  | 
|---|
| 7429 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7430 | UINT32 MethodTable::GetTypeID() | 
|---|
| 7431 | { | 
|---|
| 7432 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 7433 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7434 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7435 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7436 |  | 
|---|
| 7437 | PTR_MethodTable pMT = PTR_MethodTable(this); | 
|---|
| 7438 |  | 
|---|
| 7439 | return GetDomain()->GetTypeID(pMT); | 
|---|
| 7440 | } | 
|---|
| 7441 |  | 
|---|
| 7442 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7443 | UINT32 MethodTable::LookupTypeID() | 
|---|
| 7444 | { | 
|---|
| 7445 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 7446 | { | 
|---|
| 7447 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 7448 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 7449 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 7450 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7451 | } | 
|---|
| 7452 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7453 | PTR_MethodTable pMT = PTR_MethodTable(this); | 
|---|
| 7454 |  | 
|---|
| 7455 | return GetDomain()->LookupTypeID(pMT); | 
|---|
| 7456 | } | 
|---|
| 7457 |  | 
|---|
| 7458 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7459 | BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsInterfaceWithSameSlotsAsParent(MethodTable *pItfMT, MethodTable *pParentMT) | 
|---|
| 7460 | { | 
|---|
| 7461 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 7462 | { | 
|---|
| 7463 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7464 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7465 | PRECONDITION(!IsInterface() && !pParentMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7466 | PRECONDITION(pItfMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7467 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7468 |  | 
|---|
| 7469 | MethodTable *pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 7470 | do | 
|---|
| 7471 | { | 
|---|
| 7472 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); | 
|---|
| 7473 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 7474 | { | 
|---|
| 7475 | DispatchMapEntry *pCurEntry = it.Entry(); | 
|---|
| 7476 | if (LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()) == pItfMT) | 
|---|
| 7477 | { | 
|---|
| 7478 | // this class and its parents up to pParentMT must have no mappings for the interface | 
|---|
| 7479 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 7480 | } | 
|---|
| 7481 | } | 
|---|
| 7482 |  | 
|---|
| 7483 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7484 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 7485 | } | 
|---|
| 7486 | while (pMT != pParentMT); | 
|---|
| 7487 |  | 
|---|
| 7488 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 7489 | } | 
|---|
| 7490 |  | 
|---|
| 7491 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7492 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameInterfaceImplementationAsParent(MethodTable *pItfMT, MethodTable *pParentMT) | 
|---|
| 7493 | { | 
|---|
| 7494 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 7495 | { | 
|---|
| 7496 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7497 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7498 | PRECONDITION(!IsInterface() && !pParentMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7499 | PRECONDITION(pItfMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 7500 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7501 |  | 
|---|
| 7502 | if (!ImplementsInterfaceWithSameSlotsAsParent(pItfMT, pParentMT)) | 
|---|
| 7503 | { | 
|---|
| 7504 | // if the slots are not same, this class reimplements the interface | 
|---|
| 7505 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 7506 | } | 
|---|
| 7507 |  | 
|---|
| 7508 | // The target slots are the same, but they can still be overriden. We'll iterate | 
|---|
| 7509 | // the dispatch map beginning with pParentMT up the hierarchy and for each pItfMT | 
|---|
| 7510 | // entry check the target slot contents (pParentMT vs. this class). A mismatch | 
|---|
| 7511 | // means that there is an override. We'll keep track of source (interface) slots | 
|---|
| 7512 | // we have seen so that we can ignore entries higher in the hierarchy that are no | 
|---|
| 7513 | // longer in effect at pParentMT level. | 
|---|
| 7514 | BitMask bitMask; | 
|---|
| 7515 |  | 
|---|
| 7516 | WORD wSeenSlots = 0; | 
|---|
| 7517 | WORD wTotalSlots = pItfMT->GetNumVtableSlots(); | 
|---|
| 7518 |  | 
|---|
| 7519 | MethodTable *pMT = pParentMT; | 
|---|
| 7520 | do | 
|---|
| 7521 | { | 
|---|
| 7522 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); | 
|---|
| 7523 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 7524 | { | 
|---|
| 7525 | DispatchMapEntry *pCurEntry = it.Entry(); | 
|---|
| 7526 | if (LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()) == pItfMT) | 
|---|
| 7527 | { | 
|---|
| 7528 | UINT32 ifaceSlot = pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 7529 | if (!bitMask.TestBit(ifaceSlot)) | 
|---|
| 7530 | { | 
|---|
| 7531 | bitMask.SetBit(ifaceSlot); | 
|---|
| 7532 |  | 
|---|
| 7533 | UINT32 targetSlot = pCurEntry->GetTargetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 7534 | if (GetRestoredSlot(targetSlot) != pParentMT->GetRestoredSlot(targetSlot)) | 
|---|
| 7535 | { | 
|---|
| 7536 | // the target slot is overriden | 
|---|
| 7537 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 7538 | } | 
|---|
| 7539 |  | 
|---|
| 7540 | if (++wSeenSlots == wTotalSlots) | 
|---|
| 7541 | { | 
|---|
| 7542 | // we've resolved all slots, no reason to continue | 
|---|
| 7543 | break; | 
|---|
| 7544 | } | 
|---|
| 7545 | } | 
|---|
| 7546 | } | 
|---|
| 7547 | } | 
|---|
| 7548 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7549 | } | 
|---|
| 7550 | while (pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 7551 |  | 
|---|
| 7552 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 7553 | } | 
|---|
| 7554 |  | 
|---|
| 7555 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7556 |  | 
|---|
| 7557 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7558 | MethodTable * MethodTable::LookupDispatchMapType(DispatchMapTypeID typeID) | 
|---|
| 7559 | { | 
|---|
| 7560 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 7561 | WRAPPER(THROWS); | 
|---|
| 7562 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7563 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7564 |  | 
|---|
| 7565 | _ASSERTE(!typeID.IsThisClass()); | 
|---|
| 7566 |  | 
|---|
| 7567 | InterfaceMapIterator intIt = IterateInterfaceMapFrom(typeID.GetInterfaceNum()); | 
|---|
| 7568 | return intIt.GetInterface(); | 
|---|
| 7569 | } | 
|---|
| 7570 |  | 
|---|
| 7571 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7572 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetIntroducingMethodDesc(DWORD slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 7573 | { | 
|---|
| 7574 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 7575 | { | 
|---|
| 7576 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 7577 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 7578 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 7579 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7580 | } | 
|---|
| 7581 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7582 |  | 
|---|
| 7583 | MethodDesc * pCurrentMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 7584 | DWORD        dwSlot = pCurrentMD->GetSlot(); | 
|---|
| 7585 | MethodDesc * pIntroducingMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7586 |  | 
|---|
| 7587 | MethodTable * pParentType = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7588 | MethodTable * pPrevParentType = NULL; | 
|---|
| 7589 |  | 
|---|
| 7590 | // Find this method in the parent. | 
|---|
| 7591 | // If it does exist in the parent, it would be at the same vtable slot. | 
|---|
| 7592 | while ((pParentType != NULL) && | 
|---|
| 7593 | (dwSlot < pParentType->GetNumVirtuals())) | 
|---|
| 7594 | { | 
|---|
| 7595 | pPrevParentType = pParentType; | 
|---|
| 7596 | pParentType = pParentType->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7597 | } | 
|---|
| 7598 |  | 
|---|
| 7599 | if (pPrevParentType != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7600 | { | 
|---|
| 7601 | pIntroducingMD = pPrevParentType->GetMethodDescForSlot(dwSlot); | 
|---|
| 7602 | } | 
|---|
| 7603 |  | 
|---|
| 7604 | return pIntroducingMD; | 
|---|
| 7605 | } | 
|---|
| 7606 |  | 
|---|
| 7607 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7608 | // There is a case where a method declared in a type can be explicitly | 
|---|
| 7609 | // overridden by a methodImpl on another method within the same type. In | 
|---|
| 7610 | // this case, we need to call the methodImpl target, and this will map | 
|---|
| 7611 | // things appropriately for us. | 
|---|
| 7612 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::MapMethodDeclToMethodImpl(MethodDesc * pMDDecl) | 
|---|
| 7613 | { | 
|---|
| 7614 | STATIC_CONTRACT_THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7615 | STATIC_CONTRACT_GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7616 |  | 
|---|
| 7617 | MethodTable * pMT = pMDDecl->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 7618 |  | 
|---|
| 7619 | // | 
|---|
| 7620 | // Fast negative case check | 
|---|
| 7621 | // | 
|---|
| 7622 |  | 
|---|
| 7623 | // If it's not virtual, then it could not have been methodImpl'd. | 
|---|
| 7624 | if (!pMDDecl->IsVirtual() || | 
|---|
| 7625 | // Is it a non-virtual call to the instantiating stub | 
|---|
| 7626 | (pMT->IsValueType() && !pMDDecl->IsUnboxingStub())) | 
|---|
| 7627 | { | 
|---|
| 7628 | return pMDDecl; | 
|---|
| 7629 | } | 
|---|
| 7630 |  | 
|---|
| 7631 | MethodDesc * pMDImpl = pMT->GetParallelMethodDesc(pMDDecl); | 
|---|
| 7632 |  | 
|---|
| 7633 | // If the method is instantiated, then we need to resolve to the corresponding | 
|---|
| 7634 | // instantiated MD for the new slot number. | 
|---|
| 7635 | if (pMDDecl->HasMethodInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 7636 | { | 
|---|
| 7637 | if (pMDDecl->GetSlot() != pMDImpl->GetSlot()) | 
|---|
| 7638 | { | 
|---|
| 7639 | if (!pMDDecl->IsGenericMethodDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 7640 | { | 
|---|
| 7641 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7642 | pMDImpl = pMDDecl->FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( | 
|---|
| 7643 | pMDImpl, | 
|---|
| 7644 | pMT, | 
|---|
| 7645 | pMDDecl->IsUnboxingStub(), | 
|---|
| 7646 | pMDDecl->GetMethodInstantiation(), | 
|---|
| 7647 | pMDDecl->IsInstantiatingStub()); | 
|---|
| 7648 | #else | 
|---|
| 7649 | DacNotImpl(); | 
|---|
| 7650 | #endif | 
|---|
| 7651 | } | 
|---|
| 7652 | } | 
|---|
| 7653 | else | 
|---|
| 7654 | { | 
|---|
| 7655 | // Since the generic method definition is always in the actual | 
|---|
| 7656 | // slot for the method table, and since the slot numbers for | 
|---|
| 7657 | // the Decl and Impl MDs are the same, then the call to | 
|---|
| 7658 | // FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc would just result in the | 
|---|
| 7659 | // same pMDDecl being returned. In this case, we can skip all | 
|---|
| 7660 | // the work. | 
|---|
| 7661 | pMDImpl = pMDDecl; | 
|---|
| 7662 | } | 
|---|
| 7663 | } | 
|---|
| 7664 |  | 
|---|
| 7665 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMDImpl)); | 
|---|
| 7666 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!pMDImpl->IsGenericMethodDefinition()); | 
|---|
| 7667 | return pMDImpl; | 
|---|
| 7668 | } // MethodTable::MapMethodDeclToMethodImpl | 
|---|
| 7669 |  | 
|---|
| 7670 |  | 
|---|
| 7671 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7672 | HRESULT MethodTable::GetGuidNoThrow(GUID *pGuid, BOOL bGenerateIfNotFound, BOOL bClassic /*= TRUE*/) | 
|---|
| 7673 | { | 
|---|
| 7674 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 7675 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 7676 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7677 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7678 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 7679 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7680 |  | 
|---|
| 7681 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; | 
|---|
| 7682 | EX_TRY | 
|---|
| 7683 | { | 
|---|
| 7684 | GetGuid(pGuid, bGenerateIfNotFound, bClassic); | 
|---|
| 7685 | } | 
|---|
| 7686 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); | 
|---|
| 7687 |  | 
|---|
| 7688 | // ensure we return a failure hr when pGuid is not filled in | 
|---|
| 7689 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && (*pGuid == GUID_NULL)) | 
|---|
| 7690 | hr = E_FAIL; | 
|---|
| 7691 |  | 
|---|
| 7692 | return hr; | 
|---|
| 7693 | } | 
|---|
| 7694 |  | 
|---|
| 7695 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7696 | // Returns the GUID of this MethodTable. | 
|---|
| 7697 | // If metadata does not specify GUID for the type, GUID_NULL is returned (if bGenerateIfNotFound | 
|---|
| 7698 | // is FALSE) or a GUID is auto-generated on the fly from the name and members of the type | 
|---|
| 7699 | // (bGenerateIfNotFound is TRUE). | 
|---|
| 7700 | // | 
|---|
| 7701 | // Redirected WinRT types may have two GUIDs, the "classic" one which matches the return value | 
|---|
| 7702 | // of Type.Guid, and the new one which is the GUID of the WinRT type to which it is redirected. | 
|---|
| 7703 | // The bClassic parameter controls which one is returned from this method. Note that the parameter | 
|---|
| 7704 | // is ignored for genuine WinRT types, i.e. types loaded from .winmd files, those always return | 
|---|
| 7705 | // the new GUID. | 
|---|
| 7706 | // | 
|---|
| 7707 | void MethodTable::GetGuid(GUID *pGuid, BOOL bGenerateIfNotFound, BOOL bClassic /*=TRUE*/) | 
|---|
| 7708 | { | 
|---|
| 7709 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 7710 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 7711 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 7712 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 7713 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 7714 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 7715 |  | 
|---|
| 7716 |  | 
|---|
| 7717 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7718 |  | 
|---|
| 7719 | _ASSERTE(pGuid != NULL); | 
|---|
| 7720 | PTR_GuidInfo pGuidInfo = (bClassic ? GetClass()->GetGuidInfo() : GetGuidInfo()); | 
|---|
| 7721 | if (pGuidInfo != NULL) | 
|---|
| 7722 | *pGuid = pGuidInfo->m_Guid; | 
|---|
| 7723 | else | 
|---|
| 7724 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; | 
|---|
| 7725 |  | 
|---|
| 7726 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7727 |  | 
|---|
| 7728 | SIZE_T      cchName = 0;            // Length of the name (possibly after decoration). | 
|---|
| 7729 | SIZE_T      cbCur;                  // Current offset. | 
|---|
| 7730 | LPCWSTR     szName = NULL;          // Name to turn to a guid. | 
|---|
| 7731 | CQuickArray<BYTE> rName;            // Buffer to accumulate signatures. | 
|---|
| 7732 | BOOL        bGenerated = FALSE;     // A flag indicating if we generated the GUID from name. | 
|---|
| 7733 |  | 
|---|
| 7734 | _ASSERTE(pGuid != NULL); | 
|---|
| 7735 |  | 
|---|
| 7736 | // Use the per-EEClass GuidInfo if we are asked for the "classic" non-WinRT GUID of non-WinRT type | 
|---|
| 7737 | GuidInfo *pInfo = ((bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) ? GetClass()->GetGuidInfo() : GetGuidInfo()); | 
|---|
| 7738 |  | 
|---|
| 7739 | // First check to see if we have already cached the guid for this type. | 
|---|
| 7740 | // We currently only cache guids on interfaces and WinRT delegates. | 
|---|
| 7741 | // In classic mode, though, ensure we don't retrieve the GuidInfo for redirected interfaces | 
|---|
| 7742 | if ((IsInterface() || IsWinRTDelegate()) && pInfo != NULL | 
|---|
| 7743 | && (!bClassic || !SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected))) | 
|---|
| 7744 | { | 
|---|
| 7745 | if (pInfo->m_bGeneratedFromName) | 
|---|
| 7746 | { | 
|---|
| 7747 | // If the GUID was generated from the name then only return it | 
|---|
| 7748 | // if bGenerateIfNotFound is set. | 
|---|
| 7749 | if (bGenerateIfNotFound) | 
|---|
| 7750 | *pGuid = pInfo->m_Guid; | 
|---|
| 7751 | else | 
|---|
| 7752 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; | 
|---|
| 7753 | } | 
|---|
| 7754 | else | 
|---|
| 7755 | { | 
|---|
| 7756 | *pGuid = pInfo->m_Guid; | 
|---|
| 7757 | } | 
|---|
| 7758 | return; | 
|---|
| 7759 | } | 
|---|
| 7760 |  | 
|---|
| 7761 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7762 | if ((SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeProjected)) | 
|---|
| 7763 | || (!bClassic | 
|---|
| 7764 | && SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected) | 
|---|
| 7765 | && IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType())) | 
|---|
| 7766 | { | 
|---|
| 7767 | // Closed generic WinRT interfaces/delegates have their GUID computed | 
|---|
| 7768 | // based on the "PIID" in metadata and the instantiation. | 
|---|
| 7769 | // Note that we explicitly do this computation for redirected mscorlib | 
|---|
| 7770 | // interfaces only if !bClassic, so typeof(Enumerable<T>).GUID | 
|---|
| 7771 | // for example still returns the same result as pre-v4.5 runtimes. | 
|---|
| 7772 | // ComputeGuidForGenericType() may throw for generics nested beyond 64 levels. | 
|---|
| 7773 | WinRTGuidGenerator::ComputeGuidForGenericType(this, pGuid); | 
|---|
| 7774 |  | 
|---|
| 7775 | // This GUID is per-instantiation so make sure that the cache | 
|---|
| 7776 | // where we are going to keep it is per-instantiation as well. | 
|---|
| 7777 | _ASSERTE(IsCanonicalMethodTable() || HasGuidInfo()); | 
|---|
| 7778 | } | 
|---|
| 7779 | else | 
|---|
| 7780 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7781 | if (GetClass()->HasNoGuid()) | 
|---|
| 7782 | { | 
|---|
| 7783 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; | 
|---|
| 7784 | } | 
|---|
| 7785 | else | 
|---|
| 7786 | { | 
|---|
| 7787 | // If there is a GUID in the metadata then return that. | 
|---|
| 7788 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetItemGuid(GetCl(), pGuid)); | 
|---|
| 7789 |  | 
|---|
| 7790 | if (*pGuid == GUID_NULL) | 
|---|
| 7791 | { | 
|---|
| 7792 | // Remember that we didn't find the GUID, so we can skip looking during | 
|---|
| 7793 | // future checks. (Note that this is a very important optimization in the | 
|---|
| 7794 | // prejit case.) | 
|---|
| 7795 | g_IBCLogger.LogEEClassCOWTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 7796 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetHasNoGuid(); | 
|---|
| 7797 | } | 
|---|
| 7798 | } | 
|---|
| 7799 |  | 
|---|
| 7800 | if (*pGuid == GUID_NULL && bGenerateIfNotFound) | 
|---|
| 7801 | { | 
|---|
| 7802 | // For interfaces, concatenate the signatures of the methods and fields. | 
|---|
| 7803 | if (!IsNilToken(GetCl()) && IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 7804 | { | 
|---|
| 7805 | // Retrieve the stringized interface definition. | 
|---|
| 7806 | cbCur = GetStringizedItfDef(TypeHandle(this), rName); | 
|---|
| 7807 |  | 
|---|
| 7808 | // Pad up to a whole WCHAR. | 
|---|
| 7809 | if (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) | 
|---|
| 7810 | { | 
|---|
| 7811 | SIZE_T cbDelta = sizeof(WCHAR) - (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)); | 
|---|
| 7812 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + cbDelta); | 
|---|
| 7813 | memset(rName.Ptr() + cbCur, 0, cbDelta); | 
|---|
| 7814 | cbCur += cbDelta; | 
|---|
| 7815 | } | 
|---|
| 7816 |  | 
|---|
| 7817 | // Point to the new buffer. | 
|---|
| 7818 | cchName = cbCur / sizeof(WCHAR); | 
|---|
| 7819 | szName = reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()); | 
|---|
| 7820 | } | 
|---|
| 7821 | else | 
|---|
| 7822 | { | 
|---|
| 7823 | // Get the name of the class. | 
|---|
| 7824 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(); | 
|---|
| 7825 | szName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassNestedAwareW(this); | 
|---|
| 7826 | if (szName == NULL) | 
|---|
| 7827 | return; | 
|---|
| 7828 | cchName = wcslen(szName); | 
|---|
| 7829 |  | 
|---|
| 7830 | // Enlarge buffer for class name. | 
|---|
| 7831 | cbCur = cchName * sizeof(WCHAR); | 
|---|
| 7832 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + sizeof(WCHAR)); | 
|---|
| 7833 | wcscpy_s(reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()), cchName + 1, szName); | 
|---|
| 7834 |  | 
|---|
| 7835 | // Add the assembly guid string to the class name. | 
|---|
| 7836 | ULONG cbCurOUT = (ULONG)cbCur; | 
|---|
| 7837 | IfFailThrow(GetStringizedTypeLibGuidForAssembly(GetAssembly(), rName, (ULONG)cbCur, &cbCurOUT)); | 
|---|
| 7838 | cbCur = (SIZE_T) cbCurOUT; | 
|---|
| 7839 |  | 
|---|
| 7840 | // Pad to a whole WCHAR. | 
|---|
| 7841 | if (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) | 
|---|
| 7842 | { | 
|---|
| 7843 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + sizeof(WCHAR)-(cbCur%sizeof(WCHAR))); | 
|---|
| 7844 | while (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) | 
|---|
| 7845 | rName[cbCur++] = 0; | 
|---|
| 7846 | } | 
|---|
| 7847 |  | 
|---|
| 7848 | // Point to the new buffer. | 
|---|
| 7849 | szName = reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()); | 
|---|
| 7850 | cchName = cbCur / sizeof(WCHAR); | 
|---|
| 7851 | // Dont' want to have to pad. | 
|---|
| 7852 | _ASSERTE((sizeof(GUID) % sizeof(WCHAR)) == 0); | 
|---|
| 7853 | } | 
|---|
| 7854 |  | 
|---|
| 7855 | // Generate guid from name. | 
|---|
| 7856 | CorGuidFromNameW(pGuid, szName, cchName); | 
|---|
| 7857 |  | 
|---|
| 7858 | // Remeber we generated the guid from the type name. | 
|---|
| 7859 | bGenerated = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 7860 | } | 
|---|
| 7861 |  | 
|---|
| 7862 | // Cache the guid in the type, if not already cached. | 
|---|
| 7863 | // We currently only do this for interfaces. | 
|---|
| 7864 | // Also, in classic mode do NOT cache GUID for redirected interfaces. | 
|---|
| 7865 | if ((IsInterface() || IsWinRTDelegate()) && (pInfo == NULL) && (*pGuid != GUID_NULL) | 
|---|
| 7866 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7867 | && !(bClassic | 
|---|
| 7868 | && SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected) | 
|---|
| 7869 | && IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) | 
|---|
| 7870 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7871 | ) | 
|---|
| 7872 | { | 
|---|
| 7873 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; | 
|---|
| 7874 | BOOL bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = false; | 
|---|
| 7875 | PTR_LoaderAllocator pLoaderAllocator; | 
|---|
| 7876 |  | 
|---|
| 7877 | #if FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7878 | if ((bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) || !HasGuidInfo()) | 
|---|
| 7879 | { | 
|---|
| 7880 | bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = true; | 
|---|
| 7881 | } | 
|---|
| 7882 | #else | 
|---|
| 7883 | // We will always store the GuidInfo on the methodTable. | 
|---|
| 7884 | bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = true; | 
|---|
| 7885 | #endif | 
|---|
| 7886 | if(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass) | 
|---|
| 7887 | { | 
|---|
| 7888 | // Since the GUIDInfo will be stored on the EEClass, | 
|---|
| 7889 | // the memory should be allocated on the loaderAllocator of the class. | 
|---|
| 7890 | // The definining module and the loaded module could be different in some scenarios. | 
|---|
| 7891 | // For example - in case of shared generic instantiations | 
|---|
| 7892 | // a shared generic i.e. System.__Canon which would be loaded in shared domain | 
|---|
| 7893 | // but the this->GetLoaderAllocator will be the loader allocator for the definining | 
|---|
| 7894 | // module which can get unloaded anytime. | 
|---|
| 7895 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 7896 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()->GetMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 7897 | pLoaderAllocator = GetClass()->GetMethodTable()->GetLoaderAllocator(); | 
|---|
| 7898 | } | 
|---|
| 7899 | else | 
|---|
| 7900 | { | 
|---|
| 7901 | pLoaderAllocator = GetLoaderAllocator(); | 
|---|
| 7902 | } | 
|---|
| 7903 |  | 
|---|
| 7904 | _ASSERTE(pLoaderAllocator); | 
|---|
| 7905 |  | 
|---|
| 7906 | // Allocate the guid information. | 
|---|
| 7907 | pInfo = (GuidInfo *)amTracker.Track( | 
|---|
| 7908 | pLoaderAllocator->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(GuidInfo)))); | 
|---|
| 7909 | pInfo->m_Guid = *pGuid; | 
|---|
| 7910 | pInfo->m_bGeneratedFromName = bGenerated; | 
|---|
| 7911 |  | 
|---|
| 7912 | // Set in in the interface method table. | 
|---|
| 7913 | if (bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) | 
|---|
| 7914 | { | 
|---|
| 7915 | // Set the per-EEClass GuidInfo if we are asked for the "classic" non-WinRT GUID. | 
|---|
| 7916 | // The MethodTable may be NGENed and read-only - and there's no point in saving | 
|---|
| 7917 | // classic GUIDs in non-WinRT MethodTables anyway. | 
|---|
| 7918 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass); | 
|---|
| 7919 | GetClass()->SetGuidInfo(pInfo); | 
|---|
| 7920 | } | 
|---|
| 7921 | else | 
|---|
| 7922 | { | 
|---|
| 7923 | #if FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 7924 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass || HasGuidInfo()); | 
|---|
| 7925 | #else | 
|---|
| 7926 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass); | 
|---|
| 7927 | #endif | 
|---|
| 7928 | SetGuidInfo(pInfo); | 
|---|
| 7929 | } | 
|---|
| 7930 |  | 
|---|
| 7931 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 7932 | } | 
|---|
| 7933 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7934 | } | 
|---|
| 7935 |  | 
|---|
| 7936 |  | 
|---|
| 7937 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7938 | MethodDesc* MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(PCODE addr, BOOL fSpeculative /*=FALSE*/) | 
|---|
| 7939 | { | 
|---|
| 7940 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc *) | 
|---|
| 7941 | { | 
|---|
| 7942 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 7943 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 7944 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 7945 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_NOT_OK)); | 
|---|
| 7946 | POSTCONDITION(RETVAL->m_pDebugMethodTable.IsNull() || // We must be in BuildMethdTableThrowing() | 
|---|
| 7947 | RETVAL->SanityCheck()); | 
|---|
| 7948 | } | 
|---|
| 7949 | CONTRACT_END; | 
|---|
| 7950 |  | 
|---|
| 7951 | // If we see shared fcall implementation as an argument to this | 
|---|
| 7952 | // function, it means that a vtable slot for the shared fcall | 
|---|
| 7953 | // got backpatched when it shouldn't have.  The reason we can't | 
|---|
| 7954 | // backpatch this method is that it is an FCall that has many | 
|---|
| 7955 | // MethodDescs for one implementation.  If we backpatch delegate | 
|---|
| 7956 | // constructors, this function will not be able to recover the | 
|---|
| 7957 | // MethodDesc for the method. | 
|---|
| 7958 | // | 
|---|
| 7959 | _ASSERTE_IMPL(!ECall::IsSharedFCallImpl(addr) && | 
|---|
| 7960 | "someone backpatched shared fcall implementation -- " | 
|---|
| 7961 | "see comment in code"); | 
|---|
| 7962 |  | 
|---|
| 7963 | MethodDesc* pMethodDesc = ExecutionManager::GetCodeMethodDesc(addr); | 
|---|
| 7964 | if (NULL != pMethodDesc) | 
|---|
| 7965 | { | 
|---|
| 7966 | goto lExit; | 
|---|
| 7967 | } | 
|---|
| 7968 |  | 
|---|
| 7969 | #ifdef FEATURE_INTERPRETER | 
|---|
| 7970 | // I don't really know why this helps.  Figure it out. | 
|---|
| 7971 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 7972 | // If we didn't find it above, try as an Interpretation stub... | 
|---|
| 7973 | pMethodDesc = Interpreter::InterpretationStubToMethodInfo(addr); | 
|---|
| 7974 |  | 
|---|
| 7975 | if (NULL != pMethodDesc) | 
|---|
| 7976 | { | 
|---|
| 7977 | goto lExit; | 
|---|
| 7978 | } | 
|---|
| 7979 | #endif | 
|---|
| 7980 | #endif // FEATURE_INTERPRETER | 
|---|
| 7981 |  | 
|---|
| 7982 | // Is it an FCALL? | 
|---|
| 7983 | pMethodDesc = ECall::MapTargetBackToMethod(addr); | 
|---|
| 7984 | if (pMethodDesc != 0) | 
|---|
| 7985 | { | 
|---|
| 7986 | goto lExit; | 
|---|
| 7987 | } | 
|---|
| 7988 |  | 
|---|
| 7989 | pMethodDesc = MethodDesc::GetMethodDescFromStubAddr(addr, fSpeculative); | 
|---|
| 7990 |  | 
|---|
| 7991 | lExit: | 
|---|
| 7992 |  | 
|---|
| 7993 | RETURN(pMethodDesc); | 
|---|
| 7994 | } | 
|---|
| 7995 |  | 
|---|
| 7996 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 7997 | /* static*/ | 
|---|
| 7998 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeContainsGenericVariables(Instantiation inst) | 
|---|
| 7999 | { | 
|---|
| 8000 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 8001 | { | 
|---|
| 8002 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8003 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8004 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 8005 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 8006 | } | 
|---|
| 8007 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8008 |  | 
|---|
| 8009 | for (DWORD j = 0; j < inst.GetNumArgs(); j++) | 
|---|
| 8010 | { | 
|---|
| 8011 | if (inst[j].ContainsGenericVariables()) | 
|---|
| 8012 | { | 
|---|
| 8013 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 8014 | } | 
|---|
| 8015 | } | 
|---|
| 8016 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8017 | } | 
|---|
| 8018 |  | 
|---|
| 8019 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8020 | BOOL MethodTable::SanityCheck() | 
|---|
| 8021 | { | 
|---|
| 8022 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8023 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 8024 |  | 
|---|
| 8025 | // strings have component size2, all other non-arrays should have 0 | 
|---|
| 8026 | _ASSERTE((GetComponentSize() <= 2) || IsArray()); | 
|---|
| 8027 |  | 
|---|
| 8028 | if (m_pEEClass.IsNull()) | 
|---|
| 8029 | { | 
|---|
| 8030 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8031 | } | 
|---|
| 8032 |  | 
|---|
| 8033 | EEClass * pClass = GetClass(); | 
|---|
| 8034 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = pClass->GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8035 |  | 
|---|
| 8036 | // Let's try to make sure we have a valid EEClass pointer. | 
|---|
| 8037 | if (pCanonMT == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8038 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8039 |  | 
|---|
| 8040 | if (GetNumGenericArgs() != 0) | 
|---|
| 8041 | return (pCanonMT->GetClass() == pClass); | 
|---|
| 8042 | else | 
|---|
| 8043 | return (pCanonMT == this) || IsArray(); | 
|---|
| 8044 | } | 
|---|
| 8045 |  | 
|---|
| 8046 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8047 |  | 
|---|
| 8048 | // Structs containing GC pointers whose size is at most this are always stack-allocated. | 
|---|
| 8049 | const unsigned MaxStructBytesForLocalVarRetBuffBytes = 2 * sizeof(void*);  // 4 pointer-widths. | 
|---|
| 8050 |  | 
|---|
| 8051 | BOOL MethodTable::IsStructRequiringStackAllocRetBuf() | 
|---|
| 8052 | { | 
|---|
| 8053 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8054 |  | 
|---|
| 8055 | // Disable this optimization. It has limited value (only kicks in on x86, and only for less common structs), | 
|---|
| 8056 | // causes bugs and introduces odd ABI differences not compatible with ReadyToRun. | 
|---|
| 8057 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8058 | } | 
|---|
| 8059 |  | 
|---|
| 8060 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8061 | unsigned MethodTable::GetTypeDefRid() | 
|---|
| 8062 | { | 
|---|
| 8063 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8064 |  | 
|---|
| 8065 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 8066 | return GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging(); | 
|---|
| 8067 | } | 
|---|
| 8068 |  | 
|---|
| 8069 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8070 | unsigned MethodTable::GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging() | 
|---|
| 8071 | { | 
|---|
| 8072 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8073 |  | 
|---|
| 8074 | WORD token = m_wToken; | 
|---|
| 8075 |  | 
|---|
| 8076 | if (token == METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW) | 
|---|
| 8077 | return (unsigned)*GetTokenOverflowPtr(); | 
|---|
| 8078 |  | 
|---|
| 8079 | return token; | 
|---|
| 8080 | } | 
|---|
| 8081 |  | 
|---|
| 8082 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8083 | void MethodTable::SetCl(mdTypeDef token) | 
|---|
| 8084 | { | 
|---|
| 8085 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8086 |  | 
|---|
| 8087 | unsigned rid = RidFromToken(token); | 
|---|
| 8088 | if (rid >= METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW) | 
|---|
| 8089 | { | 
|---|
| 8090 | m_wToken = METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW; | 
|---|
| 8091 | *GetTokenOverflowPtr() = rid; | 
|---|
| 8092 | } | 
|---|
| 8093 | else | 
|---|
| 8094 | { | 
|---|
| 8095 | _ASSERTE(FitsIn<U2>(rid)); | 
|---|
| 8096 | m_wToken = (WORD)rid; | 
|---|
| 8097 | } | 
|---|
| 8098 |  | 
|---|
| 8099 | _ASSERTE(GetCl() == token); | 
|---|
| 8100 | } | 
|---|
| 8101 |  | 
|---|
| 8102 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8103 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetClassConstructor() | 
|---|
| 8104 | { | 
|---|
| 8105 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 8106 | { | 
|---|
| 8107 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8108 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8109 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 8110 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 8111 | } | 
|---|
| 8112 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8113 | return GetMethodDescForSlot(GetClassConstructorSlot()); | 
|---|
| 8114 | } | 
|---|
| 8115 |  | 
|---|
| 8116 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8117 | DWORD MethodTable::HasFixedAddressVTStatics() | 
|---|
| 8118 | { | 
|---|
| 8119 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8120 |  | 
|---|
| 8121 | return GetClass()->HasFixedAddressVTStatics(); | 
|---|
| 8122 | } | 
|---|
| 8123 |  | 
|---|
| 8124 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8125 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumHandleRegularStatics() | 
|---|
| 8126 | { | 
|---|
| 8127 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8128 |  | 
|---|
| 8129 | return GetClass()->GetNumHandleRegularStatics(); | 
|---|
| 8130 | } | 
|---|
| 8131 |  | 
|---|
| 8132 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8133 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumBoxedRegularStatics() | 
|---|
| 8134 | { | 
|---|
| 8135 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8136 |  | 
|---|
| 8137 | return GetClass()->GetNumBoxedRegularStatics(); | 
|---|
| 8138 | } | 
|---|
| 8139 |  | 
|---|
| 8140 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8141 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumBoxedThreadStatics () | 
|---|
| 8142 | { | 
|---|
| 8143 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8144 |  | 
|---|
| 8145 | return GetClass()->GetNumBoxedThreadStatics(); | 
|---|
| 8146 | } | 
|---|
| 8147 |  | 
|---|
| 8148 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8149 | ClassCtorInfoEntry* MethodTable::GetClassCtorInfoIfExists() | 
|---|
| 8150 | { | 
|---|
| 8151 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8152 |  | 
|---|
| 8153 | if (!IsZapped()) | 
|---|
| 8154 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 8155 |  | 
|---|
| 8156 | g_IBCLogger.LogCCtorInfoReadAccess(this); | 
|---|
| 8157 |  | 
|---|
| 8158 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) | 
|---|
| 8159 | { | 
|---|
| 8160 | ModuleCtorInfo *pModuleCtorInfo = GetZapModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo(); | 
|---|
| 8161 | DPTR(RelativePointer<PTR_MethodTable>) ppMT = pModuleCtorInfo->ppMT; | 
|---|
| 8162 | PTR_DWORD hotHashOffsets = pModuleCtorInfo->hotHashOffsets; | 
|---|
| 8163 | PTR_DWORD coldHashOffsets = pModuleCtorInfo->coldHashOffsets; | 
|---|
| 8164 |  | 
|---|
| 8165 | if (pModuleCtorInfo->numHotHashes) | 
|---|
| 8166 | { | 
|---|
| 8167 | DWORD hash = pModuleCtorInfo->GenerateHash(PTR_MethodTable(this), ModuleCtorInfo::HOT); | 
|---|
| 8168 | _ASSERTE(hash < pModuleCtorInfo->numHotHashes); | 
|---|
| 8169 |  | 
|---|
| 8170 | for (DWORD i = hotHashOffsets[hash]; i != hotHashOffsets[hash + 1]; i++) | 
|---|
| 8171 | { | 
|---|
| 8172 | _ASSERTE(!ppMT[i].IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 8173 | if (dac_cast<TADDR>(pModuleCtorInfo->GetMT(i)) == dac_cast<TADDR>(this)) | 
|---|
| 8174 | { | 
|---|
| 8175 | return pModuleCtorInfo->cctorInfoHot + i; | 
|---|
| 8176 | } | 
|---|
| 8177 | } | 
|---|
| 8178 | } | 
|---|
| 8179 |  | 
|---|
| 8180 | if (pModuleCtorInfo->numColdHashes) | 
|---|
| 8181 | { | 
|---|
| 8182 | DWORD hash = pModuleCtorInfo->GenerateHash(PTR_MethodTable(this), ModuleCtorInfo::COLD); | 
|---|
| 8183 | _ASSERTE(hash < pModuleCtorInfo->numColdHashes); | 
|---|
| 8184 |  | 
|---|
| 8185 | for (DWORD i = coldHashOffsets[hash]; i != coldHashOffsets[hash + 1]; i++) | 
|---|
| 8186 | { | 
|---|
| 8187 | _ASSERTE(!ppMT[i].IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 8188 | if (dac_cast<TADDR>(pModuleCtorInfo->GetMT(i)) == dac_cast<TADDR>(this)) | 
|---|
| 8189 | { | 
|---|
| 8190 | return pModuleCtorInfo->cctorInfoCold + (i - pModuleCtorInfo->numElementsHot); | 
|---|
| 8191 | } | 
|---|
| 8192 | } | 
|---|
| 8193 | } | 
|---|
| 8194 | } | 
|---|
| 8195 |  | 
|---|
| 8196 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 8197 | } | 
|---|
| 8198 |  | 
|---|
| 8199 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 8200 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8201 | // Returns true if pointer to the parent method table has been initialized/restored already. | 
|---|
| 8202 | BOOL MethodTable::IsParentMethodTablePointerValid() | 
|---|
| 8203 | { | 
|---|
| 8204 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8205 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 8206 |  | 
|---|
| 8207 | // workaround: Type loader accesses partially initialized datastructures that interferes with IBC logging. | 
|---|
| 8208 | // Once type loader is fixed to do not access partially  initialized datastructures, this can go away. | 
|---|
| 8209 | if (!GetWriteableData_NoLogging()->IsParentMethodTablePointerValid()) | 
|---|
| 8210 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8211 |  | 
|---|
| 8212 | return !IsParentMethodTableTagged(dac_cast<PTR_MethodTable>(this)); | 
|---|
| 8213 | } | 
|---|
| 8214 | #endif | 
|---|
| 8215 |  | 
|---|
| 8216 |  | 
|---|
| 8217 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 8218 | // | 
|---|
| 8219 | // Ascends the parent class chain of "this", until a MethodTable is found whose typeDef | 
|---|
| 8220 | // matches that of the specified pWhichParent. Why is this useful? See | 
|---|
| 8221 | // code:MethodTable::GetInstantiationOfParentClass below and | 
|---|
| 8222 | // code:Generics::GetExactInstantiationsOfMethodAndItsClassFromCallInformation for use | 
|---|
| 8223 | // cases. | 
|---|
| 8224 | // | 
|---|
| 8225 | // Arguments: | 
|---|
| 8226 | //      pWhichParent - MethodTable whose typeDef we're trying to match as we go up | 
|---|
| 8227 | //      "this"'s parent chain. | 
|---|
| 8228 | // | 
|---|
| 8229 | // Return Value: | 
|---|
| 8230 | //      If a matching parent MethodTable is found, it is returned. Else, NULL is | 
|---|
| 8231 | //      returned. | 
|---|
| 8232 | // | 
|---|
| 8233 |  | 
|---|
| 8234 | MethodTable * MethodTable::GetMethodTableMatchingParentClass(MethodTable * pWhichParent) | 
|---|
| 8235 | { | 
|---|
| 8236 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 8237 | { | 
|---|
| 8238 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8239 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8240 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 8241 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pWhichParent)); | 
|---|
| 8242 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 8243 | PRECONDITION(pWhichParent->IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 8244 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 8245 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8246 |  | 
|---|
| 8247 | MethodTable *pMethodTableSearch = this; | 
|---|
| 8248 |  | 
|---|
| 8249 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 8250 | unsigned parentCount = 0; | 
|---|
| 8251 | MethodTable *pOldMethodTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 8252 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 8253 |  | 
|---|
| 8254 | while (pMethodTableSearch != NULL) | 
|---|
| 8255 | { | 
|---|
| 8256 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 8257 | if (pMethodTableSearch == pOldMethodTable || | 
|---|
| 8258 | parentCount > 1000) | 
|---|
| 8259 | { | 
|---|
| 8260 | break; | 
|---|
| 8261 | } | 
|---|
| 8262 | pOldMethodTable = pMethodTableSearch; | 
|---|
| 8263 | parentCount++; | 
|---|
| 8264 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 8265 |  | 
|---|
| 8266 | if (pMethodTableSearch->HasSameTypeDefAs(pWhichParent)) | 
|---|
| 8267 | { | 
|---|
| 8268 | return pMethodTableSearch; | 
|---|
| 8269 | } | 
|---|
| 8270 |  | 
|---|
| 8271 | pMethodTableSearch = pMethodTableSearch->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8272 | } | 
|---|
| 8273 |  | 
|---|
| 8274 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 8275 | } | 
|---|
| 8276 |  | 
|---|
| 8277 |  | 
|---|
| 8278 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8279 | // Given D<T> : C<List<T>> and a type handle D<string> we sometimes | 
|---|
| 8280 | // need to find the corresponding type handle | 
|---|
| 8281 | // C<List<string>> (C may also be some type | 
|---|
| 8282 | // further up the inheritance hierarchy).  GetInstantiationOfParentClass | 
|---|
| 8283 | // helps us do this by getting the corresponding instantiation of C, i.e. | 
|---|
| 8284 | // <List<string>>. | 
|---|
| 8285 | // | 
|---|
| 8286 | // pWhichParent: this is used identify which parent type we're interested in. | 
|---|
| 8287 | // It must be a canonical EEClass, e.g. for C<ref>.  This is used as a token for | 
|---|
| 8288 | // C<List<T>>. This method can also be called with the minimal methodtable used | 
|---|
| 8289 | // for dynamic methods. In that case, we need to return an empty instantiation. | 
|---|
| 8290 | // | 
|---|
| 8291 | // Note this only works for parent classes, not parent interfaces. | 
|---|
| 8292 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetInstantiationOfParentClass(MethodTable *pWhichParent) | 
|---|
| 8293 | { | 
|---|
| 8294 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8295 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8296 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8297 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 8298 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pWhichParent)); | 
|---|
| 8299 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 8300 | PRECONDITION(pWhichParent->IsRestored_NoLogging()); | 
|---|
| 8301 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 8302 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8303 |  | 
|---|
| 8304 |  | 
|---|
| 8305 | MethodTable * pMatchingParent = GetMethodTableMatchingParentClass(pWhichParent); | 
|---|
| 8306 | if (pMatchingParent != NULL) | 
|---|
| 8307 | { | 
|---|
| 8308 | return pMatchingParent->GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 8309 | } | 
|---|
| 8310 |  | 
|---|
| 8311 | // The parameter should always be a parent class or the dynamic method | 
|---|
| 8312 | // class. Since there is no bit on the dynamicclass methodtable to indicate | 
|---|
| 8313 | // that it is the dynamic method methodtable, we simply check the debug name | 
|---|
| 8314 | // This is good enough for an assert. | 
|---|
| 8315 | _ASSERTE(strcmp(pWhichParent->GetDebugClassName(), "dynamicClass") == 0); | 
|---|
| 8316 | return Instantiation(); | 
|---|
| 8317 | } | 
|---|
| 8318 |  | 
|---|
| 8319 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 8320 |  | 
|---|
| 8321 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 8322 |  | 
|---|
| 8323 | // | 
|---|
| 8324 | // This is for COM Interop backwards compatibility | 
|---|
| 8325 | // | 
|---|
| 8326 |  | 
|---|
| 8327 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8328 | // Returns the data pointer if present, NULL otherwise | 
|---|
| 8329 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::LookupComInteropData() | 
|---|
| 8330 | { | 
|---|
| 8331 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8332 |  | 
|---|
| 8333 | return GetLoaderAllocator()->LookupComInteropData(this); | 
|---|
| 8334 | } | 
|---|
| 8335 |  | 
|---|
| 8336 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8337 | // Returns TRUE if successfully inserted, FALSE if this would be a duplicate entry | 
|---|
| 8338 | BOOL MethodTable::InsertComInteropData(InteropMethodTableData *pData) | 
|---|
| 8339 | { | 
|---|
| 8340 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8341 |  | 
|---|
| 8342 | return GetLoaderAllocator()->InsertComInteropData(this, pData); | 
|---|
| 8343 | } | 
|---|
| 8344 |  | 
|---|
| 8345 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8346 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::CreateComInteropData(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) | 
|---|
| 8347 | { | 
|---|
| 8348 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8349 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; | 
|---|
| 8350 | PRECONDITION(GetParentMethodTable() == NULL || GetParentMethodTable()->LookupComInteropData() != NULL); | 
|---|
| 8351 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8352 |  | 
|---|
| 8353 | ClassCompat::MethodTableBuilder builder(this); | 
|---|
| 8354 |  | 
|---|
| 8355 | InteropMethodTableData *pData = builder.BuildInteropVTable(pamTracker); | 
|---|
| 8356 | _ASSERTE(pData); | 
|---|
| 8357 | return (pData); | 
|---|
| 8358 | } | 
|---|
| 8359 |  | 
|---|
| 8360 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8361 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::GetComInteropData() | 
|---|
| 8362 | { | 
|---|
| 8363 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8364 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 8365 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 8366 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8367 |  | 
|---|
| 8368 | InteropMethodTableData *pData = LookupComInteropData(); | 
|---|
| 8369 |  | 
|---|
| 8370 | if (!pData) | 
|---|
| 8371 | { | 
|---|
| 8372 | GCX_PREEMP(); | 
|---|
| 8373 |  | 
|---|
| 8374 | // Make sure that the parent's interop data has been created | 
|---|
| 8375 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8376 | if (pParentMT) | 
|---|
| 8377 | pParentMT->GetComInteropData(); | 
|---|
| 8378 |  | 
|---|
| 8379 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; | 
|---|
| 8380 |  | 
|---|
| 8381 | pData = CreateComInteropData(&amTracker); | 
|---|
| 8382 | if (InsertComInteropData(pData)) | 
|---|
| 8383 | { | 
|---|
| 8384 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 8385 | } | 
|---|
| 8386 | else | 
|---|
| 8387 | { | 
|---|
| 8388 | pData = LookupComInteropData(); | 
|---|
| 8389 | } | 
|---|
| 8390 | } | 
|---|
| 8391 |  | 
|---|
| 8392 | _ASSERTE(pData); | 
|---|
| 8393 | return (pData); | 
|---|
| 8394 | } | 
|---|
| 8395 |  | 
|---|
| 8396 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 8397 |  | 
|---|
| 8398 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8399 | ULONG MethodTable::MethodData::Release() | 
|---|
| 8400 | { | 
|---|
| 8401 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8402 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't | 
|---|
| 8403 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. | 
|---|
| 8404 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; | 
|---|
| 8405 | ULONG cRef = (ULONG) InterlockedDecrement((LONG*)&m_cRef); | 
|---|
| 8406 | if (cRef == 0) { | 
|---|
| 8407 | delete this; | 
|---|
| 8408 | } | 
|---|
| 8409 | return (cRef); | 
|---|
| 8410 | } | 
|---|
| 8411 |  | 
|---|
| 8412 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8413 | void | 
|---|
| 8414 | MethodTable::MethodData::ProcessMap( | 
|---|
| 8415 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8416 | UINT32                    cTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8417 | MethodTable *             pMT, | 
|---|
| 8418 | UINT32                    iCurrentChainDepth, | 
|---|
| 8419 | MethodDataEntry *         rgWorkingData) | 
|---|
| 8420 | { | 
|---|
| 8421 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8422 |  | 
|---|
| 8423 | for (DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 8424 | { | 
|---|
| 8425 | for (UINT32 nTypeIDIndex = 0; nTypeIDIndex < cTypeIDs; nTypeIDIndex++) | 
|---|
| 8426 | { | 
|---|
| 8427 | if (it.Entry()->GetTypeID() == rgTypeIDs[nTypeIDIndex]) | 
|---|
| 8428 | { | 
|---|
| 8429 | UINT32 curSlot = it.Entry()->GetSlotNumber(); | 
|---|
| 8430 | // If we're processing an interface, or it's for a virtual, or it's for a non-virtual | 
|---|
| 8431 | // for the most derived type, we want to process the entry. In other words, we | 
|---|
| 8432 | // want to ignore non-virtuals for parent classes. | 
|---|
| 8433 | if ((curSlot < pMT->GetNumVirtuals()) || (iCurrentChainDepth == 0)) | 
|---|
| 8434 | { | 
|---|
| 8435 | MethodDataEntry * pCurEntry = &rgWorkingData[curSlot]; | 
|---|
| 8436 | if (!pCurEntry->IsDeclInit() && !pCurEntry->IsImplInit()) | 
|---|
| 8437 | { | 
|---|
| 8438 | pCurEntry->SetImplData(it.Entry()->GetTargetSlotNumber()); | 
|---|
| 8439 | } | 
|---|
| 8440 | } | 
|---|
| 8441 | } | 
|---|
| 8442 | } | 
|---|
| 8443 | } | 
|---|
| 8444 | } // MethodTable::MethodData::ProcessMap | 
|---|
| 8445 |  | 
|---|
| 8446 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8447 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetObjectSize(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 8448 | { | 
|---|
| 8449 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8450 | UINT32 cb = sizeof(MethodTable::MethodDataObject); | 
|---|
| 8451 | cb += pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetNumMethods() * sizeof(MethodDataObjectEntry); | 
|---|
| 8452 | return cb; | 
|---|
| 8453 | } | 
|---|
| 8454 |  | 
|---|
| 8455 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8456 | // This will fill in all the MethodEntry slots present in the current MethodTable | 
|---|
| 8457 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::Init(MethodTable *pMT, MethodData *pParentData) | 
|---|
| 8458 | { | 
|---|
| 8459 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8460 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 8461 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 8462 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMT)); | 
|---|
| 8463 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pParentData, NULL_OK)); | 
|---|
| 8464 | PRECONDITION(!pMT->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 8465 | PRECONDITION(pParentData == NULL || | 
|---|
| 8466 | (pMT->ParentEquals(pParentData->GetDeclMethodTable()) && | 
|---|
| 8467 | pMT->ParentEquals(pParentData->GetImplMethodTable()))); | 
|---|
| 8468 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8469 |  | 
|---|
| 8470 | m_pMT = pMT; | 
|---|
| 8471 | m_iNextChainDepth = 0; | 
|---|
| 8472 | m_containsMethodImpl = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8473 |  | 
|---|
| 8474 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), sizeof(MethodDataObjectEntry) * GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8475 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::Init | 
|---|
| 8476 |  | 
|---|
| 8477 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8478 | BOOL MethodTable::MethodDataObject::PopulateNextLevel() | 
|---|
| 8479 | { | 
|---|
| 8480 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8481 |  | 
|---|
| 8482 | // Get the chain depth to next decode. | 
|---|
| 8483 | UINT32 iChainDepth = GetNextChainDepth(); | 
|---|
| 8484 |  | 
|---|
| 8485 | // If the chain depth is MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH, then we've already parsed every parent. | 
|---|
| 8486 | if (iChainDepth == MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH) { | 
|---|
| 8487 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8488 | } | 
|---|
| 8489 | // Now move up the chain to the target. | 
|---|
| 8490 | MethodTable *pMTCur = m_pMT; | 
|---|
| 8491 | for (UINT32 i = 0; pMTCur != NULL && i < iChainDepth; i++) { | 
|---|
| 8492 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8493 | } | 
|---|
| 8494 |  | 
|---|
| 8495 | // If we reached the end, then we're done. | 
|---|
| 8496 | if (pMTCur == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 8497 | SetNextChainDepth(MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH); | 
|---|
| 8498 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8499 | } | 
|---|
| 8500 |  | 
|---|
| 8501 | FillEntryDataForAncestor(pMTCur); | 
|---|
| 8502 |  | 
|---|
| 8503 | SetNextChainDepth(iChainDepth + 1); | 
|---|
| 8504 |  | 
|---|
| 8505 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 8506 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::PopulateNextLevel | 
|---|
| 8507 |  | 
|---|
| 8508 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8509 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::FillEntryDataForAncestor(MethodTable * pMT) | 
|---|
| 8510 | { | 
|---|
| 8511 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8512 |  | 
|---|
| 8513 | // Since we traverse ancestors from lowest in the inheritance hierarchy | 
|---|
| 8514 | // to highest, the first method we come across for a slot is normally | 
|---|
| 8515 | // both the declaring and implementing method desc. | 
|---|
| 8516 | // | 
|---|
| 8517 | // However if this slot is the target of a methodImpl, pMD is not | 
|---|
| 8518 | // necessarily either.  Rather than track this on a per-slot basis, | 
|---|
| 8519 | // we conservatively avoid filling out virtual methods once we | 
|---|
| 8520 | // have found that this inheritance chain contains a methodImpl. | 
|---|
| 8521 | // | 
|---|
| 8522 | // Note that there may be a methodImpl higher in the inheritance chain | 
|---|
| 8523 | // that we have not seen yet, and so we will fill out virtual methods | 
|---|
| 8524 | // until we reach that level.  We are safe doing that because the slots | 
|---|
| 8525 | // we fill have been introduced/overridden by a subclass and so take | 
|---|
| 8526 | // precedence over any inherited methodImpl. | 
|---|
| 8527 |  | 
|---|
| 8528 | // Before we fill the entry data, find if the current ancestor has any methodImpls | 
|---|
| 8529 |  | 
|---|
| 8530 | if (pMT->GetClass()->ContainsMethodImpls()) | 
|---|
| 8531 | m_containsMethodImpl = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 8532 |  | 
|---|
| 8533 | if (m_containsMethodImpl && pMT != m_pMT) | 
|---|
| 8534 | return; | 
|---|
| 8535 |  | 
|---|
| 8536 | unsigned nVirtuals = pMT->GetNumVirtuals(); | 
|---|
| 8537 |  | 
|---|
| 8538 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator it(pMT, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 8539 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 8540 | { | 
|---|
| 8541 | MethodDesc * pMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 8542 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodDescAccess(pMD); | 
|---|
| 8543 |  | 
|---|
| 8544 | unsigned slot = pMD->GetSlot(); | 
|---|
| 8545 | if (slot == MethodTable::NO_SLOT) | 
|---|
| 8546 | continue; | 
|---|
| 8547 |  | 
|---|
| 8548 | // We want to fill all methods introduced by the actual type we're gathering | 
|---|
| 8549 | // data for, and the virtual methods of the parent and above | 
|---|
| 8550 | if (pMT == m_pMT) | 
|---|
| 8551 | { | 
|---|
| 8552 | if (m_containsMethodImpl && slot < nVirtuals) | 
|---|
| 8553 | continue; | 
|---|
| 8554 | } | 
|---|
| 8555 | else | 
|---|
| 8556 | { | 
|---|
| 8557 | if (slot >= nVirtuals) | 
|---|
| 8558 | continue; | 
|---|
| 8559 | } | 
|---|
| 8560 |  | 
|---|
| 8561 | MethodDataObjectEntry * pEntry = GetEntry(slot); | 
|---|
| 8562 |  | 
|---|
| 8563 | if (pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc() == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8564 | { | 
|---|
| 8565 | pEntry->SetDeclMethodDesc(pMD); | 
|---|
| 8566 | } | 
|---|
| 8567 |  | 
|---|
| 8568 | if (pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc() == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8569 | { | 
|---|
| 8570 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(pMD); | 
|---|
| 8571 | } | 
|---|
| 8572 | } | 
|---|
| 8573 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::FillEntryDataForAncestor | 
|---|
| 8574 |  | 
|---|
| 8575 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8576 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetDeclMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8577 | { | 
|---|
| 8578 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8579 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8580 |  | 
|---|
| 8581 | MethodDataObjectEntry * pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8582 |  | 
|---|
| 8583 | // Fill the entries one level of inheritance at a time, | 
|---|
| 8584 | // stopping when we have filled the MD we are looking for. | 
|---|
| 8585 | while (!pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc() && PopulateNextLevel()); | 
|---|
| 8586 |  | 
|---|
| 8587 | MethodDesc * pMDRet = pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 8588 | if (pMDRet == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8589 | { | 
|---|
| 8590 | pMDRet = GetImplMethodDesc(slotNumber)->GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8591 | _ASSERTE(CheckPointer(pMDRet)); | 
|---|
| 8592 | pEntry->SetDeclMethodDesc(pMDRet); | 
|---|
| 8593 | } | 
|---|
| 8594 | else | 
|---|
| 8595 | { | 
|---|
| 8596 | _ASSERTE(pMDRet == GetImplMethodDesc(slotNumber)->GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 8597 | } | 
|---|
| 8598 | return pMDRet; | 
|---|
| 8599 | } | 
|---|
| 8600 |  | 
|---|
| 8601 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8602 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8603 | { | 
|---|
| 8604 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8605 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8606 | return DispatchSlot(m_pMT->GetRestoredSlot(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 8607 | } | 
|---|
| 8608 |  | 
|---|
| 8609 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8610 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8611 | { | 
|---|
| 8612 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8613 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8614 | return slotNumber; | 
|---|
| 8615 | } | 
|---|
| 8616 |  | 
|---|
| 8617 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8618 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8619 | { | 
|---|
| 8620 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 8621 | { | 
|---|
| 8622 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8623 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8624 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 8625 | } | 
|---|
| 8626 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8627 |  | 
|---|
| 8628 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8629 | MethodDataObjectEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8630 |  | 
|---|
| 8631 | // Fill the entries one level of inheritance at a time, | 
|---|
| 8632 | // stopping when we have filled the MD we are looking for. | 
|---|
| 8633 | while (!pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc() && PopulateNextLevel()); | 
|---|
| 8634 |  | 
|---|
| 8635 | MethodDesc *pMDRet = pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 8636 |  | 
|---|
| 8637 | if (pMDRet == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8638 | { | 
|---|
| 8639 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()); | 
|---|
| 8640 | pMDRet = m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8641 | _ASSERTE(CheckPointer(pMDRet)); | 
|---|
| 8642 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(pMDRet); | 
|---|
| 8643 | } | 
|---|
| 8644 | else | 
|---|
| 8645 | { | 
|---|
| 8646 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber >= GetNumVirtuals() || pMDRet == m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 8647 | } | 
|---|
| 8648 |  | 
|---|
| 8649 | return pMDRet; | 
|---|
| 8650 | } | 
|---|
| 8651 |  | 
|---|
| 8652 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8653 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8654 | { | 
|---|
| 8655 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8656 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()); | 
|---|
| 8657 |  | 
|---|
| 8658 | MethodDataObjectEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8659 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(NULL); | 
|---|
| 8660 | } | 
|---|
| 8661 |  | 
|---|
| 8662 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8663 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetDeclMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8664 | { | 
|---|
| 8665 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8666 | return m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8667 | } | 
|---|
| 8668 |  | 
|---|
| 8669 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8670 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8671 | { | 
|---|
| 8672 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8673 | return MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8674 | } | 
|---|
| 8675 |  | 
|---|
| 8676 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8677 | void MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8678 | { | 
|---|
| 8679 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8680 |  | 
|---|
| 8681 | // MethodDataInterface does not store any cached MethodDesc values | 
|---|
| 8682 | return; | 
|---|
| 8683 | } | 
|---|
| 8684 |  | 
|---|
| 8685 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8686 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetObjectSize(MethodTable *pMTDecl) | 
|---|
| 8687 | { | 
|---|
| 8688 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8689 | UINT32 cb = sizeof(MethodDataInterfaceImpl); | 
|---|
| 8690 | cb += pMTDecl->GetNumMethods() * sizeof(MethodDataEntry); | 
|---|
| 8691 | return cb; | 
|---|
| 8692 | } | 
|---|
| 8693 |  | 
|---|
| 8694 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8695 | // This will fill in all the MethodEntry slots present in the current MethodTable | 
|---|
| 8696 | void | 
|---|
| 8697 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::Init( | 
|---|
| 8698 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8699 | UINT32                    cDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8700 | MethodData *              pDecl, | 
|---|
| 8701 | MethodData *              pImpl) | 
|---|
| 8702 | { | 
|---|
| 8703 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8704 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 8705 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 8706 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDecl)); | 
|---|
| 8707 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pImpl)); | 
|---|
| 8708 | PRECONDITION(pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable()->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 8709 | PRECONDITION(!pImpl->GetDeclMethodTable()->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 8710 | PRECONDITION(pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable() == pDecl->GetImplMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 8711 | PRECONDITION(pImpl->GetDeclMethodTable() == pImpl->GetImplMethodTable()); | 
|---|
| 8712 | PRECONDITION(pDecl != pImpl); | 
|---|
| 8713 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8714 |  | 
|---|
| 8715 | // Store and AddRef the decl and impl data. | 
|---|
| 8716 | m_pDecl = pDecl; | 
|---|
| 8717 | m_pDecl->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 8718 | m_pImpl = pImpl; | 
|---|
| 8719 | m_pImpl->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 8720 |  | 
|---|
| 8721 | m_iNextChainDepth = 0; | 
|---|
| 8722 | // Need side effects of the calls, but not the result. | 
|---|
| 8723 | /* MethodTable *pDeclMT = */ pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8724 | /* MethodTable *pImplMT = */ pImpl->GetImplMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8725 | m_rgDeclTypeIDs = rgDeclTypeIDs; | 
|---|
| 8726 | m_cDeclTypeIDs = cDeclTypeIDs; | 
|---|
| 8727 |  | 
|---|
| 8728 | // Initialize each entry. | 
|---|
| 8729 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < GetNumMethods(); i++) { | 
|---|
| 8730 | // Initialize the entry | 
|---|
| 8731 | GetEntry(i)->Init(); | 
|---|
| 8732 | } | 
|---|
| 8733 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::Init | 
|---|
| 8734 |  | 
|---|
| 8735 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8736 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::MethodDataInterfaceImpl( | 
|---|
| 8737 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8738 | UINT32                    cDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8739 | MethodData *              pDecl, | 
|---|
| 8740 | MethodData *              pImpl) | 
|---|
| 8741 | { | 
|---|
| 8742 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8743 | Init(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, pDecl, pImpl); | 
|---|
| 8744 | } | 
|---|
| 8745 |  | 
|---|
| 8746 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8747 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::~MethodDataInterfaceImpl() | 
|---|
| 8748 | { | 
|---|
| 8749 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8750 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pDecl)); | 
|---|
| 8751 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pImpl)); | 
|---|
| 8752 | m_pDecl->Release(); | 
|---|
| 8753 | m_pImpl->Release(); | 
|---|
| 8754 | } | 
|---|
| 8755 |  | 
|---|
| 8756 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8757 | BOOL | 
|---|
| 8758 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::PopulateNextLevel() | 
|---|
| 8759 | { | 
|---|
| 8760 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8761 |  | 
|---|
| 8762 | // Get the chain depth to next decode. | 
|---|
| 8763 | UINT32 iChainDepth = GetNextChainDepth(); | 
|---|
| 8764 |  | 
|---|
| 8765 | // If the chain depth is MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH, then we've already parsed every parent. | 
|---|
| 8766 | if (iChainDepth == MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH) { | 
|---|
| 8767 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8768 | } | 
|---|
| 8769 |  | 
|---|
| 8770 | // Now move up the chain to the target. | 
|---|
| 8771 | MethodTable *pMTCur = m_pImpl->GetImplMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8772 | for (UINT32 i = 0; pMTCur != NULL && i < iChainDepth; i++) { | 
|---|
| 8773 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8774 | } | 
|---|
| 8775 |  | 
|---|
| 8776 | // If we reached the end, then we're done. | 
|---|
| 8777 | if (pMTCur == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 8778 | SetNextChainDepth(MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH); | 
|---|
| 8779 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 8780 | } | 
|---|
| 8781 |  | 
|---|
| 8782 | if (m_cDeclTypeIDs != 0) | 
|---|
| 8783 | {   // We got the TypeIDs from TypeLoader, use them | 
|---|
| 8784 | ProcessMap(m_rgDeclTypeIDs, m_cDeclTypeIDs, pMTCur, iChainDepth, GetEntryData()); | 
|---|
| 8785 | } | 
|---|
| 8786 | else | 
|---|
| 8787 | {   // We should decode all interface duplicates of code:m_pDecl | 
|---|
| 8788 | MethodTable * pDeclMT = m_pDecl->GetImplMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8789 | INDEBUG(BOOL dbg_fInterfaceFound = FALSE); | 
|---|
| 8790 |  | 
|---|
| 8791 | // Call code:ProcessMap for every (duplicate) occurence of interface code:pDeclMT in the interface | 
|---|
| 8792 | // map of code:m_pImpl | 
|---|
| 8793 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = m_pImpl->GetImplMethodTable()->IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 8794 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 8795 | { | 
|---|
| 8796 | if (pDeclMT == it.GetInterface()) | 
|---|
| 8797 | {   // We found the interface | 
|---|
| 8798 | INDEBUG(dbg_fInterfaceFound = TRUE); | 
|---|
| 8799 | DispatchMapTypeID declTypeID = DispatchMapTypeID::InterfaceClassID(it.GetIndex()); | 
|---|
| 8800 |  | 
|---|
| 8801 | ProcessMap(&declTypeID, 1, pMTCur, iChainDepth, GetEntryData()); | 
|---|
| 8802 | } | 
|---|
| 8803 | } | 
|---|
| 8804 | // The interface code:m_Decl should be found at least once in the interface map of code:m_pImpl, | 
|---|
| 8805 | // otherwise someone passed wrong information | 
|---|
| 8806 | _ASSERTE(dbg_fInterfaceFound); | 
|---|
| 8807 | } | 
|---|
| 8808 |  | 
|---|
| 8809 | SetNextChainDepth(iChainDepth + 1); | 
|---|
| 8810 |  | 
|---|
| 8811 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 8812 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::PopulateNextLevel | 
|---|
| 8813 |  | 
|---|
| 8814 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8815 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::MapToImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8816 | { | 
|---|
| 8817 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8818 |  | 
|---|
| 8819 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); | 
|---|
| 8820 |  | 
|---|
| 8821 | MethodDataEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8822 | while (!pEntry->IsImplInit() && PopulateNextLevel()) {} | 
|---|
| 8823 | if (pEntry->IsImplInit()) { | 
|---|
| 8824 | return pEntry->GetImplSlotNum(); | 
|---|
| 8825 | } | 
|---|
| 8826 | else { | 
|---|
| 8827 | return INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER; | 
|---|
| 8828 | } | 
|---|
| 8829 | } | 
|---|
| 8830 |  | 
|---|
| 8831 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8832 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8833 | { | 
|---|
| 8834 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8835 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8836 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { | 
|---|
| 8837 | return DispatchSlot(NULL); | 
|---|
| 8838 | } | 
|---|
| 8839 | return m_pImpl->GetImplSlot(implSlotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8840 | } | 
|---|
| 8841 |  | 
|---|
| 8842 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8843 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8844 | { | 
|---|
| 8845 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8846 | return MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8847 | } | 
|---|
| 8848 |  | 
|---|
| 8849 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8850 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8851 | { | 
|---|
| 8852 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8853 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8854 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { | 
|---|
| 8855 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 8856 | } | 
|---|
| 8857 | return m_pImpl->GetImplMethodDesc(MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 8858 | } | 
|---|
| 8859 |  | 
|---|
| 8860 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8861 | void MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 8862 | { | 
|---|
| 8863 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8864 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 8865 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { | 
|---|
| 8866 | return; | 
|---|
| 8867 | } | 
|---|
| 8868 | return m_pImpl->InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber)); | 
|---|
| 8869 | } | 
|---|
| 8870 |  | 
|---|
| 8871 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8872 | void MethodTable::CheckInitMethodDataCache() | 
|---|
| 8873 | { | 
|---|
| 8874 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8875 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 8876 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8877 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 8878 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8879 | if (s_pMethodDataCache == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8880 | { | 
|---|
| 8881 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataCache::GetObjectSize(8); | 
|---|
| 8882 | NewHolder<BYTE> hb(new BYTE[cb]); | 
|---|
| 8883 | MethodDataCache *pCache = new (hb.GetValue()) MethodDataCache(8); | 
|---|
| 8884 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT( | 
|---|
| 8885 | &s_pMethodDataCache, pCache, NULL) == NULL) | 
|---|
| 8886 | { | 
|---|
| 8887 | hb.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 8888 | } | 
|---|
| 8889 | // If somebody beat us, return and allow the holders to take care of cleanup. | 
|---|
| 8890 | else | 
|---|
| 8891 | { | 
|---|
| 8892 | return; | 
|---|
| 8893 | } | 
|---|
| 8894 | } | 
|---|
| 8895 | } | 
|---|
| 8896 |  | 
|---|
| 8897 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8898 | void MethodTable::ClearMethodDataCache() | 
|---|
| 8899 | { | 
|---|
| 8900 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 8901 | if (s_pMethodDataCache != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 8902 | s_pMethodDataCache->Clear(); | 
|---|
| 8903 | } | 
|---|
| 8904 | } | 
|---|
| 8905 |  | 
|---|
| 8906 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8907 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::FindMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 8908 | { | 
|---|
| 8909 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8910 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8911 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8912 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(s_fUseMethodDataCache); | 
|---|
| 8913 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8914 |  | 
|---|
| 8915 | return s_pMethodDataCache->Find(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 8916 | } | 
|---|
| 8917 |  | 
|---|
| 8918 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8919 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::FindParentMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 8920 | { | 
|---|
| 8921 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 8922 | { | 
|---|
| 8923 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 8924 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 8925 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 8926 | } | 
|---|
| 8927 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8928 | MethodData *pData = NULL; | 
|---|
| 8929 | if (s_fUseMethodDataCache && s_fUseParentMethodData) { | 
|---|
| 8930 | if (!pMT->IsInterface()) { | 
|---|
| 8931 | //@todo : this won't be correct for non-shared code | 
|---|
| 8932 | MethodTable *pMTParent = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 8933 | if (pMTParent != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 8934 | pData = FindMethodDataHelper(pMTParent, pMTParent); | 
|---|
| 8935 | } | 
|---|
| 8936 | } | 
|---|
| 8937 | } | 
|---|
| 8938 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 8939 | } | 
|---|
| 8940 |  | 
|---|
| 8941 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8942 | // This method does not cache the resulting MethodData object in the global MethodDataCache. | 
|---|
| 8943 | // The TypeIDs (rgDeclTypeIDs with cDeclTypeIDs items) have to be sorted. | 
|---|
| 8944 | MethodTable::MethodData * | 
|---|
| 8945 | MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper( | 
|---|
| 8946 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8947 | UINT32                    cDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 8948 | MethodTable *             pMTDecl, | 
|---|
| 8949 | MethodTable *             pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 8950 | { | 
|---|
| 8951 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 8952 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 8953 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 8954 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); | 
|---|
| 8955 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); | 
|---|
| 8956 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 8957 |  | 
|---|
| 8958 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't | 
|---|
| 8959 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. | 
|---|
| 8960 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; | 
|---|
| 8961 |  | 
|---|
| 8962 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMTDecl->IsInterface() && !pMTImpl->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 8963 |  | 
|---|
| 8964 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 8965 | // Check that rgDeclTypeIDs are sorted, are valid interface indexes and reference only pMTDecl interface | 
|---|
| 8966 | { | 
|---|
| 8967 | InterfaceInfo_t * rgImplInterfaceMap = pMTImpl->GetInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 8968 | UINT32            cImplInterfaceMap = pMTImpl->GetNumInterfaces(); | 
|---|
| 8969 | // Verify that all types referenced by code:rgDeclTypeIDs are code:pMTDecl (declared interface) | 
|---|
| 8970 | for (UINT32 nDeclTypeIDIndex = 0; nDeclTypeIDIndex < cDeclTypeIDs; nDeclTypeIDIndex++) | 
|---|
| 8971 | { | 
|---|
| 8972 | if (nDeclTypeIDIndex > 0) | 
|---|
| 8973 | {   // Verify that interface indexes are sorted | 
|---|
| 8974 | _ASSERTE(rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex - 1].GetInterfaceNum() < rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex].GetInterfaceNum()); | 
|---|
| 8975 | } | 
|---|
| 8976 | UINT32 nInterfaceIndex = rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex].GetInterfaceNum(); | 
|---|
| 8977 | _ASSERTE(nInterfaceIndex <= cImplInterfaceMap); | 
|---|
| 8978 | { | 
|---|
| 8979 | OVERRIDE_TYPE_LOAD_LEVEL_LIMIT(CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); | 
|---|
| 8980 | _ASSERTE(rgImplInterfaceMap[nInterfaceIndex].GetApproxMethodTable(pMTImpl->GetLoaderModule())->HasSameTypeDefAs(pMTDecl)); | 
|---|
| 8981 | } | 
|---|
| 8982 | } | 
|---|
| 8983 | } | 
|---|
| 8984 | #endif //_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 8985 |  | 
|---|
| 8986 | // Can't cache, since this is a custom method used in BuildMethodTable | 
|---|
| 8987 | MethodDataWrapper hDecl(GetMethodData(pMTDecl, FALSE)); | 
|---|
| 8988 | MethodDataWrapper hImpl(GetMethodData(pMTImpl, FALSE)); | 
|---|
| 8989 |  | 
|---|
| 8990 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetObjectSize(pMTDecl); | 
|---|
| 8991 | NewHolder<BYTE> pb(new BYTE[cb]); | 
|---|
| 8992 | MethodDataInterfaceImpl * pData = new (pb.GetValue()) MethodDataInterfaceImpl(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, hDecl, hImpl); | 
|---|
| 8993 | pb.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 8994 |  | 
|---|
| 8995 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 8996 | } // MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper | 
|---|
| 8997 |  | 
|---|
| 8998 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 8999 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can | 
|---|
| 9000 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a | 
|---|
| 9001 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. | 
|---|
| 9002 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, | 
|---|
| 9003 | MethodTable *pMTImpl, | 
|---|
| 9004 | BOOL fCanCache) | 
|---|
| 9005 | { | 
|---|
| 9006 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9007 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9008 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 9009 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); | 
|---|
| 9010 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); | 
|---|
| 9011 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl == pMTImpl || | 
|---|
| 9012 | (pMTDecl->IsInterface() && !pMTImpl->IsInterface())); | 
|---|
| 9013 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9014 |  | 
|---|
| 9015 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't | 
|---|
| 9016 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. | 
|---|
| 9017 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; | 
|---|
| 9018 |  | 
|---|
| 9019 | if (s_fUseMethodDataCache) { | 
|---|
| 9020 | MethodData *pData = FindMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 9021 | if (pData != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 9022 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 9023 | } | 
|---|
| 9024 | } | 
|---|
| 9025 |  | 
|---|
| 9026 | // If we get here, there are no entries in the cache. | 
|---|
| 9027 | MethodData *pData = NULL; | 
|---|
| 9028 | if (pMTDecl == pMTImpl) { | 
|---|
| 9029 | if (pMTDecl->IsInterface()) { | 
|---|
| 9030 | pData = new MethodDataInterface(pMTDecl); | 
|---|
| 9031 | } | 
|---|
| 9032 | else { | 
|---|
| 9033 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataObject::GetObjectSize(pMTDecl); | 
|---|
| 9034 | NewHolder<BYTE> pb(new BYTE[cb]); | 
|---|
| 9035 | MethodDataHolder h(FindParentMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl)); | 
|---|
| 9036 | pData = new (pb.GetValue()) MethodDataObject(pMTDecl, h.GetValue()); | 
|---|
| 9037 | pb.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 9038 | } | 
|---|
| 9039 | } | 
|---|
| 9040 | else { | 
|---|
| 9041 | pData = GetMethodDataHelper( | 
|---|
| 9042 | NULL, | 
|---|
| 9043 | 0, | 
|---|
| 9044 | pMTDecl, | 
|---|
| 9045 | pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 9046 | } | 
|---|
| 9047 |  | 
|---|
| 9048 | // Insert in the cache if it is active. | 
|---|
| 9049 | if (fCanCache && s_fUseMethodDataCache) { | 
|---|
| 9050 | s_pMethodDataCache->Insert(pData); | 
|---|
| 9051 | } | 
|---|
| 9052 |  | 
|---|
| 9053 | // Do not AddRef, already initialized to 1. | 
|---|
| 9054 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 9055 | } | 
|---|
| 9056 |  | 
|---|
| 9057 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9058 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can | 
|---|
| 9059 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a | 
|---|
| 9060 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. | 
|---|
| 9061 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodData(MethodTable *pMTDecl, | 
|---|
| 9062 | MethodTable *pMTImpl, | 
|---|
| 9063 | BOOL fCanCache) | 
|---|
| 9064 | { | 
|---|
| 9065 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9066 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9067 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 9068 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9069 |  | 
|---|
| 9070 | MethodDataWrapper hData(GetMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, fCanCache)); | 
|---|
| 9071 | hData.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 9072 | return hData; | 
|---|
| 9073 | } | 
|---|
| 9074 |  | 
|---|
| 9075 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9076 | // This method does not cache the resulting MethodData object in the global MethodDataCache. | 
|---|
| 9077 | MethodTable::MethodData * | 
|---|
| 9078 | MethodTable::GetMethodData( | 
|---|
| 9079 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 9080 | UINT32                    cDeclTypeIDs, | 
|---|
| 9081 | MethodTable *             pMTDecl, | 
|---|
| 9082 | MethodTable *             pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 9083 | { | 
|---|
| 9084 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9085 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9086 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 9087 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl != pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 9088 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 9089 | PRECONDITION(!pMTImpl->IsInterface()); | 
|---|
| 9090 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9091 |  | 
|---|
| 9092 | MethodDataWrapper hData(GetMethodDataHelper(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, pMTDecl, pMTImpl)); | 
|---|
| 9093 | hData.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 9094 | return hData; | 
|---|
| 9095 | } | 
|---|
| 9096 |  | 
|---|
| 9097 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9098 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can | 
|---|
| 9099 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a | 
|---|
| 9100 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. | 
|---|
| 9101 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodData(MethodTable *pMT, | 
|---|
| 9102 | BOOL fCanCache) | 
|---|
| 9103 | { | 
|---|
| 9104 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9105 | return GetMethodData(pMT, pMT, fCanCache); | 
|---|
| 9106 | } | 
|---|
| 9107 |  | 
|---|
| 9108 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9109 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 9110 | { | 
|---|
| 9111 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9112 | Init(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 9113 | } | 
|---|
| 9114 |  | 
|---|
| 9115 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9116 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 9117 | { | 
|---|
| 9118 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9119 | Init(pMT, pMT); | 
|---|
| 9120 | } | 
|---|
| 9121 |  | 
|---|
| 9122 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9123 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodData *pMethodData) | 
|---|
| 9124 | { | 
|---|
| 9125 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9126 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9127 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9128 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMethodData)); | 
|---|
| 9129 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9130 |  | 
|---|
| 9131 | m_pMethodData = pMethodData; | 
|---|
| 9132 | m_pMethodData->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 9133 | m_iCur = 0; | 
|---|
| 9134 | m_iMethods = (INT32)m_pMethodData->GetNumMethods(); | 
|---|
| 9135 | } | 
|---|
| 9136 |  | 
|---|
| 9137 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9138 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(const MethodIterator &it) | 
|---|
| 9139 | { | 
|---|
| 9140 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9141 | m_pMethodData = it.m_pMethodData; | 
|---|
| 9142 | m_pMethodData->AddRef(); | 
|---|
| 9143 | m_iCur = it.m_iCur; | 
|---|
| 9144 | m_iMethods = it.m_iMethods; | 
|---|
| 9145 | } | 
|---|
| 9146 |  | 
|---|
| 9147 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9148 | void MethodTable::MethodIterator::Init(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) | 
|---|
| 9149 | { | 
|---|
| 9150 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9151 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9152 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); | 
|---|
| 9153 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); | 
|---|
| 9154 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); | 
|---|
| 9155 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); | 
|---|
| 9156 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9157 |  | 
|---|
| 9158 | LOG((LF_LOADER, LL_INFO10000, "SD: MT::MethodIterator created for %s.\n", pMTDecl->GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 9159 |  | 
|---|
| 9160 | m_pMethodData = MethodTable::GetMethodData(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); | 
|---|
| 9161 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pMethodData)); | 
|---|
| 9162 | m_iCur = 0; | 
|---|
| 9163 | m_iMethods = (INT32)m_pMethodData->GetNumMethods(); | 
|---|
| 9164 | } | 
|---|
| 9165 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9166 |  | 
|---|
| 9167 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9168 |  | 
|---|
| 9169 | void MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::SetChunk(MethodDescChunk * pChunk) | 
|---|
| 9170 | { | 
|---|
| 9171 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9172 |  | 
|---|
| 9173 | if (pChunk) | 
|---|
| 9174 | { | 
|---|
| 9175 | m_pMethodDesc = pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc(); | 
|---|
| 9176 |  | 
|---|
| 9177 | m_pChunk = pChunk; | 
|---|
| 9178 | m_pChunkEnd = dac_cast<TADDR>(pChunk) + pChunk->SizeOf(); | 
|---|
| 9179 | } | 
|---|
| 9180 | else | 
|---|
| 9181 | { | 
|---|
| 9182 | m_pMethodDesc = NULL; | 
|---|
| 9183 | } | 
|---|
| 9184 | } | 
|---|
| 9185 |  | 
|---|
| 9186 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9187 |  | 
|---|
| 9188 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::GetFirst(MethodTable *pMT) | 
|---|
| 9189 | { | 
|---|
| 9190 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9191 | MethodDescChunk * pChunk = pMT->GetClass()->GetChunks(); | 
|---|
| 9192 | return (pChunk != NULL) ? pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc() : NULL; | 
|---|
| 9193 | } | 
|---|
| 9194 |  | 
|---|
| 9195 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9196 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::GetNext(MethodDesc * pMD) | 
|---|
| 9197 | { | 
|---|
| 9198 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9199 |  | 
|---|
| 9200 | MethodDescChunk * pChunk = pMD->GetMethodDescChunk(); | 
|---|
| 9201 |  | 
|---|
| 9202 | // Check whether the next MethodDesc is still within the bounds of the current chunk | 
|---|
| 9203 | TADDR pNext = dac_cast<TADDR>(pMD) + pMD->SizeOf(); | 
|---|
| 9204 | TADDR pEnd = dac_cast<TADDR>(pChunk) + pChunk->SizeOf(); | 
|---|
| 9205 |  | 
|---|
| 9206 | if (pNext < pEnd) | 
|---|
| 9207 | { | 
|---|
| 9208 | // Just skip to the next method in the same chunk | 
|---|
| 9209 | pMD = PTR_MethodDesc(pNext); | 
|---|
| 9210 | } | 
|---|
| 9211 | else | 
|---|
| 9212 | { | 
|---|
| 9213 | _ASSERTE(pNext == pEnd); | 
|---|
| 9214 |  | 
|---|
| 9215 | // We have walked all the methods in the current chunk. Move on | 
|---|
| 9216 | // to the next chunk. | 
|---|
| 9217 | pChunk = pChunk->GetNextChunk(); | 
|---|
| 9218 |  | 
|---|
| 9219 | pMD = (pChunk != NULL) ? pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc() : NULL; | 
|---|
| 9220 | } | 
|---|
| 9221 |  | 
|---|
| 9222 | return pMD; | 
|---|
| 9223 | } | 
|---|
| 9224 |  | 
|---|
| 9225 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9226 | PTR_GuidInfo MethodTable::GetGuidInfo() | 
|---|
| 9227 | { | 
|---|
| 9228 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9229 | { | 
|---|
| 9230 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9231 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9232 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9233 | } | 
|---|
| 9234 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9235 |  | 
|---|
| 9236 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9237 | if (HasGuidInfo()) | 
|---|
| 9238 | { | 
|---|
| 9239 | return *GetGuidInfoPtr(); | 
|---|
| 9240 | } | 
|---|
| 9241 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9242 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 9243 | return GetClass()->GetGuidInfo(); | 
|---|
| 9244 | } | 
|---|
| 9245 |  | 
|---|
| 9246 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9247 | void MethodTable::SetGuidInfo(GuidInfo* pGuidInfo) | 
|---|
| 9248 | { | 
|---|
| 9249 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9250 | { | 
|---|
| 9251 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9252 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9253 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9254 | } | 
|---|
| 9255 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9256 |  | 
|---|
| 9257 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9258 |  | 
|---|
| 9259 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9260 | if (HasGuidInfo()) | 
|---|
| 9261 | { | 
|---|
| 9262 | *EnsureWritablePages(GetGuidInfoPtr()) = pGuidInfo; | 
|---|
| 9263 | return; | 
|---|
| 9264 | } | 
|---|
| 9265 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9266 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); | 
|---|
| 9267 | GetClass()->SetGuidInfo (pGuidInfo); | 
|---|
| 9268 |  | 
|---|
| 9269 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9270 | } | 
|---|
| 9271 |  | 
|---|
| 9272 | #if defined(FEATURE_COMINTEROP) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) | 
|---|
| 9273 |  | 
|---|
| 9274 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9275 | RCWPerTypeData *MethodTable::CreateRCWPerTypeData(bool bThrowOnOOM) | 
|---|
| 9276 | { | 
|---|
| 9277 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9278 | { | 
|---|
| 9279 | if (bThrowOnOOM) THROWS; else NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9280 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9281 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9282 | PRECONDITION(HasRCWPerTypeData()); | 
|---|
| 9283 | } | 
|---|
| 9284 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9285 |  | 
|---|
| 9286 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; | 
|---|
| 9287 |  | 
|---|
| 9288 | RCWPerTypeData *pData; | 
|---|
| 9289 | if (bThrowOnOOM) | 
|---|
| 9290 | { | 
|---|
| 9291 | TaggedMemAllocPtr ptr = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(RCWPerTypeData))); | 
|---|
| 9292 | pData = (RCWPerTypeData *)amTracker.Track(ptr); | 
|---|
| 9293 | } | 
|---|
| 9294 | else | 
|---|
| 9295 | { | 
|---|
| 9296 | TaggedMemAllocPtr ptr = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem_NoThrow(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(RCWPerTypeData))); | 
|---|
| 9297 | pData = (RCWPerTypeData *)amTracker.Track_NoThrow(ptr); | 
|---|
| 9298 | if (pData == NULL) | 
|---|
| 9299 | { | 
|---|
| 9300 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9301 | } | 
|---|
| 9302 | } | 
|---|
| 9303 |  | 
|---|
| 9304 | // memory is zero-inited which means that nothing has been computed yet | 
|---|
| 9305 | _ASSERTE(pData->m_dwFlags == 0); | 
|---|
| 9306 |  | 
|---|
| 9307 | RCWPerTypeData **pDataPtr = GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); | 
|---|
| 9308 |  | 
|---|
| 9309 | if (bThrowOnOOM) | 
|---|
| 9310 | { | 
|---|
| 9311 | EnsureWritablePages(pDataPtr); | 
|---|
| 9312 | } | 
|---|
| 9313 | else | 
|---|
| 9314 | { | 
|---|
| 9315 | if (!EnsureWritablePagesNoThrow(pDataPtr, sizeof(*pDataPtr))) | 
|---|
| 9316 | { | 
|---|
| 9317 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9318 | } | 
|---|
| 9319 | } | 
|---|
| 9320 |  | 
|---|
| 9321 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT(pDataPtr, pData, NULL) == NULL) | 
|---|
| 9322 | { | 
|---|
| 9323 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); | 
|---|
| 9324 | } | 
|---|
| 9325 | else | 
|---|
| 9326 | { | 
|---|
| 9327 | // another thread already published the pointer | 
|---|
| 9328 | pData = *pDataPtr; | 
|---|
| 9329 | } | 
|---|
| 9330 |  | 
|---|
| 9331 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 9332 | } | 
|---|
| 9333 |  | 
|---|
| 9334 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9335 | RCWPerTypeData *MethodTable::GetRCWPerTypeData(bool bThrowOnOOM /*= true*/) | 
|---|
| 9336 | { | 
|---|
| 9337 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9338 | { | 
|---|
| 9339 | if (bThrowOnOOM) THROWS; else NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9340 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9341 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9342 | } | 
|---|
| 9343 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9344 |  | 
|---|
| 9345 | if (!HasRCWPerTypeData()) | 
|---|
| 9346 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9347 |  | 
|---|
| 9348 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = *GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); | 
|---|
| 9349 | if (pData == NULL) | 
|---|
| 9350 | { | 
|---|
| 9351 | // creation is factored out into a separate routine to avoid paying the EH cost here | 
|---|
| 9352 | pData = CreateRCWPerTypeData(bThrowOnOOM); | 
|---|
| 9353 | } | 
|---|
| 9354 |  | 
|---|
| 9355 | return pData; | 
|---|
| 9356 | } | 
|---|
| 9357 |  | 
|---|
| 9358 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP && !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9359 |  | 
|---|
| 9360 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9361 | CHECK MethodTable::CheckActivated() | 
|---|
| 9362 | { | 
|---|
| 9363 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9364 |  | 
|---|
| 9365 | if (!IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 9366 | { | 
|---|
| 9367 | CHECK(GetModule()->CheckActivated()); | 
|---|
| 9368 | } | 
|---|
| 9369 |  | 
|---|
| 9370 | // <TODO> Check all generic type parameters as well </TODO> | 
|---|
| 9371 |  | 
|---|
| 9372 | CHECK_OK; | 
|---|
| 9373 | } | 
|---|
| 9374 |  | 
|---|
| 9375 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 9376 | // Optimization intended for EnsureInstanceActive, EnsureActive only | 
|---|
| 9377 | #pragma optimize("t", on) | 
|---|
| 9378 | #endif // _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 9379 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9380 |  | 
|---|
| 9381 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9382 | VOID MethodTable::EnsureInstanceActive() | 
|---|
| 9383 | { | 
|---|
| 9384 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9385 | { | 
|---|
| 9386 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 9387 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9388 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9389 | } | 
|---|
| 9390 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9391 |  | 
|---|
| 9392 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 9393 | pModule->EnsureActive(); | 
|---|
| 9394 |  | 
|---|
| 9395 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 9396 | while (pMT->HasModuleDependencies()) | 
|---|
| 9397 | { | 
|---|
| 9398 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9399 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9400 |  | 
|---|
| 9401 | Module * pParentModule = pMT->GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 9402 | if (pParentModule != pModule) | 
|---|
| 9403 | { | 
|---|
| 9404 | pModule = pParentModule; | 
|---|
| 9405 | pModule->EnsureActive(); | 
|---|
| 9406 | } | 
|---|
| 9407 | } | 
|---|
| 9408 |  | 
|---|
| 9409 | if (HasInstantiation()) | 
|---|
| 9410 | { | 
|---|
| 9411 | // This is going to go recursive, so we need to use an interior stack probe | 
|---|
| 9412 |  | 
|---|
| 9413 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE(GetThread()); | 
|---|
| 9414 | { | 
|---|
| 9415 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 9416 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 9417 | { | 
|---|
| 9418 | TypeHandle thArg = inst[i]; | 
|---|
| 9419 | if (!thArg.IsTypeDesc()) | 
|---|
| 9420 | { | 
|---|
| 9421 | thArg.AsMethodTable()->EnsureInstanceActive(); | 
|---|
| 9422 | } | 
|---|
| 9423 | } | 
|---|
| 9424 | } | 
|---|
| 9425 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; | 
|---|
| 9426 | } | 
|---|
| 9427 |  | 
|---|
| 9428 | } | 
|---|
| 9429 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9430 |  | 
|---|
| 9431 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9432 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9433 | VOID MethodTable::EnsureActive() | 
|---|
| 9434 | { | 
|---|
| 9435 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9436 |  | 
|---|
| 9437 | GetModule()->EnsureActive(); | 
|---|
| 9438 | } | 
|---|
| 9439 | #endif | 
|---|
| 9440 |  | 
|---|
| 9441 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 9442 | #pragma optimize("", on) | 
|---|
| 9443 | #endif // _MSC_VER | 
|---|
| 9444 |  | 
|---|
| 9445 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9446 | CHECK MethodTable::CheckInstanceActivated() | 
|---|
| 9447 | { | 
|---|
| 9448 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9449 |  | 
|---|
| 9450 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 9451 | CHECK_OK; | 
|---|
| 9452 |  | 
|---|
| 9453 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 9454 | CHECK(pModule->CheckActivated()); | 
|---|
| 9455 |  | 
|---|
| 9456 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 9457 | while (pMT->HasModuleDependencies()) | 
|---|
| 9458 | { | 
|---|
| 9459 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9460 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9461 |  | 
|---|
| 9462 | Module * pParentModule = pMT->GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 9463 | if (pParentModule != pModule) | 
|---|
| 9464 | { | 
|---|
| 9465 | pModule = pParentModule; | 
|---|
| 9466 | CHECK(pModule->CheckActivated()); | 
|---|
| 9467 | } | 
|---|
| 9468 | } | 
|---|
| 9469 |  | 
|---|
| 9470 | CHECK_OK; | 
|---|
| 9471 | } | 
|---|
| 9472 |  | 
|---|
| 9473 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9474 |  | 
|---|
| 9475 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9476 | void | 
|---|
| 9477 | MethodTable::EnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) | 
|---|
| 9478 | { | 
|---|
| 9479 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9480 |  | 
|---|
| 9481 | DAC_CHECK_ENUM_THIS(); | 
|---|
| 9482 | EMEM_OUT(( "MEM: %p MethodTable\n", dac_cast<TADDR>(this))); | 
|---|
| 9483 |  | 
|---|
| 9484 | DWORD size = GetEndOffsetOfOptionalMembers(); | 
|---|
| 9485 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(this), size); | 
|---|
| 9486 |  | 
|---|
| 9487 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 9488 | { | 
|---|
| 9489 | PTR_MethodTable pMTCanonical = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9490 |  | 
|---|
| 9491 | if (pMTCanonical.IsValid()) | 
|---|
| 9492 | { | 
|---|
| 9493 | pMTCanonical->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); | 
|---|
| 9494 | } | 
|---|
| 9495 | } | 
|---|
| 9496 | else | 
|---|
| 9497 | { | 
|---|
| 9498 | PTR_EEClass pClass = GetClass(); | 
|---|
| 9499 |  | 
|---|
| 9500 | if (pClass.IsValid()) | 
|---|
| 9501 | { | 
|---|
| 9502 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 9503 | { | 
|---|
| 9504 | // This is kind of a workaround, in that ArrayClass is derived from EEClass, but | 
|---|
| 9505 | // it's not virtual, we only cast if the IsArray() predicate holds above. | 
|---|
| 9506 | // For minidumps, DAC will choke if we don't have the full size given | 
|---|
| 9507 | // by ArrayClass available. If ArrayClass becomes more complex, it | 
|---|
| 9508 | // should get it's own EnumMemoryRegions(). | 
|---|
| 9509 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(pClass), sizeof(ArrayClass)); | 
|---|
| 9510 | } | 
|---|
| 9511 | pClass->EnumMemoryRegions(flags, this); | 
|---|
| 9512 | } | 
|---|
| 9513 | } | 
|---|
| 9514 |  | 
|---|
| 9515 | PTR_MethodTable pMTParent = GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9516 |  | 
|---|
| 9517 | if (pMTParent.IsValid()) | 
|---|
| 9518 | { | 
|---|
| 9519 | pMTParent->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); | 
|---|
| 9520 | } | 
|---|
| 9521 |  | 
|---|
| 9522 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) | 
|---|
| 9523 | { | 
|---|
| 9524 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetNonVirtualSlotsArray()), GetNonVirtualSlotsArraySize()); | 
|---|
| 9525 | } | 
|---|
| 9526 |  | 
|---|
| 9527 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 9528 | { | 
|---|
| 9529 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9530 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) | 
|---|
| 9531 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetInterfaceMap()) - sizeof(DWORD_PTR), GetInterfaceMapSize()); | 
|---|
| 9532 | else | 
|---|
| 9533 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 9534 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetInterfaceMap()), GetInterfaceMapSize()); | 
|---|
| 9535 |  | 
|---|
| 9536 | EnumMemoryRegionsForExtraInterfaceInfo(); | 
|---|
| 9537 | } | 
|---|
| 9538 |  | 
|---|
| 9539 | if (HasPerInstInfo() != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9540 | { | 
|---|
| 9541 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetPerInstInfo()) - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo)); | 
|---|
| 9542 | } | 
|---|
| 9543 |  | 
|---|
| 9544 | if (GetDictionary() != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9545 | { | 
|---|
| 9546 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetDictionary()), GetInstAndDictSize()); | 
|---|
| 9547 | } | 
|---|
| 9548 |  | 
|---|
| 9549 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); | 
|---|
| 9550 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 9551 | { | 
|---|
| 9552 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(it.GetIndirectionSlot()), it.GetSize()); | 
|---|
| 9553 | } | 
|---|
| 9554 |  | 
|---|
| 9555 | PTR_MethodTableWriteableData pWriteableData = ReadPointer(this, &MethodTable::m_pWriteableData); | 
|---|
| 9556 | if (pWriteableData.IsValid()) | 
|---|
| 9557 | { | 
|---|
| 9558 | pWriteableData.EnumMem(); | 
|---|
| 9559 | } | 
|---|
| 9560 |  | 
|---|
| 9561 | if (flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE) | 
|---|
| 9562 | { | 
|---|
| 9563 | DispatchMap * pMap = GetDispatchMap(); | 
|---|
| 9564 | if (pMap != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9565 | { | 
|---|
| 9566 | pMap->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); | 
|---|
| 9567 | } | 
|---|
| 9568 | } | 
|---|
| 9569 | } // MethodTable::EnumMemoryRegions | 
|---|
| 9570 |  | 
|---|
| 9571 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9572 |  | 
|---|
| 9573 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9574 | BOOL MethodTable::ContainsGenericMethodVariables() | 
|---|
| 9575 | { | 
|---|
| 9576 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9577 | { | 
|---|
| 9578 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9579 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9580 | FORBID_FAULT; | 
|---|
| 9581 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 9582 | } | 
|---|
| 9583 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 9584 |  | 
|---|
| 9585 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 9586 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 9587 | { | 
|---|
| 9588 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!inst[i].IsEncodedFixup()); | 
|---|
| 9589 | if (inst[i].ContainsGenericVariables(TRUE)) | 
|---|
| 9590 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 9591 | } | 
|---|
| 9592 |  | 
|---|
| 9593 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 9594 | } | 
|---|
| 9595 |  | 
|---|
| 9596 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9597 | Module *MethodTable::GetDefiningModuleForOpenType() | 
|---|
| 9598 | { | 
|---|
| 9599 | CONTRACT(Module*) | 
|---|
| 9600 | { | 
|---|
| 9601 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9602 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9603 | FORBID_FAULT; | 
|---|
| 9604 | POSTCONDITION((ContainsGenericVariables() != 0) == (RETVAL != NULL)); | 
|---|
| 9605 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 9606 | } | 
|---|
| 9607 | CONTRACT_END | 
|---|
| 9608 |  | 
|---|
| 9609 | if (ContainsGenericVariables()) | 
|---|
| 9610 | { | 
|---|
| 9611 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 9612 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) | 
|---|
| 9613 | { | 
|---|
| 9614 | // Encoded fixups are never open types | 
|---|
| 9615 | if (!inst[i].IsEncodedFixup()) | 
|---|
| 9616 | { | 
|---|
| 9617 | Module *pModule = inst[i].GetDefiningModuleForOpenType(); | 
|---|
| 9618 | if (pModule != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9619 | RETURN pModule; | 
|---|
| 9620 | } | 
|---|
| 9621 | } | 
|---|
| 9622 | } | 
|---|
| 9623 |  | 
|---|
| 9624 | RETURN NULL; | 
|---|
| 9625 | } | 
|---|
| 9626 |  | 
|---|
| 9627 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9628 | PCODE MethodTable::GetRestoredSlot(DWORD slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 9629 | { | 
|---|
| 9630 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9631 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9632 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9633 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9634 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 9635 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 9636 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9637 |  | 
|---|
| 9638 | // | 
|---|
| 9639 | // Keep in sync with code:MethodTable::GetRestoredSlotMT | 
|---|
| 9640 | // | 
|---|
| 9641 |  | 
|---|
| 9642 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 9643 | while (true) | 
|---|
| 9644 | { | 
|---|
| 9645 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); | 
|---|
| 9646 |  | 
|---|
| 9647 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9648 |  | 
|---|
| 9649 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9650 |  | 
|---|
| 9651 | PCODE slot = pMT->GetSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 9652 |  | 
|---|
| 9653 | if ((slot != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9654 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 9655 | && !pMT->GetLoaderModule()->IsVirtualImportThunk(slot) | 
|---|
| 9656 | #endif | 
|---|
| 9657 | ) | 
|---|
| 9658 | { | 
|---|
| 9659 | return slot; | 
|---|
| 9660 | } | 
|---|
| 9661 |  | 
|---|
| 9662 | // This is inherited slot that has not been fixed up yet. Find | 
|---|
| 9663 | // the value by walking up the inheritance chain | 
|---|
| 9664 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9665 | } | 
|---|
| 9666 | } | 
|---|
| 9667 |  | 
|---|
| 9668 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9669 | MethodTable * MethodTable::GetRestoredSlotMT(DWORD slotNumber) | 
|---|
| 9670 | { | 
|---|
| 9671 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9672 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9673 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9674 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9675 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 9676 | SUPPORTS_DAC; | 
|---|
| 9677 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9678 |  | 
|---|
| 9679 | // | 
|---|
| 9680 | // Keep in sync with code:MethodTable::GetRestoredSlot | 
|---|
| 9681 | // | 
|---|
| 9682 |  | 
|---|
| 9683 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 9684 | while (true) | 
|---|
| 9685 | { | 
|---|
| 9686 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); | 
|---|
| 9687 |  | 
|---|
| 9688 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9689 |  | 
|---|
| 9690 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9691 |  | 
|---|
| 9692 | PCODE slot = pMT->GetSlot(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 9693 |  | 
|---|
| 9694 | if ((slot != NULL) | 
|---|
| 9695 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT | 
|---|
| 9696 | && !pMT->GetLoaderModule()->IsVirtualImportThunk(slot) | 
|---|
| 9697 | #endif | 
|---|
| 9698 | ) | 
|---|
| 9699 | { | 
|---|
| 9700 | return pMT; | 
|---|
| 9701 | } | 
|---|
| 9702 |  | 
|---|
| 9703 | // This is inherited slot that has not been fixed up yet. Find | 
|---|
| 9704 | // the value by walking up the inheritance chain | 
|---|
| 9705 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9706 | } | 
|---|
| 9707 | } | 
|---|
| 9708 |  | 
|---|
| 9709 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9710 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetParallelMethodDesc(MethodDesc * pDefMD) | 
|---|
| 9711 | { | 
|---|
| 9712 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9713 | { | 
|---|
| 9714 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9715 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9716 | SO_TOLERANT; | 
|---|
| 9717 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9718 | } | 
|---|
| 9719 | CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9720 | return GetMethodDescForSlot(pDefMD->GetSlot()); | 
|---|
| 9721 | } | 
|---|
| 9722 |  | 
|---|
| 9723 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 9724 |  | 
|---|
| 9725 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9726 | void MethodTable::SetSlot(UINT32 slotNumber, PCODE slotCode) | 
|---|
| 9727 | { | 
|---|
| 9728 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9729 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9730 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9731 | MODE_ANY; | 
|---|
| 9732 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9733 |  | 
|---|
| 9734 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 9735 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 9736 | { | 
|---|
| 9737 | // | 
|---|
| 9738 | // Verify that slots in shared vtable chunks not owned by this methodtable are only ever patched to stable entrypoint. | 
|---|
| 9739 | // This invariant is required to prevent races with code:MethodDesc::SetStableEntryPointInterlocked. | 
|---|
| 9740 | // | 
|---|
| 9741 | BOOL fSharedVtableChunk = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 9742 | DWORD indirectionIndex = MethodTable::GetIndexOfVtableIndirection(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 9743 |  | 
|---|
| 9744 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 9745 | { | 
|---|
| 9746 | if (GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull()) | 
|---|
| 9747 | fSharedVtableChunk = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 9748 | } | 
|---|
| 9749 |  | 
|---|
| 9750 | if (slotNumber < GetNumParentVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 9751 | { | 
|---|
| 9752 | if (GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull() == GetParentMethodTable()->GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull()) | 
|---|
| 9753 | fSharedVtableChunk = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 9754 | } | 
|---|
| 9755 |  | 
|---|
| 9756 | if (fSharedVtableChunk) | 
|---|
| 9757 | { | 
|---|
| 9758 | MethodDesc* pMD = GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(slotCode); | 
|---|
| 9759 | _ASSERTE(pMD->HasStableEntryPoint()); | 
|---|
| 9760 | _ASSERTE(pMD->GetStableEntryPoint() == slotCode); | 
|---|
| 9761 | } | 
|---|
| 9762 | } | 
|---|
| 9763 | #endif | 
|---|
| 9764 |  | 
|---|
| 9765 | // IBC logging is not needed here - slots in ngen images are immutable. | 
|---|
| 9766 |  | 
|---|
| 9767 | #ifdef _TARGET_ARM_ | 
|---|
| 9768 | // Ensure on ARM that all target addresses are marked as thumb code. | 
|---|
| 9769 | _ASSERTE(IsThumbCode(slotCode)); | 
|---|
| 9770 | #endif | 
|---|
| 9771 |  | 
|---|
| 9772 | TADDR slot = GetSlotPtrRaw(slotNumber); | 
|---|
| 9773 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) | 
|---|
| 9774 | { | 
|---|
| 9775 | ((MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t *) slot)->SetValueMaybeNull(slotCode); | 
|---|
| 9776 | } | 
|---|
| 9777 | else | 
|---|
| 9778 | { | 
|---|
| 9779 | *((PCODE *)slot) = slotCode; | 
|---|
| 9780 | } | 
|---|
| 9781 | } | 
|---|
| 9782 |  | 
|---|
| 9783 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9784 | BOOL MethodTable::HasExplicitOrImplicitPublicDefaultConstructor() | 
|---|
| 9785 | { | 
|---|
| 9786 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 9787 | { | 
|---|
| 9788 | NOTHROW; | 
|---|
| 9789 | GC_NOTRIGGER; | 
|---|
| 9790 | } | 
|---|
| 9791 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 9792 |  | 
|---|
| 9793 | if (IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 9794 | { | 
|---|
| 9795 | // valuetypes have public default ctors implicitly | 
|---|
| 9796 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 9797 | } | 
|---|
| 9798 |  | 
|---|
| 9799 | if (!HasDefaultConstructor()) | 
|---|
| 9800 | { | 
|---|
| 9801 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 9802 | } | 
|---|
| 9803 |  | 
|---|
| 9804 | MethodDesc * pCanonMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(GetDefaultConstructorSlot()); | 
|---|
| 9805 | return pCanonMD != NULL && pCanonMD->IsPublic(); | 
|---|
| 9806 | } | 
|---|
| 9807 |  | 
|---|
| 9808 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9809 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetDefaultConstructor() | 
|---|
| 9810 | { | 
|---|
| 9811 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 9812 | _ASSERTE(HasDefaultConstructor()); | 
|---|
| 9813 | MethodDesc *pCanonMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(GetDefaultConstructorSlot()); | 
|---|
| 9814 | // The default constructor for a value type is an instantiating stub. | 
|---|
| 9815 | // The easiest way to find the right stub is to use the following function, | 
|---|
| 9816 | // which in the simple case of the default constructor for a class simply | 
|---|
| 9817 | // returns pCanonMD immediately. | 
|---|
| 9818 | return MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc(pCanonMD, | 
|---|
| 9819 | this, | 
|---|
| 9820 | FALSE /* no BoxedEntryPointStub */, | 
|---|
| 9821 | Instantiation(), /* no method instantiation */ | 
|---|
| 9822 | FALSE /* no allowInstParam */); | 
|---|
| 9823 | } | 
|---|
| 9824 |  | 
|---|
| 9825 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9826 | // Finds the (non-unboxing) MethodDesc that implements the interface method pInterfaceMD. | 
|---|
| 9827 | // | 
|---|
| 9828 | // Note our ability to resolve constraint methods is affected by the degree of code sharing we are | 
|---|
| 9829 | // performing for generic code. | 
|---|
| 9830 | // | 
|---|
| 9831 | // Return Value: | 
|---|
| 9832 | //   MethodDesc which can be used as unvirtualized call. Returns NULL if VSD has to be used. | 
|---|
| 9833 | MethodDesc * | 
|---|
| 9834 | MethodTable::TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox( | 
|---|
| 9835 | TypeHandle   thInterfaceType, | 
|---|
| 9836 | MethodDesc * pInterfaceMD, | 
|---|
| 9837 | BOOL *       pfForceUseRuntimeLookup)   // = NULL | 
|---|
| 9838 | { | 
|---|
| 9839 | CONTRACTL { | 
|---|
| 9840 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 9841 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 9842 | } CONTRACTL_END; | 
|---|
| 9843 |  | 
|---|
| 9844 | // We can't resolve constraint calls effectively for reference types, and there's | 
|---|
| 9845 | // not a lot of perf. benefit in doing it anyway. | 
|---|
| 9846 | // | 
|---|
| 9847 | if (!IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 9848 | { | 
|---|
| 9849 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintmethodApprox: not a value type %s\n", GetDebugClassName())); | 
|---|
| 9850 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9851 | } | 
|---|
| 9852 |  | 
|---|
| 9853 | // 1. Find the (possibly generic) method that would implement the | 
|---|
| 9854 | // constraint if we were making a call on a boxed value type. | 
|---|
| 9855 |  | 
|---|
| 9856 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9857 |  | 
|---|
| 9858 | MethodDesc * pGenInterfaceMD = pInterfaceMD->StripMethodInstantiation(); | 
|---|
| 9859 | MethodDesc * pMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 9860 | if (pGenInterfaceMD->IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 9861 | {   // Sometimes (when compiling shared generic code) | 
|---|
| 9862 | // we don't have enough exact type information at JIT time | 
|---|
| 9863 | // even to decide whether we will be able to resolve to an unboxed entry point... | 
|---|
| 9864 | // To cope with this case we always go via the helper function if there's any | 
|---|
| 9865 | // chance of this happening by checking for all interfaces which might possibly | 
|---|
| 9866 | // be compatible with the call (verification will have ensured that | 
|---|
| 9867 | // at least one of them will be) | 
|---|
| 9868 |  | 
|---|
| 9869 | // Enumerate all potential interface instantiations | 
|---|
| 9870 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = pCanonMT->IterateInterfaceMap(); | 
|---|
| 9871 | DWORD cPotentialMatchingInterfaces = 0; | 
|---|
| 9872 | while (it.Next()) | 
|---|
| 9873 | { | 
|---|
| 9874 | TypeHandle thPotentialInterfaceType(it.GetInterface()); | 
|---|
| 9875 | if (thPotentialInterfaceType.AsMethodTable()->GetCanonicalMethodTable() == | 
|---|
| 9876 | thInterfaceType.AsMethodTable()->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 9877 | { | 
|---|
| 9878 | cPotentialMatchingInterfaces++; | 
|---|
| 9879 | pMD = pCanonMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(thPotentialInterfaceType, pGenInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); | 
|---|
| 9880 |  | 
|---|
| 9881 | // See code:#TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox_DoNotReturnParentMethod | 
|---|
| 9882 | if ((pMD != NULL) && !pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 9883 | { | 
|---|
| 9884 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox: %s::%s not a value type method\n", | 
|---|
| 9885 | pMD->m_pszDebugClassName, pMD->m_pszDebugMethodName)); | 
|---|
| 9886 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9887 | } | 
|---|
| 9888 | } | 
|---|
| 9889 | } | 
|---|
| 9890 |  | 
|---|
| 9891 | _ASSERTE_MSG((cPotentialMatchingInterfaces != 0), | 
|---|
| 9892 | "At least one interface has to implement the method, otherwise there's a bug in JIT/verification."); | 
|---|
| 9893 |  | 
|---|
| 9894 | if (cPotentialMatchingInterfaces > 1) | 
|---|
| 9895 | {   // We have more potentially matching interfaces | 
|---|
| 9896 | MethodTable * pInterfaceMT = thInterfaceType.GetMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 9897 | _ASSERTE(pInterfaceMT->HasInstantiation()); | 
|---|
| 9898 |  | 
|---|
| 9899 | BOOL fIsExactMethodResolved = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 9900 |  | 
|---|
| 9901 | if (!pInterfaceMT->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && | 
|---|
| 9902 | !pInterfaceMT->IsGenericTypeDefinition() && | 
|---|
| 9903 | !this->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && | 
|---|
| 9904 | !this->IsGenericTypeDefinition()) | 
|---|
| 9905 | {   // We have exact interface and type instantiations (no generic variables and __Canon used | 
|---|
| 9906 | // anywhere) | 
|---|
| 9907 | if (this->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) | 
|---|
| 9908 | { | 
|---|
| 9909 | // We can resolve to exact method | 
|---|
| 9910 | pMD = this->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(pInterfaceMT, pInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); | 
|---|
| 9911 | fIsExactMethodResolved = pMD != NULL; | 
|---|
| 9912 | } | 
|---|
| 9913 | } | 
|---|
| 9914 |  | 
|---|
| 9915 | if (!fIsExactMethodResolved) | 
|---|
| 9916 | {   // We couldn't resolve the interface statically | 
|---|
| 9917 | _ASSERTE(pfForceUseRuntimeLookup != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9918 | // Notify the caller that it should use runtime lookup | 
|---|
| 9919 | // Note that we can leave pMD incorrect, because we will use runtime lookup | 
|---|
| 9920 | *pfForceUseRuntimeLookup = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 9921 | } | 
|---|
| 9922 | } | 
|---|
| 9923 | else | 
|---|
| 9924 | { | 
|---|
| 9925 | // If we can resolve the interface exactly then do so (e.g. when doing the exact | 
|---|
| 9926 | // lookup at runtime, or when not sharing generic code). | 
|---|
| 9927 | if (pCanonMT->CanCastToInterface(thInterfaceType.GetMethodTable())) | 
|---|
| 9928 | { | 
|---|
| 9929 | pMD = pCanonMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(thInterfaceType, pGenInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); | 
|---|
| 9930 | if (pMD == NULL) | 
|---|
| 9931 | { | 
|---|
| 9932 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox: failed to find method desc for interface method\n")); | 
|---|
| 9933 | } | 
|---|
| 9934 | } | 
|---|
| 9935 | } | 
|---|
| 9936 | } | 
|---|
| 9937 | else if (pGenInterfaceMD->IsVirtual()) | 
|---|
| 9938 | { | 
|---|
| 9939 | if (pGenInterfaceMD->HasNonVtableSlot() && pGenInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 9940 | {   // GetMethodDescForSlot would AV for this slot | 
|---|
| 9941 | // We can get here for (invalid and unverifiable) IL: | 
|---|
| 9942 | //    constrained. int32 | 
|---|
| 9943 | //    callvirt System.Int32::GetHashCode() | 
|---|
| 9944 | pMD = pGenInterfaceMD; | 
|---|
| 9945 | } | 
|---|
| 9946 | else | 
|---|
| 9947 | { | 
|---|
| 9948 | pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(pGenInterfaceMD->GetSlot()); | 
|---|
| 9949 | } | 
|---|
| 9950 | } | 
|---|
| 9951 | else | 
|---|
| 9952 | { | 
|---|
| 9953 | // The pMD will be NULL if calling a non-virtual instance | 
|---|
| 9954 | // methods on System.Object, i.e. when these are used as a constraint. | 
|---|
| 9955 | pMD = NULL; | 
|---|
| 9956 | } | 
|---|
| 9957 |  | 
|---|
| 9958 | if (pMD == NULL) | 
|---|
| 9959 | {   // Fall back to VSD | 
|---|
| 9960 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9961 | } | 
|---|
| 9962 |  | 
|---|
| 9963 | if (!pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 9964 | { | 
|---|
| 9965 | //#TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox_DoNotReturnParentMethod | 
|---|
| 9966 | // Only return a method if the value type itself declares the method | 
|---|
| 9967 | // otherwise we might get a method from Object or System.ValueType | 
|---|
| 9968 | if (!pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 9969 | {   // Fall back to VSD | 
|---|
| 9970 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 9971 | } | 
|---|
| 9972 |  | 
|---|
| 9973 | // We've resolved the method, ignoring its generic method arguments | 
|---|
| 9974 | // If the method is a generic method then go and get the instantiated descriptor | 
|---|
| 9975 | pMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( | 
|---|
| 9976 | pMD, | 
|---|
| 9977 | this, | 
|---|
| 9978 | FALSE /* no BoxedEntryPointStub */, | 
|---|
| 9979 | pInterfaceMD->GetMethodInstantiation(), | 
|---|
| 9980 | FALSE /* no allowInstParam */); | 
|---|
| 9981 |  | 
|---|
| 9982 | // FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc won't return an BoxedEntryPointStub. | 
|---|
| 9983 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); | 
|---|
| 9984 | _ASSERTE(!pMD->IsUnboxingStub()); | 
|---|
| 9985 | } | 
|---|
| 9986 |  | 
|---|
| 9987 | return pMD; | 
|---|
| 9988 | } // MethodTable::TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox | 
|---|
| 9989 |  | 
|---|
| 9990 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9991 | // Make best-case effort to obtain an image name for use in an error message. | 
|---|
| 9992 | // | 
|---|
| 9993 | // This routine must expect to be called before the this object is fully loaded. | 
|---|
| 9994 | // It can return an empty if the name isn't available or the object isn't initialized | 
|---|
| 9995 | // enough to get a name, but it mustn't crash. | 
|---|
| 9996 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 9997 | LPCWSTR MethodTable::GetPathForErrorMessages() | 
|---|
| 9998 | { | 
|---|
| 9999 | CONTRACTL | 
|---|
| 10000 | { | 
|---|
| 10001 | THROWS; | 
|---|
| 10002 | GC_TRIGGERS; | 
|---|
| 10003 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); | 
|---|
| 10004 | } | 
|---|
| 10005 | CONTRACTL_END | 
|---|
| 10006 |  | 
|---|
| 10007 | Module *pModule = GetModule(); | 
|---|
| 10008 |  | 
|---|
| 10009 | if (pModule) | 
|---|
| 10010 | { | 
|---|
| 10011 | return pModule->GetPathForErrorMessages(); | 
|---|
| 10012 | } | 
|---|
| 10013 | else | 
|---|
| 10014 | { | 
|---|
| 10015 | return W( ""); | 
|---|
| 10016 | } | 
|---|
| 10017 | } | 
|---|
| 10018 |  | 
|---|
| 10019 | BOOL MethodTable::Validate() | 
|---|
| 10020 | { | 
|---|
| 10021 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10022 |  | 
|---|
| 10023 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(SanityCheck()); | 
|---|
| 10024 |  | 
|---|
| 10025 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 10026 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(!m_pWriteableData.IsNull()); | 
|---|
| 10027 |  | 
|---|
| 10028 | MethodTableWriteableData *pWriteableData = m_pWriteableData.GetValue(); | 
|---|
| 10029 | DWORD dwLastVerifiedGCCnt = pWriteableData->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt; | 
|---|
| 10030 | // Here we used to assert that (dwLastVerifiedGCCnt <= GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount()) but | 
|---|
| 10031 | // this is no longer true because with background gc. Since the purpose of having | 
|---|
| 10032 | // m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt is just to only verify the same method table once for each GC | 
|---|
| 10033 | // I am getting rid of the assert. | 
|---|
| 10034 | if (g_pConfig->FastGCStressLevel () > 1 && dwLastVerifiedGCCnt == GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount()) | 
|---|
| 10035 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10036 | #endif //_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 10037 |  | 
|---|
| 10038 | if (IsArray()) | 
|---|
| 10039 | { | 
|---|
| 10040 | if (!SanityCheck()) | 
|---|
| 10041 | { | 
|---|
| 10042 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(! "Detected use of a corrupted OBJECTREF. Possible GC hole."); | 
|---|
| 10043 | } | 
|---|
| 10044 | } | 
|---|
| 10045 | else if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) | 
|---|
| 10046 | { | 
|---|
| 10047 | // Non-canonical method tables has to have non-empty instantiation | 
|---|
| 10048 | if (GetInstantiation().IsEmpty()) | 
|---|
| 10049 | { | 
|---|
| 10050 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(! "Detected use of a corrupted OBJECTREF. Possible GC hole."); | 
|---|
| 10051 | } | 
|---|
| 10052 | } | 
|---|
| 10053 |  | 
|---|
| 10054 | #ifdef _DEBUG | 
|---|
| 10055 | // It is not a fatal error to fail the update the counter. We will run slower and retry next time, | 
|---|
| 10056 | // but the system will function properly. | 
|---|
| 10057 | if (EnsureWritablePagesNoThrow(pWriteableData, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData))) | 
|---|
| 10058 | pWriteableData->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt = GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount(); | 
|---|
| 10059 | #endif //_DEBUG | 
|---|
| 10060 |  | 
|---|
| 10061 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10062 | } | 
|---|
| 10063 |  | 
|---|
| 10064 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 10065 |  | 
|---|
| 10066 | NOINLINE BYTE *MethodTable::GetLoaderAllocatorObjectForGC() | 
|---|
| 10067 | { | 
|---|
| 10068 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10069 | if (!Collectible()) | 
|---|
| 10070 | { | 
|---|
| 10071 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 10072 | } | 
|---|
| 10073 | BYTE * retVal = *(BYTE**)GetLoaderAllocatorObjectHandle(); | 
|---|
| 10074 | return retVal; | 
|---|
| 10075 | } | 
|---|
| 10076 |  | 
|---|
| 10077 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 10078 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 10079 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTRedirectedDelegate() | 
|---|
| 10080 | { | 
|---|
| 10081 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10082 |  | 
|---|
| 10083 | if (!IsDelegate()) | 
|---|
| 10084 | { | 
|---|
| 10085 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10086 | } | 
|---|
| 10087 |  | 
|---|
| 10088 | return !!WinRTDelegateRedirector::ResolveRedirectedDelegate(this, nullptr); | 
|---|
| 10089 | } | 
|---|
| 10090 |  | 
|---|
| 10091 | //========================================================================================== | 
|---|
| 10092 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTRedirectedInterface(TypeHandle::InteropKind interopKind) | 
|---|
| 10093 | { | 
|---|
| 10094 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10095 |  | 
|---|
| 10096 | if (!IsInterface()) | 
|---|
| 10097 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10098 |  | 
|---|
| 10099 | if (!HasRCWPerTypeData()) | 
|---|
| 10100 | { | 
|---|
| 10101 | // All redirected interfaces have per-type RCW data | 
|---|
| 10102 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10103 | } | 
|---|
| 10104 |  | 
|---|
| 10105 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 10106 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = NULL; | 
|---|
| 10107 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 10108 | // We want to keep this function LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT so we call GetRCWPerTypeData with | 
|---|
| 10109 | // the non-throwing flag. pData can be NULL if it could not be allocated. | 
|---|
| 10110 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = GetRCWPerTypeData(false); | 
|---|
| 10111 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE | 
|---|
| 10112 |  | 
|---|
| 10113 | DWORD dwFlags = (pData != NULL ? pData->m_dwFlags : 0); | 
|---|
| 10114 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::InterfaceFlagsInited) == 0) | 
|---|
| 10115 | { | 
|---|
| 10116 | dwFlags = RCWPerTypeData::InterfaceFlagsInited; | 
|---|
| 10117 |  | 
|---|
| 10118 | if (WinRTInterfaceRedirector::ResolveRedirectedInterface(this, NULL)) | 
|---|
| 10119 | { | 
|---|
| 10120 | dwFlags |= RCWPerTypeData::IsRedirectedInterface; | 
|---|
| 10121 | } | 
|---|
| 10122 | else if (HasSameTypeDefAs(MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ICOLLECTIONGENERIC)) || | 
|---|
| 10123 | HasSameTypeDefAs(MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__IREADONLYCOLLECTIONGENERIC)) || | 
|---|
| 10124 | this == MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ICOLLECTION)) | 
|---|
| 10125 | { | 
|---|
| 10126 | dwFlags |= RCWPerTypeData::IsICollectionGeneric; | 
|---|
| 10127 | } | 
|---|
| 10128 |  | 
|---|
| 10129 | if (pData != NULL) | 
|---|
| 10130 | { | 
|---|
| 10131 | FastInterlockOr(&pData->m_dwFlags, dwFlags); | 
|---|
| 10132 | } | 
|---|
| 10133 | } | 
|---|
| 10134 |  | 
|---|
| 10135 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::IsRedirectedInterface) != 0) | 
|---|
| 10136 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10137 |  | 
|---|
| 10138 | if (interopKind == TypeHandle::Interop_ManagedToNative) | 
|---|
| 10139 | { | 
|---|
| 10140 | // ICollection<T> is redirected in the managed->WinRT direction (i.e. we have stubs | 
|---|
| 10141 | // that implement ICollection<T> methods in terms of IVector/IMap), but it is not | 
|---|
| 10142 | // treated specially in the WinRT->managed direction (we don't build a WinRT vtable | 
|---|
| 10143 | // for a class that only implements ICollection<T>).  IReadOnlyCollection<T> is | 
|---|
| 10144 | // treated similarly. | 
|---|
| 10145 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::IsICollectionGeneric) != 0) | 
|---|
| 10146 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10147 | } | 
|---|
| 10148 |  | 
|---|
| 10149 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10150 | } | 
|---|
| 10151 |  | 
|---|
| 10152 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP | 
|---|
| 10153 |  | 
|---|
| 10154 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER | 
|---|
| 10155 |  | 
|---|
| 10156 | static BOOL ComputeIsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble(MethodTable * pMT) | 
|---|
| 10157 | { | 
|---|
| 10158 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10159 |  | 
|---|
| 10160 | // Primitive types and enums have fixed layout | 
|---|
| 10161 | if (pMT->IsTruePrimitive() || pMT->IsEnum()) | 
|---|
| 10162 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10163 |  | 
|---|
| 10164 | if (!pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble()) | 
|---|
| 10165 | { | 
|---|
| 10166 | if (!pMT->IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 10167 | { | 
|---|
| 10168 | // Eventually, we may respect the non-versionable attribute for reference types too. For now, we are going | 
|---|
| 10169 | // to play is safe and ignore it. | 
|---|
| 10170 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10171 | } | 
|---|
| 10172 |  | 
|---|
| 10173 | // Valuetypes with non-versionable attribute are candidates for fixed layout. Reject the rest. | 
|---|
| 10174 | if (pMT->GetModule()->GetMDImport()->GetCustomAttributeByName(pMT->GetCl(), | 
|---|
| 10175 | NONVERSIONABLE_TYPE, NULL, NULL) != S_OK) | 
|---|
| 10176 | { | 
|---|
| 10177 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10178 | } | 
|---|
| 10179 | } | 
|---|
| 10180 |  | 
|---|
| 10181 | // If the above condition passed, check that all instance fields have fixed layout as well. In particular, | 
|---|
| 10182 | // it is important for generic types with non-versionable layout (e.g. Nullable<T>) | 
|---|
| 10183 | ApproxFieldDescIterator fieldIterator(pMT, ApproxFieldDescIterator::INSTANCE_FIELDS); | 
|---|
| 10184 | for (FieldDesc *pFD = fieldIterator.Next(); pFD != NULL; pFD = fieldIterator.Next()) | 
|---|
| 10185 | { | 
|---|
| 10186 | if (pFD->GetFieldType() != ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) | 
|---|
| 10187 | continue; | 
|---|
| 10188 |  | 
|---|
| 10189 | MethodTable * pFieldMT = pFD->GetApproxFieldTypeHandleThrowing().AsMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 10190 | if (!pFieldMT->IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble()) | 
|---|
| 10191 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10192 | } | 
|---|
| 10193 |  | 
|---|
| 10194 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10195 | } | 
|---|
| 10196 |  | 
|---|
| 10197 | // | 
|---|
| 10198 | // Is field layout in this type fixed within the current version bubble? | 
|---|
| 10199 | // This check does not take the inheritance chain into account. | 
|---|
| 10200 | // | 
|---|
| 10201 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() | 
|---|
| 10202 | { | 
|---|
| 10203 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10204 |  | 
|---|
| 10205 | const MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableData = GetWriteableData(); | 
|---|
| 10206 | if (!(pWriteableData->m_dwFlags & MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixedComputed)) | 
|---|
| 10207 | { | 
|---|
| 10208 | MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableDataForWrite = GetWriteableDataForWrite(); | 
|---|
| 10209 | if (ComputeIsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble(this)) | 
|---|
| 10210 | *EnsureWritablePages(&pWriteableDataForWrite->m_dwFlags) |= MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixed; | 
|---|
| 10211 | *EnsureWritablePages(&pWriteableDataForWrite->m_dwFlags) |= MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixedComputed; | 
|---|
| 10212 | } | 
|---|
| 10213 |  | 
|---|
| 10214 | return (pWriteableData->m_dwFlags & MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixed) != 0; | 
|---|
| 10215 | } | 
|---|
| 10216 |  | 
|---|
| 10217 | // | 
|---|
| 10218 | // Is field layout of the inheritance chain fixed within the current version bubble? | 
|---|
| 10219 | // | 
|---|
| 10220 | BOOL MethodTable::IsInheritanceChainLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() | 
|---|
| 10221 | { | 
|---|
| 10222 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10223 |  | 
|---|
| 10224 | // This method is not expected to be called for value types | 
|---|
| 10225 | _ASSERTE(!IsValueType()); | 
|---|
| 10226 |  | 
|---|
| 10227 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 10228 |  | 
|---|
| 10229 | while ((pMT != g_pObjectClass) && (pMT != NULL)) | 
|---|
| 10230 | { | 
|---|
| 10231 | if (!pMT->IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble()) | 
|---|
| 10232 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10233 |  | 
|---|
| 10234 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 10235 | } | 
|---|
| 10236 |  | 
|---|
| 10237 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10238 | } | 
|---|
| 10239 |  | 
|---|
| 10240 | // | 
|---|
| 10241 | // Is the inheritance chain fixed within the current version bubble? | 
|---|
| 10242 | // | 
|---|
| 10243 | BOOL MethodTable::IsInheritanceChainFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() | 
|---|
| 10244 | { | 
|---|
| 10245 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; | 
|---|
| 10246 |  | 
|---|
| 10247 | MethodTable * pMT = this; | 
|---|
| 10248 |  | 
|---|
| 10249 | if (pMT->IsValueType()) | 
|---|
| 10250 | { | 
|---|
| 10251 | return pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble(); | 
|---|
| 10252 | } | 
|---|
| 10253 |  | 
|---|
| 10254 | while ((pMT != g_pObjectClass) && (pMT != NULL)) | 
|---|
| 10255 | { | 
|---|
| 10256 | if (!pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble()) | 
|---|
| 10257 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 10258 |  | 
|---|
| 10259 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); | 
|---|
| 10260 | } | 
|---|
| 10261 |  | 
|---|
| 10262 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 10263 | } | 
|---|
| 10264 |  | 
|---|
| 10265 | #endif // FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER | 
|---|
| 10266 |  | 
|---|